Heartland Group Holdings Limited logo

Heartland’s FY2023 result demonstrates resilience

Full Year Results28 August 2023HGHFinancials

Heartland Group Holdings Limited | NZX/ASX: HGH | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info

NZX/ASX release

29 August 2023


Heartland’s FY2023 result demonstrates resilience


Heartland Group Holdings Limited (Heartland) (NZX/ASX: HGH) is pleased to announce a net profit

after tax (NPAT) of $95.9 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2023 (FY2023). On an

underlying

1

basis, FY2023 NPAT was $110.2 million. NPAT increased $0.7 million (0.8%), and on an

underlying basis, $14.1 million (14.6%), compared with the financial year ended 30 June 2022

(FY2022).

2



Highlights for FY2023


Financial highlights

‒ NPAT of $95.9 million, up 0.8% ($0.7 million) on FY2022 NPAT. Underlying NPAT of $110.2

million, up 14.6% ($14.1 million) on FY2022 underlying NPAT.

‒ One-off or non-cash technical items had a $14.3 million net

3

impact on NPAT.

‒ Gross finance receivables (Receivables)

4

of $6.8 billion, up 10.1% ($625.5 million).

5


‒ Underlying return on equity (ROE) of 11.9%, down 68 basis points (bps).

6


‒ Net interest margin (NIM)

7

of 3.97%, down 8 bps. Underlying NIM of 4.00%, down 16 bps.

‒ Net interest income (NII) of $282.0 million, up 12.7%. Underlying NII of $283.9 million, up 14.3%.

‒ Underlying cost to income (CTI) ratio of 42.0%, down 53 bps on FY2022.

8


‒ Underlying impairment expense ratio of 0.36%, up 7 bps.

9


‒ FY2023 final dividend of 6.0 cents per share (cps), resulting in a FY2023 total dividend of 11.5

cps, up 0.5 cps on the FY2022 total dividend.

‒ Earnings per share (EPS) of 14.0 cps, down 2.1 cps. Underlying EPS of 16.0 cps, down 0.3 cps.




1

Financial results are presented on a reported and underlying basis. Reported results are prepared in

accordance with NZ GAAP and include the impacts of positive and negative one-offs, which can make it difficult

to compare performance. Underlying results (which are non-GAAP financial information) exclude any impacts

of one-offs. This is intended to allow for easier comparability between periods, and is used internally by

management for this purpose. Refer to Profitability on page 6 for a summary of reported and underlying

results. A detailed reconciliation between reported and underlying financial information, including details

about FY2023 one-offs, is set out on page 42 of the FY2023 investor presentation (IP). General information

about the use of non-GAAP financial measures is set out on page 4 and 38 of the FY2023 IP.

2

All comparative results are based on the audited full year consolidated financial statements of Heartland and

its subsidiaries (the Group) for FY2022.

3

Includes tax impact on one-offs (as and where applicable).

4

Receivables includes Reverse Mortgages.

5

Excludes the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange (FX) rates.

6

Underlying ROE refers to ROE calculated using underlying results. When calculated using reported results,

ROE was 10.4%, down 169 bps compared with FY2022. For more information, see page 4 of the FY2023 IP.

7

NIM is calculated as net interest income over average gross interest earning assets.

8

Underlying CTI ratio refers to the CTI ratio calculated using underlying results. When calculated using reported

results, the CTI ratio was 44.9%, up 126 bps compared with FY2022. For more information, see page 4 of the

FY2023 IP.

9

Underlying impairment expense ratio refers to the impairment expense ratio calculated using underlying

results. When calculated using reported results, the impairment expense ratio was 0.36%, up 11 bps compared

with FY2022. For more information, see page 4 of the FY2023 IP.


Heartland Group Holdings Limited | 0800 85 20 20 | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info

2

Strategic highlights

‒ $199 million raised through 2022 equity raise to fund growth ambitions for existing businesses

and repay acquisition-related bridge debt of $174 million (A$158 million).

‒ Completed the integration of StockCo Australia into Heartland.

‒ Signed a conditional share purchase agreement for the purchase of Challenger Bank Limited

(Challenger Bank) on 20 October 2022, subject to obtaining the requisite regulatory approvals.

‒ Australian Reverse Mortgages business increased market share to 38.4%.

10


‒ Heartland Bank Limited (Heartland Bank) awarded Canstar New Zealand’s Bank of the Year –

Savings award for the sixth consecutive year.

11


‒ Nearing completion of the upgrade of Heartland Bank’s core banking system.


Strategic vision


Heartland is focused on creating sustainable growth and differentiation by providing products which

are the ‘best or only’ of their kind, through scalable digital platforms. This is underpinned by the

following strategic pillars:

1. Frictionless Service at the Lowest Cost – reflected in a superior CTI ratio

2. Expansion in Australia

3. Business as Usual Growth (reported on in Business performance from page 9).


Frictionless Service at the Lowest Cost – CTI ratio

Through technology, Heartland has been able to replicate the scale of big banks. This is evidenced by

Heartland’s CTI ratio, which improved by 53 bps on FY2022 to 42.0% on an underlying basis

8

in

FY2023 – much lower than the average CTI ratio of New Zealand’s main domestic non-major banks

(The Co-operative Bank, Kiwibank, SBS and TSB) and more comparable to the average CTI ratio of

Australia’s major banks (ANZ, CBA, NAB and Westpac).

12



Heartland’s ambition is to achieve an underlying CTI ratio of less than 35% by FY2028 through

revenue growth and ongoing automation and digitalisation initiatives. Key to achieving this ambition

is increasing customer self-service functionality and improving efficiency through streamlining and

digitising internal processes. This activity is intended to contribute to providing customers with

frictionless service and enabling scalable growth possibilities for Heartland.


Ongoing digitalisation enhancements in FY2023 included expanding the secure automatic approval

capabilities of the Asset Finance and New Zealand Livestock Finance application processes, reducing

friction for customers and the need for manual assessment. This resulted in an uplift in approval

rates of 20% and 12% respectively.


The percentage of New Zealand Reverse Mortgage website visitors who used mobile devices

increased from 51% as at 30 June 2022 to 54% as at 30 June 2023. This reflects the inroads mobile

phone technology is making with older demographics and supports Heartland’s digital distribution

strategy and lower cost servicing.



10

Based on Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA) authorised deposit-taking institution (ADI)

Property Exposure and Heartland Finance data as at 31 March 2023.

11

Awarded in July 2023.

12

The average CTI ratio of New Zealand’s main domestic non-major banks excluding Heartland (The Co-

operative Bank, Kiwibank, SBS and TSB) was 68.9% for the 12 months to 31 March 2023 (data from the RBNZ

Financial Strength Dashboard, valid as at 31 July 2023). The average CTI ratio of Australia’s major banks (ANZ,

CBA, NAB and Westpac) was 45.2% for their most recent respective annual reporting periods.


Heartland Group Holdings Limited | 0800 85 20 20 | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info

3

After initially launching to a small set of customers, the Heartland Finance Mobile App was rolled out

to all Australian Reverse Mortgage customers in June 2023, providing the ability to view balances,

transactions and request a cash reserve or redraw from a mobile device. Within one month, more

than 10% of Australian Reverse Mortgage customers had digital access (via the Heartland Finance

Mobile App or online platform). In New Zealand, Heartland Bank has onboarded more than 10,000

new Heartland Mobile App users through recently developed self-service functionality, with Mobile

App users up 65% from 1 July 2022.


The upgrade of Heartland Bank’s core banking system is nearing completion and is due to go live

within this calendar year. The upgraded system provides a platform on which to deliver increased

levels of automation and digitalisation, positioning Heartland for increased scalability in the future.


A number of initiatives are being delivered through a systemised programme of work to further

enhance digital, self-service and automation capabilities. This programme of work includes the

following four key initiatives.


Zero inbound calls

This initiative is focused on digitising basic banking requests to enable customers to self-serve via the

Heartland Mobile App, create a seamless user experience for customers, and reduce inbound

customer call volumes. In doing so, Heartland’s employees will be able to focus on more complex

customer requests.


Heartland Bank’s ambition is to reduce inbound customer call volumes by approximately 73% by 30

June 2025. To achieve this, mobile app self-service features will be developed to address the top

reasons for inbound customer calls.


One-Click Deferral

Customers will be offered increased flexibility to self-manage their Motor Finance loan repayments

digitally via the Mobile App, including customers in arrears. Seven new Heartland Mobile App

functions and features will be developed to enable customers to self-manage their repayments,

reducing the need for them to contact Heartland Bank.


Process automation

Heartland will continue to upgrade its existing back-end technology, and introduce scalable digital

technologies to optimise back-end processes and improve efficiency. Increasing automation will

improve internal workflows and reduce manual effort, thereby reducing friction for customers and

employees. Heartland Bank’s ambition is to automate approximately 65% of operations and

collections manual processes by 30 June 2025.


Motor digitisation

Continued enhancement of Motor Finance digital capabilities will enable faster and easier access to

vehicle finance for customers through online application platforms. Heartland’s intention is to rollout

seven branded online origination platforms to Motor Finance dealer partners in the financial year

ending 30 June 2024 (FY2024).


Expansion in Australia

Heartland’s focus for expansion in Australia is on:

1. growing its existing Australian Reverse Mortgages business

2. growing its existing Livestock Finance business (StockCo Australia)

3. seeking other opportunities to expand Heartland’s ‘best or only’ strategy in Australia.


Heartland Group Holdings Limited | 0800 85 20 20 | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info

4

Strong growth has continued for Australian Reverse Mortgages, with a compound annual growth rate

for the five-year period from 1 July 2018 to 30 June 2023 of 22.8%. Heartland has also maintained its

position as the largest active provider of reverse mortgages in Australia, with market share of 38.4%

as at 31 March 2023 (up from 33.1% at 31 March 2022)

13

. Further positioning itself as a leader in the

sector, Heartland Finance was a finalist for Best Banking Innovation at the Australian Finder

Innovation Awards 2022 and received the Excellence Award for Non-Bank of the Year at the

Australian Mortgage Awards 2022.


The proportion of the Australian population aged over 65 years is expected to reach 21% by 2041 (up

from ~17% in 2021).

14

The addressable market for reverse mortgages is estimated to be A$10-15

billion.

15

Further, the Australian Government’s Home Equity Access Scheme continues to contribute

to a greater awareness of home equity release options, including reverse mortgages. Non-bank

participation in the sector has increased and supports the acceptance of reverse mortgages.


StockCo Australia has been operating in Australia since 2014 and is a leading specialist livestock

financier with established direct and distributor networks. The Australian Livestock Finance portfolio

experienced direct client growth in FY2023 of 11% (see page 11 for more detail), but subdued dollar

growth due to stock market price volatilities and adverse weather conditions. This resulted in a

contribution to FY2023 NPAT below the expected A$10-12 million (before any ongoing cost of

acquisition debt funding). Global consumption and production of beef and veal, and sheep meat are

projected to increase annually by 0.62% and 1.22% respectively between 2022-2031 due to a

combination of income and population growth.

16

This, together with good feedstock conditions,

makes for a positive outlook. The addressable market for livestock finance is estimated to be A$7

billion.

17



The Challenger Bank acquisition remains subject to Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ) and APRA

approval. The benefits of acquiring Challenger Bank, an established ADI, include:

‒ access to a deep and efficient pool of funding to support ongoing growth in Australian Reverse

Mortgages and Livestock Finance

‒ potential uplift in margin, to the extent that retail funding rates are less than wholesale rates

‒ a platform to extend Heartland’s ‘best or only’ strategy in Australia.


Heartland has continued to consider the appropriate group structure to accommodate the

Challenger Bank acquisition. The final group structure is now expected to include Heartland Bank

acquiring Challenger Bank. If this occurs, Heartland Banking Group's business would be carried out in

both New Zealand and Australia.


Subject to completion of the acquisition, Heartland intends to leverage its extensive operational

experience in New Zealand to drive expansion into Australia, including in Motor Finance and Asset

Finance. Inorganic growth opportunities, through further acquisition, will also be explored in

targeted areas of the market consistent with Heartland’s ‘best or only’ strategy, and where there is

an opportunity to add value as a means of adding scale or technology.



13

Based on APRA ADI Property Exposure and Heartland Finance data as at 31 March 2022 and 31 March 2023.

14

Sourced from ARC Centre of Excellence in Population Ageing Research as at August 2022.

15

Heartland internal analysis based on information from the ABS December 2022, Census 2021 and Deloitte

(2021 Three Pillars Forum). Market size based on reverse mortgage lending from banks and non-banks.

16

Sourced from OECD FAO Agricultural Outlook 2022-2031.

17

Based on 2020 ABS total rural debt and 2021 StockCo Australia data.


Heartland Group Holdings Limited | 0800 85 20 20 | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info

5

Operating environment


FY2023 was challenging for customers across Australia and New Zealand, driven by cost of living

pressures and increasing interest rates. Low commodity prices and adverse weather events have

compounded matters for certain sectors to which Heartland lends, including livestock. In this

environment, Heartland’s asset quality has performed within expectations. Heartland has worked

hard to support its customers, particularly those facing temporary difficulties due to the current

economic environment. During the year, Heartland also reduced its risk appetite for unsecured

personal and unsecured business lending.


The Auckland flooding and Cyclone Gabrielle weather events had limited impact on Heartland’s

customers. A small number of customers were significantly affected and Heartland is working with

the New Zealand Government under the North Island Weather Events Loan Guarantee Scheme to

provide customer support.


Reverse Mortgages

The Reverse Mortgage portfolios in both countries have low average weighted loan-to-value ratios

(LVRs) and continue to demonstrate resilience. Conservative loan origination standards (such as low

LVRs) have enabled Reverse Mortgage customers to weather the challenging combination of falling

house prices and higher interest rates over the last year. As at 30 June 2023, after consecutive cash

rate increases by the RBNZ and the Reserve Bank of Australia, and successive house price reductions,

the average weighted LVR for New Zealand and Australian Reverse Mortgages respectively were

21.3% (up from 18.4% at 30 June 2022) and 21.5% (up from 20.5% at 30 June 2022). Both portfolios

remain strong with good headroom to weather any further stress events.


Additionally, following consultation in which Heartland Bank participated, the RBNZ introduced a

new lower risk weight bucket of 40% for reverse mortgage loans with LVRs of less than 30% to reflect

the credit risk of low LVR loans, which is expected to be effective from 1 September 2023. Heartland

Bank welcomes this change which better reflects the resilience of its low LVR reverse mortgage

portfolio and is expected to provide additional benefit to Heartland Bank’s capital ratio.


Motor Finance

The Motor Finance portfolio has performed as expected given the economic conditions. Arrears have

trended upward across the year to 3.95% as at 30 June 2023, however the level of losses remains

within cyclical norms. Historically, losses have been correlated to unemployment. While rates of

unemployment remain low, current provisions factor in an allowance for the potential impact of

rising unemployment.


Online Home Loans

Online Home Loans experienced subdued growth as property sales and new mortgage volumes

declined in New Zealand. As at 30 June 2023, no loans were impaired (i.e. 30 days overdue on a

payment). The average LVR across the portfolio is circa 59%, despite property value declines since

the end of 2021. The portfolio therefore remains well secured. These factors are a result of the

product’s conservative criteria and strategy of targeting high-quality borrowers.


Livestock Finance

Stock market price volatility is not expected to have a material impact on the quality of the book.

Historically, the impact of the variation in market price has, in most cases, been more than offset

through livestock weight gains.


Heartland Group Holdings Limited | 0800 85 20 20 | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info

6

The book remains well secured, with producers retaining livestock for longer periods to ensure

weight gain exceeds the impact of stock market pricing. StockCo Australia is one of the few livestock

providers in Australia to have a dedicated breeder product. This allows producers to hold onto

female stock for breeding, with the value of the progeny assisting in increasing their returns when

prices are under pressure.


Business

As at 30 June 2023, the balance of Heartland’s Economic Overlay of $8.0 million taken in FY2022 was

$2.4 million. The Economic Overlay has been allocated to specifically provision for Business

Relationship lending and Asset Finance loans that have been impacted by low economic growth, and

remained in place at 30 June 2023.


The economic outlook for FY2024 is difficult to predict. Interest rates appear at or near the peak but

are forecast to remain elevated until 2025. The rate of unemployment remains low despite forecasts

of it rising. The upcoming New Zealand general election provides additional uncertainty. Despite this,

and recognising the lag effect of these economic indicators, Heartland expects FY2024 will be a year

with broadly similar credit outcomes to FY2023.


Financial results


Profitability

FY2023 reported results have been normalised to exclude one-off or non-cash technical items,

including the following.

18


1. Legacy hedge accounting impacts: a $9.1 million loss contributed by the derivatives that were

de-designated from their prior hedge accounting relationships in FY2022. The de-designation

resulted in a $16.7 million mark-to-market (MTM) accounting gain on these derivatives being

recognised in FY2022. This MTM gain is subsequently unwound as a loss as the cashflows from

these derivatives are realised. The remaining $7.7 million will unwind across FY2024 and the

financial year ending 30 June 2025 (FY2025).

2. Fair value loss on equity investment in Harmoney Corp Limited (Harmoney): a $4.5 million fair

value loss was recognised on investment in Harmoney shares during FY2023. The fair value as at

30 June 2023 was determined based on the closing last traded price of Harmoney shares on the

Australian Stock Exchange of A$0.32 per share.

3. Interest expense on the bridging loan for the acquisition of StockCo Australia: a $1.9 million

interest expense was recognised in relation to a $174 million (A$158 million) bridging loan taken

by Heartland to acquire StockCo Australia. The loan was fully repaid in September 2022 using

the proceeds from the 2022 equity raise.

4. Australia Bank Programme costs: $2.2 million of transaction and other costs in relation to

acquiring an ADI in Australia. In addition, $6.4 million of costs directly attributable to applying to

become an ADI have been capitalised as an intangible asset.


The impact of one-off items on the respective financial metrics is outlined in the table below.


18

Refer to page 42 of the FY2023 IP for an exhaustive list of FY2023 one-offs and a detailed reconciliation

between reported and underlying financial information.


Heartland Group Holdings Limited | 0800 85 20 20 | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info

7


Reported Underlying

FY2023 FY2022 Movement FY2023 FY2022 Movement

NOI

19

($m) 285.3 267.6 17.7 300.7 262.0 38.7

Operating expenses

(OPEX) ($m)

128.1 116.8 11.3 126.2 111.4 14.9

NPAT ($m) 95.9 95.1 0.7 110.2 96.1 14.1

NIM 3.97% 4.05% (8 bps) 4.00% 4.16% (16 bps)

CTI ratio 44.9% 43.6% 126 bps 42.0% 42.5% (53 bps)

Impairment expense

ratio

0.36% 0.25% 11 bps 0.36% 0.29% 7 bps

ROE 10.4% 12.1% (169 bps) 11.9% 12.6% (68 bps)

EPS 14.0 cps 16.1 cps (2.1 cps) 16.0 cps 16.3 cps (0.3 cps)


NOI

Total NOI was $285.3 million, an increase of $17.7 million (6.6%) from FY2022.

Underlying NOI was $300.7 million, $38.7 million (14.8%) higher than in FY2022, $21.8 million of

which was contributed by StockCo Australia. This was largely due to a $35.6 million (14.3%) increase

in NII, driven by $1,127.5 million (18.9%) higher average interest earning assets in FY2023 than in

FY2022, and a 16 bps decrease in underlying NIM compared with FY2022.


Underlying other operating income increased by $3.1 million (22.7%) from FY2022, mainly driven by

increases in upfront Reverse Mortgage income and fee income.


NIM

After recording an 8 bps contraction in underlying NIM in the six months to 31 December 2022

(1H2023) compared with the six months to 30 June 2022 (2H2022), this trend stabilised in the six

months to 30 June 2023 (2H2023) through proactive portfolio pricing and margin management.

Underlying NIM for FY2023 decreased only 2 bps compared with 1H2023.


The cash rates in New Zealand and Australia have seen a rapid and sharp increase, rising from 2.00%

and 0.85% as at June 2022, to 5.50% and 4.10% as at June 2023 respectively. This has created a

difficult environment in which to manage margins. Heartland intentionally delayed passing the full

impact of these increases onto some borrower customers, and, in the case of Reverse Mortgages in

New Zealand and Australia, did not pass on the full increases. With depositors, Heartland was quick

to pass on the benefits of the rising cash rate. It is believed that while this did not maximise potential

NIM, it was the socially responsible and more sustainable approach.


NIM compressions were also due to the continued shift in portfolio composition towards lower risk

exposures. Personal lending and unsecured small-to-medium enterprise (SME) lending continued to

reduce, while Business and Rural Relationship lending experienced larger repayments of higher risk

loans. At the same time, there was growth in higher quality portfolios, such as Reverse Mortgages

and Online Home Loans. Motor Finance experienced market share gains at the expense of margin,

alongside general margin compression due to a shift in asset quality and competitive pressures. The

impacts of this compression were partly offset following the acquisition of StockCo Australia, a higher

NIM portfolio.



19

Net operating income (NOI) includes fair value gains/losses on investments.


Heartland Group Holdings Limited | 0800 85 20 20 | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info

8

Through FY2024, NIM will be assisted by older Asset Finance and Motor Finance loans at lower rates

continuing to be repaid.


OPEX

OPEX was $128.1 million, an increase of $11.3 million (9.7%) on FY2022. Underlying OPEX was $14.9

million (13.4%) higher compared with FY2022.

Higher underlying OPEX was primarily due to the acquisition of StockCo Australia which contributed

$8.9 million to FY2023 OPEX. The remaining underlying OPEX increase is $6.0 million (5.4%), which

was mainly driven by a 4.6% increase in staff expenses, an 18.6% increase in upfront Reverse

Mortgage expenses (noting this is completely offset by an increase in upfront Reverse Mortgage

income), and the balance from increased travel and administration costs.


CTI ratio

The underlying CTI ratio further improved by 53 bps on FY2022 to 42.0%.

20



Heartland’s commitment to efficiencies through technology and digitalisation are anticipated to

provide ongoing benefits in the form of a reduced CTI ratio. The CTI ratio is expected to remain stable

while investment in and delivery of digitalisation initiatives is underway, with CTI benefits to start

materialising from late FY2024.


Impairment expense

Impairment expense was $23.2 million, $9.4 million (68.1%) up on FY2022. On an underlying basis,

impairment expense was $7.5 million (47.9%) up on FY2022, including an allowance for the potential

impact of rising unemployment on the Motor Finance portfolio. The residual increase in underlying

impairment expense was mainly contributed to by the Harmoney book amortising at a slower rate in

FY2023 compared with FY2022 and, to a lesser extent, by deterioration in the quality of unsecured

Personal Lending which is no longer being actively originated in order to manage risk in the current

environment. Underlying impairment expense ratio increased to 0.36% in FY2023, up 7 bps

compared with FY2022.


As at 30 June 2023, the balance of Heartland’s Economic Overlay of $8.0 million taken in FY2022 was

$2.4 million. The Economic Overlay has been allocated to specifically provision for Business

Relationship lending and Asset Finance loans that have been impacted by low economic growth, and

remained in place at 30 June 2023.


ROE

Underlying ROE was 11.9%, down 68 bps compared with FY2022.

21

The result reflects a strengthened

capital position following Heartland’s equity raise in 1H2023, positioning it well for future growth

opportunities.


Financial position

Total assets increased by $657.1 million (9.3%) during FY2023, driven by a $625.5 million (10.1%)

22


increase in Receivables and a $41.7 million (7.1%) increase in liquid assets from FY2022.


20

Underlying CTI ratio refers to the CTI ratio calculated using underlying results. When calculated using

reported results, the CTI ratio was 44.9%, up 126 bps compared with FY2022. See page 4 of the FY2023 IP for

more information about the use of the CTI ratio, a supplementary, non-GAAP measure.

21

Underlying ROE refers to ROE calculated using underlying results. When calculated using reported results,

ROE was 10.4%, down 169 bps compared with FY2022. For more information, see page 4 of the FY2023 IP.

22

Excluding the impact of changes in FX rates.


Heartland Group Holdings Limited | 0800 85 20 20 | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info

9


Receivables growth was experienced across Heartland’s core portfolios of Australian Reverse

Mortgages, New Zealand Reverse Mortgages, Motor Finance, Asset Finance and Online Home Loans,

partly offset by decreases in Business, Rural Relationship, Open for Business (O4B) and Personal

Lending.

Borrowings

23

increased by $456.7 million (7.4%) compared with FY2022. Deposits increased by

$538.5 million (15.0%) from FY2022, partially offset by a decrease in other borrowings of $81.8

million (3.2%) during FY2023. See further information under Funding and liquidity on page 12.


Net assets increased by $222.3 million to $1,031.0 million. Net tangible assets (NTA) increased by

$207.4 million to $774.2 million, primarily as a result of a $199 million equity raise completed in

September 2022, resulting in an NTA per share of $1.09 (30 June 2022: $0.96).


Business performance

New Zealand

Asset Finance

Asset Finance Receivables increased $49.2 million (7.8%) from FY2022 to $682.8 million. Asset

Finance NOI was $30.3 million, a decrease of $0.2 million (0.5%) compared with FY2022.


Heartland’s focus remains on freight transport and yellow goods sectors. NIM has been affected by a

change in the mix of new business weighted toward an improved credit profile. Lower margin loans

are being repaid and replaced, and are expected to have a positive contribution to margin in late

FY2024.


Business

Overall Business NOI was $31.7 million, an increase of $1.1 million (3.6%) compared with FY2022.

Business Receivables decreased $56.6 million (9.0%) to $573.7 million. This was made up of

Wholesale Lending and Business Relationship.

Wholesale Lending includes floorplan lending to vehicle retailers and wholesale facilities to other

lenders, including for medium enterprises that on-lend to their own customers in the consumer

motor and business sectors. Wholesale Lending Receivables decreased $27.1 million (9.9%) from

FY2022 to $245.2 million, reflecting lower utilisation of limits as a result of unpredictable inventory

conditions continuing into 2H2023.

Business Relationship Receivables decreased $29.5 million (8.2%) from FY2022 to $328.5 million, as

this portfolio continues to transition away from legacy business to loans which present lower risk and

are more cost efficient to transact.

Open for Business

O4B NOI was $12.9 million, a decrease of $0.8 million (5.7%) compared with FY2022. O4B

Receivables decreased $24.1 million (17.1%)

22

to $117.1 million.


Heartland stopped actively originating O4B lending in the second quarter of FY2023 (Q2) to manage

risk due to the macro-economic challenges for the SME sector. This has resulted in an amortising

loan book pending improved conditions.



23

Includes retail deposits and other borrowings.


Heartland Group Holdings Limited | 0800 85 20 20 | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info

10

Motor Finance

Motor Finance NOI was $64.2 million, a decrease of $8.7 million (11.9%) compared with FY2022.

Motor Finance Receivables increased $186.8 million (13.5%) to $1.57 billion.


Motor Finance has experienced market share gains at the expense of margin, alongside general

margin compression due to a shift in asset quality and competitive pressures. While total new and

used car sales in the New Zealand market were down by 6.2% in the period

24

, Heartland’s new

business volumes increased by 11.6% from FY2022, with overall growth in FY2023 of 13.5% due to

lower early repayments than expected.


Heartland’s broad distribution network of dealers and partnerships with key distributors and large

dealer franchise groups, along with its digital innovation, have been key contributing factors in

achieving growth in a difficult market.


Heartland intends to expand its branded online origination platforms to other dealer partners in

FY2024 so they can provide customers with swift digital options to apply for vehicle finance and

receive a decision in minutes.


Personal Lending

Personal Lending includes loans originated directly through Heartland Bank, and legacy portfolios

originated by Harmoney in New Zealand and Australia. To manage risk in the current environment,

this portfolio is not actively originating. In addition, Heartland’s Harmoney personal loans channel is

closed to new business and running down.


Personal Lending NOI was $6.6 million, a decrease of $3.1 million (32.2%) compared with FY2022.

Personal Lending Receivables decreased by $17.8 million (27.3%)

22

to $47.3 million. Harmoney

Receivables decreased by $20.3 million (65.7%), made up of a decrease in the New Zealand

Harmoney channel of $12.9 million (70.4%) to $5.5 million, and a decrease in the Australian

Harmoney channel of $7.3 million (58.9%)

22

to $5.1 million. This is partially offset by Heartland

originated personal lending which increased by $2.5 million (7.3%) to $36.7 million in FY2023.

Online Home Loans

25


Online Home Loans NOI was $3.8 million, an increase of $1.7 million (80.2%) compared with FY2022.

Online Home Loans Receivables increased $38.7 million (14.1%)


to $313.4 million.


While subdued compared to FY2022, Online Home Loans experienced good growth in a challenging

economic environment. This was moderated by a sharp decline in property sales and new mortgage

volumes in New Zealand. The number of properties sold in the 12 months to February 2023 was the

lowest observed since 1983.

26

Similarly, the monthly level of new mortgages issued has been at or

near the lowest levels observed since at least 2014 (when the RBNZ began collating this data).

27



Competitive pressures in the refinance market remain intense, with competitors generally offering

large cash-backs and negotiating on rates. Heartland has remained disciplined in respect of its pricing

strategy. Heartland’s low-cost digital origination platform has enabled it to consistently offer

competitive or market-leading rates. Customer retention remained strong, with retention exceeding

90% for customers whose fixed rates came up for renewal over the course of FY2023.


24

Based on data from the Motor Industry Association of New Zealand on new and used vehicle sales from

motor vehicle dealers.

25

Excludes legacy Retail Mortgages.

26

Based on data from CoreLogic’s February 2023 Housing Chart Pack.

27

Based on RBNZ data on new residential mortgage lending by borrower type.


Heartland Group Holdings Limited | 0800 85 20 20 | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info

11


New Zealand Reverse Mortgages

New Zealand Reverse Mortgages NOI was $42.4 million, an increase of $9.9 million (30.3%)

compared with FY2022. Receivables increased $167.3 million (23.2%)


to $888.6 million.

The business continues to experience strong demand and growth due to:

‒ cost of living and cashflow pressures faced by older homeowners, with a reverse mortgage

providing an option to fund desired lifestyle enhancements

‒ increased education, awareness and acceptance of reverse mortgages.


Over the last decade, Heartland has helped more than 22,000 New Zealanders to enjoy a more

comfortable retirement by releasing equity from their homes. The outlook for New Zealand Reverse

Mortgages remains positive, with additional demand from cost of living pressures driving growth.

Website improvements will be released making it easier for mobile users, and streamlining the

application process.


Rural

Overall Rural lending NOI was $34.2 million, an increase of $4.1 million (13.5%) compared with

FY2022. Overall Rural portfolio Receivables increased by $11.4 million (1.7%)


to $700.5 million. This

was made up of Livestock Finance, Rural Relationship and Rural Direct.

Livestock Finance Receivables increased by $19.9 million (11.6%) from FY2022 to $191.2 million in a

market impacted by falling commodity prices, difficult climatic conditions and Cyclone Gabrielle in

the Hawke’s Bay and Tairāwhiti regions. Of this growth, 6% originated from the addition of key

intermediary partnerships, with the balance from existing customers.


Rural Relationship Receivables decreased by $17.1 million (3.9%) from FY2022 to $424.4 million, due

to the continued transition of the book away from large, complex, low margin lending. Heartland’s

exposure to the dairy sector reduced to 32.8% of the total Rural book.


Rural Direct includes Heartland’s Sheep & Beef Direct and Dairy Direct digital platforms which

provide online finance to sheep, beef and dairy farmers. Rural Direct Receivables increased by $8.6

million (11.2%) from FY2022 to $84.9 million.


Australia

Australian Reverse Mortgages

Australian Reverse Mortgages NOI was $47.3 million, an increase of $8.2 million (20.9%) compared

with FY2022.


Australian Reverse Mortgages Receivables increased by $263.5 million (20.7%)

22

to $1.54 billion,

driven primarily by:

‒ increased debt consolidation and cost of living requests due to the current economic

environment

‒ customers seeking funds for home improvements to ensure ageing well in place (for a person to

remain in their home and make it more retirement-friendly as they age)

‒ customers looking to enjoy retirement with modest lifestyle spending (such as holidays or a new

car)

‒ targeted marketing to new and existing customers to increase uptake and interest at key

seasonal points across the year, leading to record settlements in key months.


Heartland Group Holdings Limited | 0800 85 20 20 | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info

12

Heartland has now helped more than 26,000 Australians to live a more comfortable retirement since

2004. Growth is expected to remain strong in FY2024 as ongoing improvements and efficiencies are

made to the loan application, approval and maintenance process.


Australian Livestock Finance

Australian Livestock Finance NOI was $31.9 million. Receivables increased $7.7 million (2.1%)

22

from

FY2022 to $380.8 million. Subdued growth was due to macroeconomic events affecting livestock

prices and demand, including adverse weather conditions, the rising interest rate environment, and

low export demand with the USA drought and China’s COVID-19 response contributing to freezers

being full around the world. This resulted in lower dollars per head on the balance sheet.


Despite this, the volume of livestock financed by StockCo has increased. As at 30 June 2023, cattle

transactions were up 25% compared with 30 June 2022. Sheep transactions were flat. This growth

was supported by increasing distribution partner networks with consistent onboarding of new clients

and increased facility limit usage.


Demand for Australian protein, mainly beef, is expected to increase and have a positive effect on

livestock value in FY2024 as the USA drought breaks and their herd rebuild begins, coupled with the

Chinese Government looking to stimulate the Chinese economy as people return to pre-COVID-19

activities.


Processor capacity has been strained due to a lack of skilled workers, the ongoing impacts of COVID-

19 and adverse weather conditions. Slaughter production in 2022 was down approximately 27% from

2021 volumes. This is expected to improve in the first half of FY2024 and have a positive effect on

livestock demand and value, and therefore demand for livestock financing, as processors work

through their backlog.


Digitalisation of the direct channel application is underway to improve efficiency in the application

process. A white label offering is also in development to strengthen and expand the existing

distribution network, supporting ongoing growth through FY2024.


Funding and liquidity


Heartland increased borrowings by $456.7 million (7.4%) from FY2022 to $6,627.4 million.


New Zealand

Heartland Bank increased borrowings by $399.5 million (9.2%) from FY2022 to $4,746.2 million.


Deposits

28

grew $533.9 million (14.8%) during FY2023 to $4,131.0 million, which was driven by

competitive pricing on targeted products, including Heartland’s Notice Saver offerings which both

received Canstar New Zealand recognition in FY2023. Heartland Bank’s 32-day Notice Saver won a 5-

Star Rating and the 90-day Notice Saver achieved a Rising Star Rating with all the makings of a 5-star

account in the future. In July 2023, Heartland Bank was awarded Canstar New Zealand’s Bank of the

Year – Savings for the sixth year in a row. In the first and second quarters of FY2023, Heartland Bank

experienced the highest growth rate in retail deposits of all main and domestic banks in New

Zealand.

29




28

Includes intercompany deposits received by Heartland Bank (30 June 2023: nil; 30 June 2022: $4.6 million).

29

Based on balance sheet data from the RBNZ.


Heartland Group Holdings Limited | 0800 85 20 20 | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info

13

Notice Saver increased by $206.1 million (40.1%) from FY2022. Term deposits increased by $439.6

million (20.1%), while call deposits decreased by $111.8 million (12.5%) during FY2023. The call to

total deposit ratio decreased to 19% as at 30 June 2023 (30 June 2022: 25%).


Other borrowings decreased by $134.4 million (17.9%) from FY2022, largely due to the maturity of a

$150 million retail bond, as well as the amount drawn down in Heartland Bank’s committed auto

warehouse facility decreasing by $40.7 million. This was partially offset by Heartland Bank’s issuance

of $100 million of unsecured subordinated notes to the retail market in 2H2023, which qualify as Tier

2 capital for regulatory purposes, further solidifying Heartland Bank’s regulatory capital position.


Heartland Bank’s total liquidity (including liquid assets and available committed lines) strengthened

further in FY2023, increasing by $76.3 million (12.1%) to $704.2 million, well in excess of regulatory

minimums.


Heartland Bank’s regulatory capital ratio increased to 14.69% as at 30 June 2023 (30 June 2022:

13.49%). Heartland Bank continues to operate significantly in excess of regulatory minimums and is

well positioned to meet the RBNZ’s future higher capital requirements. These requirements are for a

common equity tier 1 ratio of 11.50% and a total capital ratio of 16.00% by 1 July 2028.


Australia

Heartland Australia (comprising Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Ltd and its subsidiaries) increased

borrowings by A$282.0 million (23.5%) from FY2022 to A$1,482.2 million.


A A$30 million tap issue was completed in August 2022 and a further A$50 million Medium Term

Note (MTN) was issued in October 2022. Heartland Australia’s April 2023 A$120 million MTN

maturity was refinanced. The aggregate outstanding issuance under Heartland Australia’s MTN

programme was A$240 million as at 30 June 2023 (30 June 2022: A$280 million).


The maturities of the two Reverse Mortgage securitisation warehouses were extended by two and

three years respectively, and aggregate senior limits were expanded by A$100 million, providing

Heartland Australia with access to A$1.54 billion of committed funding in aggregate. Conversations

are underway with securitisation lenders to increase headroom in both facilities to support

continued growth experienced in the portfolio.


StockCo Australia (comprising StockCo Australia Management Pty Ltd, StockCo Holdings 2 Pty Ltd and

their subsidiaries) increased borrowings by A$17.2 million (5.2%) from FY2022 to A$346.4 million.

StockCo Australia was transferred from Heartland to Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Ltd on 1 August

2023.


Regulatory update


Heartland continues to monitor and prepare for the significant volume of regulatory change in New

Zealand.


In June 2023, it was announced that the Commerce Commission (ComCom) would conduct a market

study into any factors that may affect competition for the supply or acquisition of personal banking

services. A Preliminary Issues Paper for the market study was published on 10 August 2023 which

sets out the context and proposed focus areas of the study. It is currently proposed that the study

will focus on deposit accounts (transaction, savings, and term deposits, including overdraft facilities)

and home loans. The ComCom will engage with stakeholders and conduct information gathering with

a final report on its findings due 20 August 2024, which will include recommendations that identify


Heartland Group Holdings Limited | 0800 85 20 20 | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info

14

ways to improve competition in the sector. Heartland Bank welcomes the opportunity to participate

in the market study.


The Financial Markets (Conduct of Financial Institutions) Amendment Act 2022 (Conduct Act) was

passed in June 2022, and will come into force on 31 March 2025, following a transitional period. The

Conduct Act applies to registered banks, licensed insurers and licensed non-bank deposit takers. The

Conduct Act introduces a new conduct licensing regime, the requirement to establish, implement,

maintain and comply with a fair conduct programme, and the regulation of incentives (including the

prohibition of sales incentives based on volume or value targets). Incentives regulations will apply

both to Heartland Bank and its intermediaries involved in the distribution of its products. Heartland

Bank is preparing for licensing and compliance with the Conduct Act.


The Deposit Takers Act received royal assent (and became law) on 6 July 2023 (DT Act). The DT Act

strengthens the regulatory framework for all institutions that take deposits (including Heartland

Bank) and introduces a new depositor compensation scheme (DCS), overseen by the RBNZ.


Very little of the DT Act comes into force immediately, but Heartland Bank has begun considering the

impact of the DT Act on its operations and is actively participating in submissions on the DCS and

other regulations, guidance and prudential standards relating to the DT Act. The DT Act is expected

to be fully in force by around 2028.


Initial changes to the Credit Contracts and Consumer Finance Act 2003 (CCCFA) came into force on 1

December 2021, with additional changes effective 7 July 2022. Heartland Bank implemented new

processes and technologies to enable it to comply with these changes. Following the completion of

the New Zealand Government’s investigation into the impact of the December 2021 changes, more

amendments to the CCCFA came into force in May 2023. Heartland Bank has further amended its

processes to reflect these most recent amendments. On 9 August 2023, the Government announced

further changes to the CCCFA, including a wider review of the CCCFA with terms of reference to be

announced in due course. Heartland Bank will monitor for further developments in regards to these

changes.


In July 2021, the New Zealand Government announced it would implement a legislative framework

for a new consumer data right (CDR), with a decision announced in November 2022 to designate

banks into the new regime first. The Ministry of Business, Innovation and Employment recently

consulted on an exposure draft of the Customer and Product Data Bill. A consumer data right in the

banking sector (in other words, ‘open banking’) would allow customers to consent to share their

banking data with third parties.


Continued preparation is underway to meet the Climate-Related Disclosures obligations introduced

through the Financial Sector (Climate-Related Disclosures and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2021,

with Heartland’s first climate statement required as part of reporting for FY2024.


In Australia, Heartland continues to monitor changes to Australian regulatory requirements for its

existing businesses, and is preparing for the acquisition of Challenger Bank (subject to the requisite

regulatory approvals), which is an APRA regulated ADI.


Sustainability update


Heartland’s sustainability strategy continues to evolve as it matures. The framework is built on three

pillars: environment, people and financial wellbeing. Highlights for FY2023 are outlined below. For

more detail, visit heartlandgroup.info/sustainability.


Heartland Group Holdings Limited | 0800 85 20 20 | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info

15

Environment

‒ Heartland’s unaudited operational Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions for FY2023 saw a 17%

reduction on the base year for the financial year ended 30 June 2019 (FY2019). This comprised

strong reductions in Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions, but an increase in travel-related emissions

as a result of business travel requirements between New Zealand and Australia.

‒ Introduced an environment risk screening tool in the credit decisioning process to understand

the sustainability of larger business and rural borrowers by reference to environmental, climate,

reputational and regulatory factors (and mitigating actions being employed by borrowers).

‒ Undertook Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification (ANZSIC) code analysis

to understand Heartland’s exposure to high emitting industries or industries subject to a

heightened degree of transitional risk as a result of climate factors. Heartland has a low

exposure to customers in those industries.

‒ More than doubled lending to new generation vehicles through the Motor Finance portfolio,

from 5% of all lending in FY2022 to 11% in FY2023. The increase was supported by the launch of

a green vehicle rate in December 2022, and a guaranteed future value product across the Opel

range, including two dedicated electric vehicles.


People

‒ Through its Manawa Ako internship programme, Heartland Bank welcomed 25 Māori and

Pasifika interns to Heartland Bank in December 2022. More than 110 rangatahi (young people)

have participated in the programme since inception in 2017.

‒ Heartland Bank maintained accreditation for the Rainbow Tick, as a Hearing Accredited

Workplace, and Living Wage Employer.

‒ More than $710,000 provided to community groups and organisations by the Heartland Trust, in

the areas of education, arts and culture, and wellbeing. The Heartland Trust is Heartland’s

registered charitable trust which is independent from, but closely supported by Heartland.

‒ Heartland Bank’s products recognised as providing exceptional value for customers through

Canstar New Zealand awards for Savings Bank of the Year and Outstanding Value Home Lender.


Financial wellbeing

‒ Supported more than 48,000 people in New Zealand and Australia to live a more comfortable

retirement by releasing equity from their homes with a reverse mortgage.

‒ Heartland Bank continued to offer the Heartland Extend product to consumer customers,

supporting customers in arrears to make their existing loan repayments more manageable.

‒ Development of new features and automation in Heartland Bank’s mobile app and some online

application forms to enable customers to control their own finances in their own time, without

needing to speak with someone.


Final dividend


Heartland is pleased to declare a FY2023 final dividend of 6.0 cps, taking the FY2023 total dividend to

11.5 cps, up 0.5 cps on FY2022. Heartland’s final dividend yield of 9.3%

30

compares with 7.1%

31

in

FY2022.


The final dividend will be paid on Wednesday 20 September 2023 (Payment Date) to shareholders on

the company’s register as at 5.00pm NZST on Wednesday 6 September 2023 (Record Date) and will

be fully imputed.



30

FY2023 total fully imputed dividends divided by the closing share price as at 25 August 2023 of $1.72.

31

FY2022 total fully imputed dividends divided by the closing share price as at 19 August 2022 of $2.16.


Heartland Group Holdings Limited | 0800 85 20 20 | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info

16

Heartland has a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP), giving eligible shareholders the opportunity to

reinvest some or all of their dividend payments into new ordinary shares. The DRP will apply to the

final dividend with a 2.0% discount.

32

The DRP offer document and participation form is available on

Heartland’s website at heartlandgroup.info/investor-information/dividends.


Looking forward


Heartland’s result in FY2023 is pleasing amidst a challenging economic background in New Zealand

and Australia. Portfolio performance demonstrated the resilience of Heartland’s products and ‘best

or only’ strategy.


Heartland’s strength is in its track record of strong growth in core lending portfolios. The business as

usual growth focus in FY2024 will be on Reverse Mortgages (New Zealand and Australia), Motor

Finance, Asset Finance and Livestock Finance (New Zealand and Australia). Growth will be supported

by increased digitalisation and automation, and leveraging the demographic-driven demand being

experienced in Reverse Mortgages.


Key to Heartland’s expansion in Australia is obtaining an ADI licence. Heartland intends to do this

through the acquisition of Challenger Bank, which remains subject to regulatory approvals.

Heartland’s desire is to complete the acquisition during the 2023 calendar year, after which its focus

will be on integration and leveraging its common distribution channels in New Zealand to expand

into Australia.


Heartland’s NIM outlook is stable with repayment and replacement of lower margin Motor Finance

and Asset Finance loans. The growth mix will continue to influence margin, causing acceptable

contraction offset by corresponding growth.


Underpinning everything is Heartland’s ambition to achieve an underlying CTI ratio of less than 35%

by FY2028. This requires change and will take time. Initiatives are underway to increase customer

self-service, reduce telephony and increase automation.


Through a continued focus on the execution of Heartland’s strategic vision and achieving its

underlying CTI ratio ambition, Heartland’s ambition is to double underlying NPAT within five years –

continuing Heartland’s track record of income growth. Since 2012, Heartland’s NPAT has more than

tripled from $23.6 million at 30 June 2012.


Heartland expects NPAT for FY2024 to be within the guidance range of $116 million to $122 million,

excluding any impacts of fair value changes on equity investments held, the impact of the de-

designation of derivatives, and any costs related to the acquisition of Challenger Bank, which remains

subject to RBNZ and APRA approval. As the acquisition nears completion, guidance will be updated to

reflect the impact of Challenger Bank becoming part of Heartland.



– ENDS –





32

That is, the strike price under the DRP will be 98.0% of the volume weighted average sale price of Heartland

shares over the five trading days following the Record Date. For the full details of the DRP and the Strike Price

calculation, refer to the Heartland DRP offer document dated 10 December 2018.


Heartland Group Holdings Limited | 0800 85 20 20 | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info

17

The person(s) who authorised this announcement:


Jeff Greenslade, Chief Executive Officer


Andrew Dixson, Chief Financial Officer


For further information and media enquiries, please contact:


Nicola Foley, Group Head of Communications

+64 27 345 6809

nicola.foley@heartland.co.nz

Level 3, Heartland House, 35 Teed Street, Newmarket, Auckland, New Zealand



About Heartland

Heartland is a financial services group with operations in Australia and New Zealand. Heartland has a

long history with roots stretching back to 1875, and is listed on the New Zealand and Australian stock

exchanges (NZX/ASX: HGH) with a market cap in excess of NZ$1 billion.


Heartland’s New Zealand business, Heartland Bank, provides customers with savings and deposit

products, online home loans, reverse mortgages, business loans, car loans and rural loans. In

Australia, Heartland’s main business is currently in reverse mortgages through Heartland Finance

which is a market leader. Heartland also operates StockCo Australia, a specialist livestock financier,

which was acquired by Heartland in May 2022. In October 2022, Heartland announced its intention

to purchase Challenger Bank, a digital bank based in Melbourne, Australia, subject to obtaining the

requisite regulatory approvals.


Heartland’s point of differentiation is its ‘best or only’ strategy – where it focuses on providing

products which are the best or only of their kind through scalable digital platforms. Heartland is

committed to delivering financial solutions through speed and simplicity, particularly via digital

platforms which reduce the cost of onboarding and make it easier for customers to open accounts or

apply for funds when they need it.


More about Heartland: heartlandgroup.info

---

FY2023 results
Investor presentation

For the year ended 30 June 2023

Contents
2

01Highlights & strategic update3-9

02Financial results, funding & liquidity10-20

03NZ divisional summary21-28

04AU divisional summary29-34

05Outlook35-36

06Disclaimer, glossary & appendices37-43

2

Jeff Greenslade
Chief Executive Officer Heartland Group

01

Highlights & strategic update

Presentation of results
01

4

Financial results in this investor presentation are presented on a reported and underlying basis.

•Reported results are prepared in accordance with NZ GAAP and include the impacts of one-offs, both positive and

negative, which can make it difficult to compare performance between periods.

•Underlying results exclude the impacts of fair value changes on equity investments held, the de-designation of derivatives,

and other one-offs. This is intended to allow for easier comparability between periods, and is used internally by

management for this purpose.

Adjustments for underlying results impact NOI, OPEX, NPAT, NIM and EPS. Underlying ROE, underlying CTI ratio and underlying

impairment expense ratio measures are supplementary, non-GAAP measures that may be used by investors, industry

analysts and others in assessing and benchmarking profitability and performance against the industry and/or other

companies. A GAAP and non-GAAP comparative is provided for each of these measures.

Refer to Appendix 3 on page 42 for a detailed reconciliation between reported and underlying financial information, including

details about one-offs in the periods covered in this investor presentation.

General information about the use of non-GAAP financial measures is set out on page 38 of this investor presentation.

1
Refer to Appendix 3 for a reconciliation between reported and underlying NPAT result.

2

Receivables also includes ReverseMortgages.

3

Excluding the impact of changes in FX rates.

Group financial highlights

5

01

NPATNIMCTI ratio

Impairment

expense ratio

ROEEPS

Reported

$95.9m3.97%44.9%0.36%10.4%14.0 cps




0.8% vs FY2022

8 bps vs FY2022126 bps vs FY202211 bps vs FY2022169 bps vs FY20222.1 cps vs FY2022

Underlying

1

$110.2m4.00%42.0%0.36%11.9%16.0 cps




14.6% vs FY2022

2 bps vs

1H2023

16 bps vs

FY2022

53 bps vs FY20227 bps vs FY202268 bps vs FY20220.3 cps vs FY2022

Receivables

2

BorrowingsEquityFinal dividend

$6,791m$6,627m$1,031m6.0 cps



10.1%

3

vs June 20227.4% vs June 202227.5%vs June 20220.5 cps vs FY2022

Strategic update
Note: The graph shows FY2023growth in receivables by portfolio excluding the impact of changes in FX rates and intercompany balances. All figures inNZ$m.

6

Business as Usual Growth

Frictionless Service at the Lowest CostExpansion in Australia

01

Demonstrated resilience in ‘best or only’ strategy

•Growth in core lending portfolios despite

macroeconomic environment, demonstrating

resilience of ‘best or only’ products.

•Motor Finance grew 13.5% in a market where new

and used vehicles declined 6.2%.

•Heartland Bank awarded Canstar NZ’s Bank of the

Year –Savings award and Outstanding Value Home

Lender Award.

Growth in core product portfolios

•Continued growth in core product portfolio, plus

higher contribution from AU Livestock Finance.

Continue to wind down legacy lending

•Continue the transition away from legacy

business and focus on lower risk lending which

is more cost efficient to transact.

FY2023 achievements

FY2024 focus

(18)

6,196

6,821

167

187

(18)

-

(17)

9

264

8

38

(30)

49

(27)

(24)

20

8

Jun-22Reverse

Mortgages

NZ

MotorPersonal

Lending

Home LoansBusiness

Relationship

Asset

Finance

Wholesale

Lending

Open for

Business

Rural

Relationship

Livestock

Finance NZ

Rural DirectReverse

Mortgages

AU

Livestock

Finance AU

Jun-23

(8.2%)

13.5%

(3.9%)

7.8%

(27.3%)

11.6%

13.4%

(17.1%)

2.1%

(9.9%)

23.2%

11.2%

20.7%

↗$374m(15.3%)

Household

↘$31m(2.2%)

Business

Rural

NZAU

↗$11m(1.7%)

↗$625m (10.1%)

Strategic update
1

The average CTI ratio of New Zealand’s main domestic non-major banks excluding Heartland (The Co-operative Bank, Kiwibank, SBS and TSB) was 68.9% for the 12 months to 31 March 2023 (data from the RBNZ Financial Strength Dashboard, valid as at 31 July

2023). The average CTI ratio of Australia’s major banks (ANZ, CBA, NAB and Westpac) was 45.2% for their most recent respective annual reporting periods.

7

01

Replicating the scale of big banks

•Underlying CTI ratio of 42.0%, much lower than the average CTI ratio of

non-major NZ banks and more comparable to the average CTI ratio of

major AU banks.

1

Increasing uptake of mobile platforms

•Expanded secure automatic approval capabilities of Asset Finance and

NZ Livestock Finance application processes, reducing friction for

customers and the need for manual assessment. This resulted in an

uplift in approval rates of 20% and 12% respectively.

•The Heartland Finance Mobile App was rolled out to all AU Reverse

Mortgage customers in June 2023. Within one month, more than 10%

of customers had digital access.

•Heartland Mobile App users up 65% from 1 July 2022.

•The percentage of NZ Reverse Mortgage website visitors who used

mobile devices increased from 51% as at 30 June 2022 to 54% as at 30

June 2023.

Ambition to achieve underlying CTI ratio <35% by FY2028

•Ambition to reduce the CTI ratio further over time through revenue growth and

ongoing automation and digitalisationinitiatives.

Increasing efficiency through digitalisationand automation

•Deliver One-Click Deferral, enabling customers to self-manage loan repayments.

•Develop self-service mobile app functionality to reduce friction for customers –

progress toward reducing inbound customer calls by 73% by 30 June 2025.

•Improve efficiency in loan servicing and administration through process automation –

progress toward automating 65% of manual back-end processes by 30 June 2025.

•Expand branded online origination platforms to more Motor Finance dealer partners to

provide customers with swift digital options.

Implementation of upgraded core banking system

•Due to go live within this calendar year.

•The core banking upgrade provides a platform on which to deliver increased levels of

automation and digitisation.

Business as Usual Growth

Frictionless Service at the Lowest CostExpansion in Australia

FY2023 achievementsFY2024 focus

Strategic update
1

Based on APRA ADI Property Exposure and Heartland Finance data as at 31 March 2022 and 31 March 2023.

2

Heartland internal analysis based on information from the ABS December 2022, Census 2021 and Deloitte (2021 Three Pillars Forum). Market size based on reverse mortgage lending from

banks and non-banks.

3

Based on 2020 ABS total rural debt and 2021 StockCo Australia data.

8

01

Largest active provider of AU reverse mortgages

•Maintained position as largest active provider of reverse mortgages in

Australia, with market share of 38.4% at 31 March 2023 (up from 33.1%

at 31 March 2022).

1

•Heartland Finance was a finalist for Best Banking Innovation at the

Australian Finder Innovation Awards 2022 and received the Excellence

Award for Non-Bank of the Year at the Australian Mortgage Awards

2022.

Integration of StockCo Australia

•Completed the integration of StockCo Australia into Heartland, and

repaid acquisition-related bridge debt of $174 million (A$158 million)

using proceeds from Heartland’s equity raise in 1H2023.

Challenger Bank acquisition

•Signed a conditional share purchase agreement on 20 October 2022

for the purchase of Challenger Bank, subject to obtaining the requisite

regulatory approvals.

Grow Reverse Mortgages

•Leverage demand being experienced through the growing ageing population to

continue to increase market share with the addressable market estimated to be

A$10-15 billion.

2

Grow Livestock Finance

•Grow the Australian Livestock Finance business through product developments

and digitalisation. Increasing demand for export is expected to contribute to

growth, noting the addressable market estimated to be A$7 billion

3

.

Become an ADI in Australia

•Complete the acquisition of Challenger Bank, enabling sustainable growth of

existing AU portfolios through access to retail deposits.

•Leverage NZ expertise to expand product offering in the Australian market

consistent with Heartland’s ‘best or only’ strategy.

•Opportunity for targeted entry into Motor and Asset Finance markets in Australia.

Business as Usual Growth

Frictionless Service at the Lowest CostExpansion in Australia

FY2023 achievementsFY2024 focus

People
•Create a pathway and place for Heartland’s people to grow,

thrive and be empowered to achieve Heartland’s goals as

one team.

•Care for the communities Heartland operates in.

•Care for Heartland’s customers.

Financial wellbeing

•Support the financial wellbeing of

Heartland’s customers and communities.

Heartland’s sustainability framework is built on three key pillars:

environment, people and financial wellbeing.

1

The Heartland Trust is Heartland’s registered charitable trust which is independent from, but closely supported by Heartland.

Environment

•Support the just transition to a net-zero economy.

Unaudited operational GHG emissions for

FY2023 saw a 17% reduction on the FY2019

base year.

Introduced an environment risk screening

tool in the credit decisioning process to

understand the sustainability of larger

business and rural borrowers.

Undertook ANZSIC code analysis to

understand Heartland’s exposure to

customers in high emitting industries, or

industries subject to a heightened degree of

transitional risk as a result of climate factors.

Lending to new generation vehicles

more than doubled from 5% of all lending in

FY2022 to 11% in FY2023.

Sustainability

9

01

The Manawa Akointernship welcomed 25 Māori

and Pasifika interns in its sixth intake. More than

110 interns welcomed since 2017.

Heartland Bank maintained accreditation for the

Rainbow Tick, as a Hearing Accredited

Workplace, and Living Wage Employer.

More than $710,000 granted through the

Heartland Trust in the areas of education, arts and

culture, and wellbeing.

1

Heartland Bank’s products recognisedas

providing exceptional value for customers

through Canstar NZ awards for Savings Bank of

the Year and Outstanding Value Home Lender.

Supported more than 48,000

people in NZ and AU to live a more

comfortable retirement by

releasing equity from their homes

with a reverse mortgage.

Continued to offer Heartland

Extend to consumer customers,

supporting customers to make

existing loan repayments more

manageable.

Development of new features and

automation to Heartland Bank’s

mobile app and some online

application forms to enable

customers to control their own

finances in their own time.

Andrew Dixson
Chief Financial Officer Heartland Group

02

Financial results, funding & liquidity

ReportedUnderlying
Financial

performance

NII$282.0m


12.7% vs FY2022

$283.9m


14.3% vs FY2022

OOI

1

$3.3m


81.0% vs FY2022

$16.9m


22.7% vs FY2022

NOI$285.3m


6.6% vs FY2022

$300.7m


14.8% vs FY2022

OPEX$128.1m


9.7% vs FY2022

$126.2m


13.4% vs FY2022

Impairment Expense$23.2m


68.1% vs FY2022

$23.2m


47.9% vs FY2022

Tax Expense$38.1m


9.0% vs FY2022

$41.1m


5.8% vs FY2022

NPAT

2

$95.9m


0.8% vs FY2022

$110.2m


14.6% vs FY2022

NIM3.97%


8 bps vs FY2022

4.00%


2 bps vs 1H2023


16 bps vs FY2022

CTI44.9%


126 bps vs FY2022

42.0%


53 bps vs FY2022

Impairment Expense Ratio

3

0.36%


11 bps vs FY2022

0.36%


7 bps vs FY2022

ROE10.4%


169 bps vs FY2022

11.9%


68 bps vs FY2022

EPS14.0 cps


2.1 cps vs FY2022

16.0 cps


0.3 cps vs FY2022

Financial

position

Receivables

4

$6,791m


10.1%

5

vs June 2022

Borrowings$6,627m


7.4% vs June 2022

Equity$1,031m


27.5% vs June 2022

Equity/Total Assets13.3%


1.9 ppsvs June 2022

Group financial results

1

OOI includes fair value gains/losses oninvestments.

2

Refer to Appendix 3 for a reconciliation between reported and underlying NPAT result.

3

Impairment expense as a percentage of average Receivables.

4

Receivables also includes ReverseMortgages and StockCo Australia.

5

Excluding the impact of changes in FX rates.

11

02

96.1
110.2

21.8

(8.9)

(0.1)

(3.0)

13.8

3.1

(6.0)

(7.4)

0.7

FY2022 NPATNet Interest

Income

Other Operating

Income

Operating

Expenses

Impairment

Expense

TaxFY2023 NPAT

Note:All figures in NZ$m. Refer to Appendix 3 for a reconciliation between reported and underlying NPAT result. Chart is not to scale.

1

Compounded annual growth rate for the period FY2020-FY2023.

Growth in profitability

12

02

Underlying: 96.1 →110.2

↗14.1 (14.6%)

Reported: 95.1 →95.9

↗0.7 (0.8%)

NPAT ($ million)

72.0

87.0

95.1

95.9

FY20FY21FY22FY23

+21%

+9%

+1%

↗10.0%

1

76.9

87.9

96.1

110.2

FY20FY21FY22FY23

+14%

+9%

+15%

↗12.7%

1

StockCo AustraliaResidual movement

Underlying NPAT ($ million)

Underlying
↙16 bps

Reported

↙8 bps

Note: NIM is calculated as net interest income/average gross interest earning assets.

1

Underlying gross interest yield increased 174 bps vs FY2022 to 7.88%, contributing a 163 bps increase in NIM vs FY2022.

2

Underlying cost of funds increased 211 bps vs FY2022 to 3.81%, contributing a 192 bps decrease in NIM vs FY2022

3

Underlying liquid asset yield increased 155 bps vs FY2022 to 2.63%, contributing a 13 bps increase in NIM vs FY2022

4.33%

4.35%

4.05%

3.97%

4.16%

4.00%

FY20FY21FY22FY23

Reported NIMUnderlying NIM

Underlying Gross interest yield

7.88%

NIM contribution ↗163bps

1

vs FY22

Underlying Cost of funds

3.81%

NIM contribution ↘ 192bps

2

vs FY22

Underlying Liquid assets yield

2.63%

NIM contribution ↗13bps

3

vs FY22

Net interest margin

13

02

FY24 NIM

outlook

NIM

Expected to remain

stable through proactive

portfolio pricing and

margin management.

0.13%

Note:
•CTI ratio is calculated as OPEX/NOI.

•Underlying CTI ratio excludes one-off impacts. Refer to Appendix 3 for a reconciliation between reported and underlying result.

45.4%

46.8%

43.6%

44.9%

44.9%

44.8%

42.5%

42.0%

FY20FY21FY22FY23

Reported CTI ratioUnderlying CTI ratio

Reported

↗11.3m (9.7%)

Cost to income ratio

14

02

CTI ratio

FY24 CTI ratio

outlook

Underlying

↗14.9m (13.4%)

Expected to gradually

improve, via continued

cost discipline, efficiency

and digitalisation

initiatives.

Note: Impairment expense ratio is calculated as impairment expense/average gross finance receivables.
Loan provisions

15

02

0.65%

0.31%

0.25%

0.36%

0.44%

0.31%

0.29%

0.36%

FY20FY21FY22FY23

Reported Impairment Expense Ratio

Underlying Impairment Expense Ratio

87.0

79.4

112.0

126.9

1.87%

1.58%

1.81%

1.87%

Jun-20Jun-21Jun-22Jun-23

Non Performing LoansNon Performing Loans Ratio

NPL

↘5.5m

vs 31 December 2022

NPL ratio

↘18 bps

vs 31 December 2022

FY24 outlook

FY2024 economic outlook is difficult to

predict. Interest rates appear at or near the

peak but are forecast to remain elevated

until 2025. The rate of unemployment

remains low despite forecasts of it rising.

The upcoming NZ general election provides

additional uncertainty.

Despite this, and recognisingthe lag effect

of these economic indicators, Heartland

expects FY2024 to have broadly similar

credit outcomes to FY2023.

Impairment Expense RatioNon-Performing Loans

•Impairment expense was $23.2 million (68.1% up on FY2022).

•Underlying impairment expense up $7.5 million (47.9%) on FY2022.

•Increase in underlying impairment expense due to:

oan allowance for the potential impact of rising unemployment on Motor Finance

othe Harmoney book amortisingat a slower rate in FY2023 compared with FY2022

odeterioration in the quality of unsecured Personal Lending, no longer actively originating.

•As at 30 June 2023, the balance of Heartland’s Economic Overlay

of $8.0 million taken in FY2022 was $2.4 million. The Economic

Overlay has been allocated to specifically provision for Business

Relationship lending and Asset Finance loans that have been

impacted by low economic growth, and remained in place at 30

June 2023.

1
Underlying ROE refers to ROE calculated using underlying results. When calculated using reported results, ROE was 10.4%, down169 bps. See page 4 for more information about the use of ROE, a supplementary, non-GAAP measure.

2

Total fully imputed dividends divided by the closing share price as at 25 August 2023 of $1.72.

3

Total fully imputed dividends divided by the closing share price as at 19 August 2022 of $2.16.

4

That is, the strike price under the DRP will be 98.0% of the volume weighted average sale price of Heartland shares over the five trading days following the Record Date. For the full details of the DRP and the Strike Price calculation, refer to the Heartland DRP offer document dated 10 December 2018.

•Underlying ROE of11.9% (down 68 bps vs FY2022).

1

•EPS of 14.0 cps, down 2.1 cps compared with FY2022.

•Underlying EPS of 16.0 cps (down 0.3 cps vs FY2022).

•Final dividend of 6.0 cps, taking FY2023 total dividend to 11.5 cps, up 0.5 cps on FY2022.

•Dividend yield of9.3%

2

(FY2022: 7.1%

3

).

•Heartland’s DRP will apply to the final dividend with a 2.0% discount.

4

12.5

14.9

16.1

14.0

FY20FY21FY22FY23

EPS (cps)

11.1%

12.0%

12.6%

11.9%

Jun 20Jun 21Jun 22Jun 23

Underlying ROE

Shareholder return

16

02

6,196
6,821

167

187

(18)

-

(17)

9

264

8

38

(30)

49

(27)

(24)

20

8

Jun-22Reverse

Mortgages NZ

MotorPersonal

Lending

Home LoansBusiness

Relationship

Asset FinanceWholesale

Lending

Open for

Business

Rural

Relationship

Livestock

Finance NZ

Rural DirectReverse

Mortgages AU

Livestock

Finance AU

Jun-23

(8.2%)

13.5%

(3.9%)

7.8%

(27.3%)

11.6%

13.4%

(17.1%)

2.1%

(9.9%)

23.2%

11.2%

20.7%

↗$374m(15.3%)

Household

↘$31m(2.2%)

Business

Rural

NZAU

↗$11m(1.7%)

↗$625m (10.1%)

Note: The graph shows FY2023growth in receivables by portfolio excluding the impact of changes in FX rates and intercompany balances. All figures inNZ$m.

17

Growth in receivables

02

2,456
2,245

2,189

2,629

813

968

895

783

7

513

719

66

108

268

227

293

285

273

220

110

209

168

3,628

3,723

4,347

4,746

Jun 20Jun 21Jun 22Jun 23

HBL Funding Composition

3

$m

Term depositsCall deposits

Savings depositsSecuritised funding

Retail bondsOther wholesale funding

New Zealand

•Heartland Bank increased borrowings by $399.5 million (9.2%) to

$4,746.2 million.

‒Deposits grew $533.9 million (14.8%) to $4,131.0 million, driven by

competitive pricing on targeted products, including Heartland’s

Notice Saver offerings which both received Canstar New

Zealand recognition in the year.

2

‒In Q1 and Q2, Heartland Bank experienced the highest growth

rate in retail deposits of all main and domestic banks in NZ.

1

‒Other borrowings decreased by $134.4 million (17.9%), largely

due to the maturity of a $150 million retail bond, as well as the

amount drawn down in Heartland Bank’s committed auto

warehouse facility decreasing by $40.7 million. This was partially

offset by an issuance of $100 million of unsecured subordinated

notes to the retail market in 2H2023, which qualify as Tier 2

capital for regulatory purposes.

‒Total liquidity strengthened, increasing by $76.3 million (12.1%)

to $704.2 million.

•Heartland Bank holds liquidity well in excess of regulatory minimums

and maintains strong regulatory liquidity ratios.

1

Based on balance sheet data from the RBNZ.

2

Awarded July 2022 and July 2023.

3

Includes intercompany deposits.

234

192

132

173

397

317

274

315

105

113

221

216

736

622

628

704

Jun 20Jun 21Jun 22Jun 23

HBL Liquidity Composition $m

Undrawn limitInvestmentsCash

Core funding ratio

89.6%

as at Jun 23

vs 75% regulatory minimum

↓ 0.6 pps vs Jun 22

1-week mismatch

8.66%

as at Jun 23

vs 0% regulatory minimum

↑ 1.5 ppsvs Jun 22

1-month mismatch

8.31%

as at Jun 23

vs 0% regulatory minimum

↑ 1.4 ppsvs Jun 22

NZ funding & liquidity

18

02

705
877

919

1,119

145

221

281

242

121

850

1,098

1,200

1,482

Jun 20Jun 21Jun 22Jun 23

Heartland Australia

Funding Composition A$m

Securitised fundingMTNsOther Borrowings

145

111

154

55

37

60

58

47

183

171

213

102

Jun 20Jun 21Jun 22Jun 23

Heartland Australia

Liquidity Composition A$m

Undrawn limitCash

1

Comprised of Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Ltd and its subsidiaries.

2

Comprised of StockCo Australia Management Pty Ltd, StockCo Holdings 2 Pty Ltd and their subsidiaries.

AU funding & liquidity

Heartland Australia

1

•Heartland Australia increased borrowings by

A$282.0 million (23.5%) to A$1,482.2 million.

•A A$30 million tap issue was completed in August

2022 and a further A$50 million MTN was issued in

October 2022. Heartland Australia’s April 2023

A$120 million MTN maturity was refinanced. This

now takes the aggregate outstanding issuance

under Heartland Australia’s MTN programme to

A$240 million as at 30 June 2023.

•Maturity of Reverse Mortgage securitisation

warehouses were extended by two and three

years, and aggregate senior limits were expanded

by A$100 million, providing additional headroom to

fund future growth in the portfolio. This provides

Heartland Australia with access to A$1.54 billion of

committed funding in aggregate.

StockCoAustralia

2

•StockCoAustralia increased borrowings by

A$17.2 million (5.2%) to A$346.4 million.

19

02

•Heartland Bank’s regulatory capital ratio increased
to 14.69% as at 30 June 2023 (30 June 2022:

13.49%). Heartland Bank continues to operate

significantly in excess of regulatory minimums and

is well positioned to meet the RBNZ’s future higher

capital requirements.

•In order to accelerate this journey, diversify its

capital base and accommodate future projected

growth, Heartland Bank issued$100 million

unsecured subordinated Tier 2 capital notes in

2H2023.

•The RBNZ future capital requirements are for a

core capital ratio of 11.50% and a total capital ratio

of 16.00% by 1 July 2028.

Note:

1. Increase in share capital is primarily as a result of a $199 million equity raise completed in September 2022.

2. Retained earnings includes current NPAT.

Capital

20

02

729

75

50

177

Heartland Capital Allocation $m

Heartland BankHeartland Australia

StockCo AustraliaHeartland Group Holdings

$1,031 million (13.3% of total assets) as at 30 June 2023

Total Tier 1 Capital

contribution(0.01%)

0.01%

(0.06%)

(0.04%)

(0.30%)

(4)

Leanne Lazarus
Chief Executive Officer Heartland Bank

03

NZ divisional summary

$4,901m
NZ Receivables

$354m (7.8%)

vs FY2022

22

NZ divisional summary

03

Household

$2,827m,

57.7%

Rural

$701m,

14.3%

Business

$1,373m,

28.0%

$227m

NZ NOI

$4m (1.8%)

vs FY2022

Household

$118m,

51.9%

Rural

$34m,

15.1%

Business

$75m,

33.1%

4,547
4,901

167

187

(18)

-

(17)

9

38

(30)

49

(27)

(24)

20

Jun-22Reverse

Mortgages

MotorPersonal LendingHome LoansBusiness

Relationship

Asset FinanceWholesale

Lending

Open for BusinessRural RelationshipLivestock FinanceRural DirectJun-23

(8.2%)

13.5%

(3.9%)

7.8%

(27.3%)

11.6%

13.4%

(17.1%)

11.2%

(9.9%)

23.2%

23

NZ divisional summary

03

↗$354m (7.8%)

↗$374m(15.3%)

Household

Business

Rural

Note: The graph shows FY2023growth in receivables by portfolio excluding the impact of changes in FX rates and intercompany balances. All figures inNZ$m.

↘$31m(2.2%)

↗$11m(1.7%)

24
NZ Household

03

$2,827m

Household Receivables

$374m (15.3%)

vs 30 June 2022

$118m

Household NOI

$0.3m (0.2%)

vs FY2022

Reverse

Mortgages

$42.4m, 36.0%

$9.9m (30.3%)

Motor

Finance

$64.2m, 54.6%

$8.7m (11.9%)

Reverse

Mortgages

$888.6m, 31.4%

$167.3m (23.2%)

Motor

Finance

$1,571.4m, 55.6%

$186.8m (13.5%)

Home Loans

1

$319.6m, 11.3%

$37.7m (13.4%)

1

Includes Online Home Loans and legacy Retail Mortgages.

2

Excluding the impact of changes in FXrates.

Personal Lending

$47.3m, 1.7%

$17.8m (27.3%)

Personal Lending

$6.6m, 5.6%

$3.1m (32.2%)

Home Loans

1

$4.4m, 3.7%

$1.6m (59.6%)

Motor Finance

•Strong growth of 13.5%. Market share gains

made at the expense of margin, alongside

general margin compression due to a shift in

asset quality and competitive pressures.

•Broad distribution network and digital

innovation were key contributing factors in

achieving system growth in a difficult market.

Reverse Mortgages

•Strong demand due to increased education and

awareness of reverse mortgages as a solution

to the ongoing strains placed on older

homeowners by cost of living and cash flow

pressures.

Online Home Loans

•While subdued compared to FY2022, Online

Home Loans experienced growth in a

challenging economic environment.

•Retention exceeded 90% for customers whose

fixed rates came up for renewal in FY2023.

Personal Lending

2

•Includes loans originated directly through

Heartland Bank, and those originated by

Harmoneyin NZ and AU.

•To manage risk in the current environment, this

portfolio is not actively originating.

•The Harmoney personal loans channel is closed

to new business and running down.

25
NZ Reverse Mortgages portfolio analytics

03

1

Compounded annual growth rate for the period 1 July 2018 –30 June 2023.

$889m

NZ Reverse Mortgages

+$167m (23.2%)vs June 2022

$128,938

Average

loansize

78

Weighted average

borrowers’ age

16.4%

Compounded annual

growth rate

1

9.8%

Average

originationLVR

21.3%

Weighted

averageLVR

0.0%

Proportion ofthe

loan book over75%LVR

0

Number ofloans in the

book over75%LVR

$197m

(+$32m vs FY2022)

FY2023 origination

$97m

(+$12m vs FY2022)

Total repayments in FY2023

13.4%

(vs 14.0% in FY2022)

FY2023 repayment rate

31.8%

(vs 32.1% in FY2022)

Repayments from vintage loans

(+11 years)

26
NZ Business

03

$1,373m

Business Receivables

$31m (2.2%)

vs 30 June 2022

$75m

Business NOI

$0.2m (0.2%)

vs FY2022

Wholesale

Lending

$245.2m, 17.8%

$27.1m (9.9%)

Asset

Finance

$682.8m, 49.7%

$49.2m (7.8%)

Relationship

$328.5m, 23.9%

$29.5m (8.2%)

Wholesale

Lending

$13.5m, 18.0%

$5.4m

(67.4%)

Asset

Finance

$30.3m, 40.4%

$0.2m (0.5%)

Relationship

$18.3m, 24.4%

$4.3m (19.1%)

1

Excludingthe impact of changes in FXrates.

Asset Finance

•Solid growth with continued focus on freight

transport and yellow goods sectors.

•NIM affected by change in mix of new

business weighted toward an improved credit

profile. Lower margin loans being repaid and

replaced, and expected to have a positive

contribution to margin in late FY2024.

Wholesale Lending

•Includes floorplan lending to vehicle retailers

and wholesale facilities to other lenders,

including for medium enterprises that on-lend

to their own customers in the consumer

motor and business sectors.

•Utilisationof floorplan lending limits

decreased due to unpredictable inventory

conditions.

Relationship

•Includes legacy Business Relationship lending

being run down as Heartland transitions to

loans which present lower risk and are more

cost efficient to transact.

O4B

1

•Stopped actively originating in Q2 to manage

risk due to the macro-economic challenges

for the SME sector.

O4B

1

$117.1m, 8.5%

$24.1m (17.1%)

O4B

$12.9m, 17.2%

$0.8m (5.7%)

27
NZ Rural

03

$701m

Rural Receivables

$11m (1.7%)

vs 30 June 2022

Rural

Relationship

$424.4m, 60.6%

$17.1m (3.9%)

Livestock

Finance

$191.2m, 27.3%

$19.9m (11.6%)

Rural Direct

$84.9m, 12.1%

$8.6m (11.2%)

$34m

Rural NOI

$4m (13.5%)

vs FY2022

Rural

Relationship

$24.2m, 70.8%

$1.2m (5.4%)

Livestock

Finance

$7.4m, 21.5%

$1.6m (27.5%)

Rural Direct

$2.6m, 7.7%

$1.2m (85.9%)

RuralRelationship

•Reduction in Receivables of $17.1m due to

the continued transition of the book away

from large, complex, low margin lending.

•Heartland’s exposure to the dairy sector

reduced to 32.8% of the total Rural book.

Livestock Finance

•Growth of 11.6% in a market impacted by

falling commodity prices, difficult climatic

conditions and Cyclone Gabrielle in the

Hawke’s Bay and Tairāwhitiregions.

•6% of growth originated from the addition of

key intermediary partnerships, with the

balance from existing customers.

Rural Direct

•Online platforms which are lower risk and

cost efficient to transact.

•Includes Heartland’s Sheep & Beef Direct

and Dairy Direct products, providing online

finance to sheep, beef and dairy farmers.

A number of initiatives are being delivered through a systemised programme of work to
enhance digital, self-service and automation capabilities.

CTI ratio reduction initiatives

28

03

Four key automation and digitalisation initiatives:

Zero inbound calls

Digitisebasic banking requests to enable

customers to self-serve via the Heartland

Mobile App, create a seamless user

experience, and reduce inbound customer

call volumes. In doing so, employees will be

able to focus on more complex customer

requests.

•Heartland Bank’s ambition is to

reduce inbound customer call

volumes by approx. 73% by 30 June

2025 by developing Mobile App self-

service features to address the top

reasons for inbound customer calls.

Motor digitalisation

•Continued enhancement of

Motor Finance digital capabilities

to enable faster and easier

access to vehicle finance

through online application

platforms.

•Intention to rollout seven

branded online origination

platforms to Motor Finance

dealer partners in FY2024.

One-Click Deferral

Offer flexibility for customers to

self-manage their Motor Finance

loan repayments digitally via the

Mobile App, including customers in

arrears.

•Develop seven new functions

and features to enable

customers to self-manage

repayments, reducing the

need for customers to

contact Heartland Bank.

Process automation

Upgrade and introduce scalable

digital technologies to optimise

back-end processes and improve

efficiency.

Increase automation to improve

workflows and reduce manual

effort, reducing friction for

customers and employees.

•Heartland Bank’s ambition is

to automate approx. 65% of

operations and collections

manual processes by 30

June 2025.

Chris Flood
Deputy Chief Executive Officer Heartland Group

04

AU divisional summary

30
AU divisional summary

04

$1,920m

AU Receivables

1

$271m (16.5%)

vs 30 June 2022

Household

$1,539m,

80.2%

Rural

$381m,

19.8%

$79m

AU NOI

$40m (102.3%)

vs FY2022

Household

$47m,

59.8%

Rural

2

$32m,

40.2%

1

Excluding the impact of changes in FX rates

2

Includesfull year contribution of StockcCoAustralia since the completion of acquisition on 31 May 2022.

31
AU divisional summary

04

Waterfall to show growth

↗$271m (16.5%)

1,649

1,920

264

8

Jun-22Reverse MortgagesLivestock FinanceJun-23

2.1%

20.7%

Note: The graph shows FY2023growth in receivables by portfolio excluding the impact of changes in FX rates and intercompany balances. All figures inNZ$m.

1
Excluding the impact of changes in FX rates.

32

AU Household

04

$1,539m

Household Receivables

1

$263.7m (20.7%)

vs 30 June 2022

$47m

Household NOI

$8.2m (20.9%)

vs FY2022

ReverseMortgages

1

•Growth was driven by increased debt

consolidation and cost of living requests

due to current economic environment, and

customers seeking funds to age in place

more comfortably.

•Growth is expected to remain strong in

FY2024 as ongoing improvements and

efficiencies are made to the loan

application, approval and maintenance

process.

33
AU Reverse Mortgages portfolio analytics

1

1

All figures in NZD, excluding the impact of changes in FX rates (where applicable).

2

Compounded annual growth rate for the period 1 July 2018 –30 June 2023.

$1,539m

AU Reverse Mortgages

+$264m (20.7%)vs June 2022

$180,432

Average

loansize

77

Weighted average

borrowers’ age

22.8%

Compounded annual

growth rate

2

11.7%

Average

originationLVR

21.5%

Weighted

averageLVR

0.0%

Proportion ofthe

loan book over75%LVR

1

Number ofloans in the

book over75%LVR

$349m

(+$78m vs FY2022)

FY2023 origination

$197m

(+$30m vs FY2022)

Total repayments in FY2023

16.0%

(vs 15.7% in FY2022)

FY2023 repayment rate

16.1%

(vs 19.0% in FY2022)

Repayments from vintage loans

(+11 years)

04

AU Rural
34

04

Livestock Finance

•Subdued growth was due to

macroeconomic events affecting livestock

prices and demand, including adverse

weather conditions, the rising interest rate

environment, and low export demand with

the USA drought and China’s COVID-19

response contributing to freezers being full

around the world.

•Despite lower dollars per head, the volume

of livestock financed increased. At 30 June

2023, cattle was up 25% compared with 30

June 2022. Sheep transactions were flat.

•Direct client growth of 11%.

•Processor capacity has been strained due

to a lack of skilled workers, the ongoing

impacts of COVID-19 and adverse weather

conditions. Slaughter production in 2022

was down approximately 27% from 2021

volumes. This is expected to improve in the

first half of FY2024 and have a positive

effect on livestock demand and value, as

processors work through their backlog.

•The outlook is positive with demand for

protein expected to increase and have a

positive effect on livestock value.

$381m

Rural Receivables

1

$7.7m (2.1%)

vs 30 June 2022

$32m

Rural NOI

2

1

Excluding the impact of changes in FX rates

2

Includesfull year contribution of StockcCoAustralia since the completion of acquisition on 31 May 2022.

Jeff Greenslade
Chief Executive Officer Heartland Group

05

Outlook

Outlook
36

05

Business as usual growth

•Heartland’s strength is its track record of strong

growth in core lending portfolios.

•Growth focus will be on Reverse Mortgages,

Motor Finance, Asset Finance and Livestock

Finance.

•Supported by ongoing digitalisationand

automation of lending platforms.

•Leverage demographic-driven demand in

Reverse Mortgages.

NIM stabilisation

•NIM outlook is stable with repayment and replacement of legacy lower margin

Motor Finance and Asset Finance loans.

•Growth mix will continue to influence margin, causing acceptable contraction

offset by corresponding growth.

Ambition to double underlying NPAT within 5 years

•Since 2012, Heartland’s NPAT has more than tripled.

•Ambition to continue track record of income growth by doubling underlying

NPAT within 5 years.

Obtain an ADI licence

•Complete Challenger Bank acquisition, which

remains subject to RBNZ and APRA approval.

Heartland’s desire is to complete the acquisition

in the 2023 calendar year.

•Post-completion, Heartland’s focus will be on

integration and leveraging its common

distribution channels in NZ to expand into AU.

Ambition to reduce underlying CTI ratio to <35% by FY2028

•Digitalisationinitiatives underway to improve operational efficiency and increase

customer self-service functionality, including One-Click Deferral, reducing

telephony, and further automation.

•Revenue growth and careful management of costs critical pathways to a

reduced CTI ratio.

•Stable CTI ratio expected while investment and delivery of initiatives continues .

FY2024 NPAT

•Heartland expects NPAT for FY2024 to be within the guidance range of $116 million to $122 million, excluding any impacts of

fair value changes on equity investments held and the impact of the de-designation of derivatives, and any costs related to

the acquisition of Challenger Bank, which remains subject to RBNZ and APRA approval.

•As the acquisition nears completion, guidance will be updated to reflect the impact of Challenger Bank becoming part of

Heartland.

06
Disclaimer, glossary & appendices

Disclaimer
This presentation has been prepared by Heartland Group Holdings Limited (NZX/ASX:

HGH) (the Companyor Heartland) for the purpose of briefings in relation to its financial

statements.

The presentation and the briefing (together the Presentation) contain summary information

only, which should not be relied on in isolation from the full detail in the financial statements.

The information in the Presentation has been prepared with due care and attention, but its

accuracy, correctness and completeness cannot be guaranteed. No person (including the

Company and its directors, shareholders and employees) will be liable to any other person

for any loss arising in connection with the Presentation.

The Presentation outlines a number of the Company’s forward-looking plans and projections.

Those plans and projections reflect current expectations, but are inherently subject to risk

and uncertainty, and may change at any time. There is no assurance that those plans will be

implemented or that projections will be realised. You are strongly cautioned not to place

undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, particularly in light of the current

economic climate.

No person is under any obligation to update this presentation at any time after its release or

to provide further information about the Company.

The information in this presentation is of a general nature and does not constitute financial

product advice, investment advice or any recommendation. Nothing in this presentation

constitutes legal, financial, tax or other advice.

Non-GAAP measures

This presentation contains references to non-GAAP measures including underlying profit or

loss, underlying ROE, underlying CTI ratios and underlying EPS. A reconciliation between

reported and the non-GAAP measure of underlying financial information is included on page

42.

Because Heartland complies with accounting standards, investors know that comparisons

can be made with confidence between reported profits and those of other companies, and

there is integrity in Heartland’s reporting approach. These non-GAAP figures are provided as

a supplementary measure for readers to assess Heartland’s performance alongside NZ GAAP

reported measures, where one-offs, both positive and negative, can make it difficult to

compare profits between years. However, these non-GAAP measures do not have

standardisedmeanings prescribed by GAAP and should not be viewed in isolation nor

considered a substitute for measures reported in accordance with NZ GAAP.

Non-GAAP financial information has not been subject to review by PricewaterhouseCoopers,

Heartland’s external auditor.

All amounts are in New Zealand dollars unless otherwise indicated. Financial data in this

presentation is as at 30 June 2023 unless otherwise indicated. Any other financial

information provided as at a date after 30 June 2023 has not been audited or reviewed by any

independent registered public accounting firm.

38

06

Glossary
39

06

ABPAustralia Bank ProgrammeNIINet interest income

ADIAuthorised deposit-taking institutionNIMNet interest margin

ANZSICAustralian and New Zealand Standard Industrial ClassificationNOINet operating income

APRAAustralian Prudential Regulation AuthorityNPATNet profit after tax

bpsBasis pointsO4BOpen for Business

CCCFANew Zealand Credit Contracts and Consumer Finance Act 2003OOIOther Operating Income

Challenger BankChallenger Bank LimitedOPEXOperating expenses

cpsCents per shareppsPercentage points

CTI ratioCost to income ratioRBNZReserve Bank of New Zealand

DRPDividend Reinvestment PlanReceivablesGross Finance Receivables

EPSEarnings per shareROEReturn on Equity

FXForeign currency exchangeSMESmall-to-medium sized enterprise

HarmoneyHarmoney Corp LimitedTSRTotal shareholder return

HeartlandHeartland Group Holdings Limited or the CompanyQ1First quarter of FY2023 (1 July to 30 September 2022)

Heartland Australia

Group

Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Ltd and its direct and indirect

wholly-owned subsidiaries

Q2Second quarter of FY2023 (1 October to 31 December 2022)

Heartland Bank, HBLHeartland Bank LimitedQ4Fourth quarter of FY2023 (1 April to 30 June 2023)

LVRLoan-to-value ratio1H2023First half of FY2023 (1 July to 31 December 2022)

MTNMedium Term Note2H2023Second half of FY2023 (1 January to 30 June 2023)

ReportedUnderlying
$m FY2023FY2022Change ($)Change (%)FY2023FY2022Change ($)Change (%)

NII282.0250.131.812.7%283.9248.335.614.3%

OOI

1

3.317.5(14.1)(81.0%)16.913.73.122.7%

NOI285.3267.617.76.6%300.7262.038.714.8%

OPEX128.1116.811.39.7%126.2111.414.913.4%

Impairment Expense23.213.89.468.1%23.215.77.547.9%

Profit Before Tax134.0137.0(3.0)(2.2%)151.2134.916.312.1%

Tax Expense38.141.9(3.8)(9.0%)41.138.82.35.8%

NPAT95.995.10.70.8%110.296.114.114.6%

NIM

3.97%4.05%(8 bps)4.00%4.16%(16 bps)

CTI

44.9%43.6%126 bps42.0%42.5%(53 bps)

Impairment Expense Ratio

2

0.36%0.25%11 bps0.36%0.29%7 bps

ROE

10.4%12.1%(169 bps)11.9%12.6%(68 bps)

EPS

14.0 cps16.1 cps

(2.1cps)16.0 cps16.3 cps(0.3 cps)

1

Includes fair value movements.

2

Impaired asset expense as a percentage of average Receivables.

Appendix 1: Financial performance

40

06

$m30 June 202330 June 2022Movement ($m)Movement (%)
Liquid Assets627585427.1%

Gross Finance Receivables6,7916,1965969.6%

Provisions(53)(52)(1)(2.4%)

Other Assets383362215.8%

Total Assets7,7477,0906579.3%

Retail Deposits4,1313,59353915.0%

Other Borrowings2,4962,578(82)(3.2%)

Total Funding6,6276,1714577.4%

Other Liabilities89111(22)(19.7%)

Equity1,03180922227.5%

Total Equity & Liabilities7,7477,0906579.3%

Appendix 2: Financial position

41

06

FY2023 one-offs included in the reported result:
•Hedging: a $9.1 million loss was recognised in relation to derivatives that were de-

designated from prior hedge accounting relationships in FY2022.

•Valuation of equity investments: a $4.5 million fair value loss was recognised on

investment in Harmoneyshares.

•Bridging loan: a $1.9 million interest expense was recognisedfor a $174 million

(A$158 million) bridging loan taken by Heartland to acquire StockCo Australia, which

was fully repaid in September 2022.

•Other provisions:$0.7 million of unwarranted legacy provisions were released.

•ABP costs: $2.2 million of transaction and other costs in relation to becoming an ADI

in Australia. In addition, $6.4 million of costs directly attributable to applying to

become an ADI have been capitalisedas an intangible asset.

•Other non-recurring expenses: $0.3 million.

FY2022one-offs included in the reported result:

•Hedging: A $16.7 million gain was recognisedin relation to derivatives that were de-

designated from hedge accounting relationships.

•Valuation of equity investments: a $12.7 million fair value loss was recognisedon

investment in Harmoneyshares, and a further $0.3 million fair value loss was recognised

on Heartland Bank’s rights over a profit-sharing arrangement with a customer.

•Impairment provisions: $9.6 million COVID-19 Overlay, originally raised in FY2020, remained

entirely unutilisedand was released in full. A new $8.0 million Economic Overlay was

created.

•Voluntary amortisationof intangibles: $2.9 million expense was recognisedfor intangibles

that are no longer expected to derive future economic benefits.

•Other non-recurring expenses: $1.0 million.

•Aged items provisions and legacy accruals: a combined $0.5 million of unwarranted

accruals and provisions for aged legacy suspense account transactions were released.

•Tax adjustments: a $1.2 million release of tax provisions relating to prior periods and $0.2

million of other non-recurring tax benefits were recognisedduring the year.

Appendix 3: Reconciliation of reported with underlying results

42

06

$mFY2023FY2022Movement ($)Movement (%)

Reported NOI285.3 267.6 17.7 6.6%

Less:

StockCo Australia impacts(1.9)1.9 (3.8)

Hedge accounting Impacts(9.1)16.7 (25.8)

Net fair value gain/loss on investments(4.5)(13.0)8.5

Underlying NOI300.7 262.0 38.7 14.8%

Reported OPEX128.1 116.8 11.3 9.7%

Less:

StockCo Australia impacts-1.9 (1.9)

Voluntarily accelerated amortisation-2.9 (2.9)

Legacy provisions and accruals(0.7)(0.5)(0.2)

ABP costs2.2 -2.2

Other non-recurring items0.3 1.0 (0.7)

Underlying OPEX

126.2 111.4 14.9

13.4%

Reported impairment expense23.2 13.8 9.4 68.1%

Less:

StockCo Australia impacts

-(0.3)

0.3

COVID-19 overlay release

-(9.6)

9.6

Economic Overlay created

-8.0

(8.0)

Underlying impairment expense

23.2 15.7 7.5

47.9%

Reported NPAT95.9 95.1 0.7 0.8%

Less:

Post-tax impact of one-offs(14.3)(2.3)(12.0)

Tax adjustments relating to prior periods-1.4 (1.4)

Underlying NPAT

110.2 96.1 14.1

14.6%

Reported NIM

3.97%4.05%

(8 bps)

Underlying NIM

4.00%4.16%(16 bps)

Reported CTI

44.9%43.6%126 bps

Underlying CTI

42.0%42.5%(53 bps)

Reported ROE

10.4%12.1%(169 bps)

Underlying ROE

11.9%12.6%(68 bps)

Investor information
For more information

heartlandgroup.info/investor-information

Investor & media relations

Nicola Foley

Group Head of Communications

+64 27 345 6809

nicola.foley@heartland.co.nz

Thank you

---

Results announcement
(for Equity Security issuer/Equity and Debt

Security issuer)

Updated as at June 2023



Results for announcement to the market

Name of issuer Heartland Group Holdings Limited

Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2023

Previous Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2022

Currency NZD

Amount (000s) Percentage change

Revenue from continuing

operations

$285,315 6.6%

Total Revenue $285,315 6.6%

Net profit/(loss) from

continuing operations

$95,868 0.8%

Total net profit/(loss) $95,868 0.8%

Interim/Final Dividend

Amount per Quoted Equity

Security

$0.06000000

Imputed amount per Quoted

Equity Security

$0.02333333

Record Date 06/09/2023

Dividend Payment Date 20/09/2023

Current period Prior comparable period

Net tangible assets per

Quoted Equity Security

$1.09 $0.96

A brief explanation of any of

the figures above necessary

to enable the figures to be

understood

Please refer to the audited financial statements that accompany

this announcement for a further explanation of these figures.

Authority for this announcement

Name of person


authorised

to make this announcement

Andrew Dixson, Chief Financial Officer

Contact person for this

announcement

Nicola Foley, Group Head of Communications

Contact phone number +64 27 3456 809

Contact email address nicola.foley@heartland.co.nz

Date of release through MAP


29/08/2023


Audited financial statements accompany this announcement.

---

Distribution Notice

Updated as at June 2023





Section 1: Issuer information

Name of issuer Heartland Group Holdings Limited

Financial product name/description Ordinary shares

NZX ticker code HGH

ISIN (If unknown, check on NZX

website)

NZHGHE0007S9

Type of distribution

(Please mark with an X in the

relevant box/es)

Full Year X Quarterly

Half Year Special

DRP applies X

Record date 6/09/2023

Ex-Date (one business day before the

Record Date)

5/09/2023

Payment date (and allotment date for

DRP)

20/09/2023

Total monies associated with the

distribution

1


$ 42,579,492.00

Source of distribution (for example,

retained earnings)

Retained earnings

Currency NZD

Section 2: Distribution amounts per financial product

Gross distribution

2

$ 0.08333333

Gross taxable amount

3

$ 0.08333333

Total cash distribution

4

$ 0.06000000

Excluded amount (applicable to listed

PIEs)

NIL

Supplementary distribution amount $ 0.01058824

Section 3: Imputation credits and Resident Withholding Tax

5


Is the distribution imputed


Fully imputed – YES

Partial imputation

No imputation


1

Continuous issuers should indicate that this is based on the number of units on issue at the date of the form

2

“Gross distribution” is the total cash distribution plus the amount of imputation credits, per financial product, before the deduction of

Resident Withholding Tax (RWT).

3

“Gross taxable amount” is the gross distribution minus any excluded income.

4

“Total cash distribution” is the cash distribution excluding imputation credits, per financial product, before the deduction of RWT.

This should include any excluded amounts, where applicable to listed PIEs.

5

The imputation credits plus the RWT amount is 33% of the gross taxable amount for the purposes of this form. If the distribution is

fully imputed the imputation credits will be 28% of the gross taxable amount with remaining 5% being RWT. This does not constitute

advice as to whether or not RWT needs to be withheld.



If fully or partially imputed, please
state imputation rate as % applied

6


28%

Imputation tax credits per financial

product

$ 0.02333333

Resident Withholding Tax per

financial product

$ 0.00416667

Section 4: Distribution re-investment plan (if applicable)

DRP % discount (if any)

2.0%

Start date and end date for

determining market price for DRP

7/09/2023 13/09/2023

Date strike price to be announced (if

not available at this time)

14/09/2023

Specify source of financial products to

be issued under DRP programme

(new issue or to be bought on market)

New issue

DRP strike price per financial product

$

Last date to submit a participation

notice for this distribution in

accordance with DRP participation

terms

07/09/2023

Section 5: Authority for this announcement

Name of person


authorised to make

this announcement

Andrew Dixson, Chief Financial Officer

Contact person for this

announcement

Nicola Foley, Group Head of Communications

Contact phone number +64 27 3456 809

Contact email address nicola.foley@heartland.co.nz

Date of release through MAP


29/08/2023







6

Calculated as (imputation credits/gross taxable amount) x 100. Fully imputed dividends will be 28% as a % rate applied.

---

Heartland Group Holdings Limited | NZX/ASX: HGH | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info


NZX/ASX release

29 August 2023


ASX Listing Rule 1.15.3 Statement


Heartland Group Holdings Limited’s (Heartland) (NZX/ASX: HGH) (an ASX Foreign Exempt Listing)

confirms, for the purposes of ASX Listing Rule 1.15.3, that it has complied with and continues to

comply with the Listing Rules of NZX Limited, which is its overseas home exchange.


– ENDS –


The person(s) who authorised this announcement:


Jeff Greenslade

Chief Executive Officer


For further information, please contact:


Nicola Foley

Group Head of Communications

+64 27 345 6809

nicola.foley@heartland.co.nz

Level 3, Heartland House, 35 Teed Street, Newmarket, Auckland, New Zealand

---

Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2023


P. 2

Contents



Page

General Information........................................................................................................................................................... 3

Auditor.................................................................................................................................................................................. 3

Other Material Matters...................................................................................................................................................... 3

Directors............................................................................................................................................................................... 4

Directors’ Statements......................................................................................................................................................... 5

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income...................................................................................................... 6

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity................................................................................................................ 7

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position................................................................................................................. 8

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows............................................................................................................................ 9

Notes to the Financial Statements

1 Financial statements preparation........................................................................................................................ 12

Performance

2 Segmental analysis................................................................................................................................................. 17

3 Net interest income................................................................................................................................................ 19

4 Net operating lease income................................................................................................................................... 20

5 Other income........................................................................................................................................................... 20

6 Operating expenses................................................................................................................................................. 21

7 Compensation of auditor....................................................................................................................................... 21

8 Impaired asset expense.......................................................................................................................................... 22

9 Taxation.................................................................................................................................................................... 23

10 Earnings per share.................................................................................................................................................. 24

Financial Position

11 Investments............................................................................................................................................................ 25

12 Derivative financial instruments.......................................................................................................................... 26

13 Finance receivables................................................................................................................................................ 32

14 Operating lease vehicles........................................................................................................................................ 37

15 Borrowings.............................................................................................................................................................. 37

16 Share capital and dividends.................................................................................................................................. 39

17 Other reserves........................................................................................................................................................ 40

18 Other balance sheet items.................................................................................................................................... 41

19 Acquisition.............................................................................................................................................................. 45

20 Related party transactions and balances............................................................................................................ 47

21 Fair value................................................................................................................................................................. 49

Risk Management

22 Enterprise risk management................................................................................................................................. 55

23 Credit risk exposure............................................................................................................................................... 59

24 Liquidity risk............................................................................................................................................................ 64

25 Interest rate risk..................................................................................................................................................... 66

Other Disclosures

26 Significant subsidiaries.......................................................................................................................................... 69

27 Structured entities................................................................................................................................................. 69

28 Staff share ownership arrangements................................................................................................................. 71

29 Securitisation, funds management and other fiduciary activities................................................................. 73

30 Concentrations of funding.................................................................................................................................... 73

31 Offsetting financial instruments.......................................................................................................................... 74

32 Contingent liabilities and commitments............................................................................................................. 75

33 Events after reporting date.................................................................................................................................. 75

Auditor’s Report.................................................................................................................................................................. 76


P. 3

General Information


These financial statements are issued by Heartland Group Holdings Limited (HGH) and its subsidiaries (the Group) for the year

ended 30 June 2023.


Name and address for service


The Group’s address for service is Level 3, 35 Teed Street, Newmarket, Auckland 1023.


Details of incorporation


HGH was incorporated under the Companies Act 1993 on 19 July 2018.



Auditor


PricewaterhouseCoopers

PwC Tower, Level 27

15 Customs Street West

Auckland 1010



Other Material Matters


There are no material matters relating to the business or affairs of the Group that are not disclosed in these consolidated financial

statements which, if disclosed, would materially affect the decision of a person to subscribe for debt or equity instruments of

which the Group is the issuer.


P. 4

Directors


All Directors of HGH reside in New Zealand with the exception of Ellen Frances Comerford and Geoffrey Edward Summerhayes

who reside in Australia. Communications to the Directors can be sent to Heartland Group Holdings Limited, Level 3, 35 Teed

Street, Newmarket, Auckland 1023.


On 20 February 2023, Geoffrey Ricketts stepped down as Chairperson of Heartland Group Holdings Limited and ceased

directorship of Heartland Group Holdings Limited on 10 March 2023.


The Board resolved on 23 February 2023 for Greg Tomlinson to assume the role of Chairperson.


There have been no other changes to the composition of the Board of Directors of the Group for the year ended 30 June 2023.


The Directors of HGH and their details at the time these financial statements were signed were:


Chair – Board of Directors

Name: Gregory Raymond Tomlinson Qualifications: AME

Type of Director: Non-Independent Non-Executive Director Occupation: Company Director


External Directorships:

Alta Cable Holdings Limited, Chippies Vineyard Limited, Indevin Group Limited, Mountbatten Trustee Limited, Nearco Stud

Limited, Oceania Healthcare Limited, Pelorus Finance Limited, St Leonards Limited, Tomlinson Group Argenta GP Limited,

Tomlinson Group NZ Limited, Tomlinson Holdings Limited, Tomlinson Group Investments Limited, Tomlinson Ventures Limited,

Terra Vitae Vineyards Limited, Villa Maria Estate Limited.


Name: Ellen Frances Comerford Qualifications: BEc

Type of Director: Independent Non-Executive Director Occupation: Company Director


External Directorships:

Airtasker Limited, Comerford Gohl Holdings Pty Limited, Lendi Group Pty Ltd, IVM InterSurer B.V, Hollard Investments B.V, Hollard

Investments II BV, Greenstone Holdco Pty Ltd.


Name: Jeffrey Kenneth Greenslade


Qualifications: LLB

Type of Director: Non-Independent Executive Director Occupation: Chief Executive Officer of Heartland Group Holdings


External Directorships:

Henley Family Investments Limited.


Name: Kathryn Mitchell Qualifications: BA, CMInstD

Type of Director: Independent Non-Executive Director Occupation: Company Director


External Directorships:

Chambers@151 Limited, Christchurch International Airport Limited, Farmright Limited, Firsttrax Limited, Helpings Hands Holdings

Limited, Link Engine Management Limited, Morrison Horgan Limited, The New Zealand Merino Company Limited, The A2 Milk

Company Limited


Name: Geoffrey Edward Summerhayes Qualifications: BBA

Type of Director: Independent Non-Executive Director Occupation: Company Director


External Directorships:

OnePath General Insurance Pty Limited, Zurich Australian Insurance Limited, Zurich Australia Limited, Zurich Financial Services

Australia Limited, Zurich Investment Management Limited.

P.5
Directors' Statements

The consolidated financial statements are dated 28 August 2023 and have been signed by all Directors.

G R Tomlinson (Chair) E F Comerford

J K Greenslade G E Summerhayes

K Mitchell

P.6
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

For the year ended 30 June 2023

$000's Note

June 2023 June 2022

Interest income

3

527,710 342,101

Interest expense

3

245,721 91,959

Net interest income 281,989 250,142

Operating lease income

4

5,631 5,284

Operating lease expenses

4

3,827 3,383

Net operating lease income 1,804 1,901

Lending and credit fee income 11,753 9,639

Other (expense)/income

5

(5,742) 18,933

Net operating income 289,804 280,615

Operating expenses

6

128,079 116,753

Profit before impaired asset expense and income tax 161,725 163,862

Fair value (loss) on investments (4,488) (12,998)

Impaired asset expense

8

23,244 13,823

Profit before income tax 133,993 137,041

Income tax expense

9

38,125 41,916

Profit for the year 95,868 95,125

Other comprehensive income

Items that are or may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss, net of income tax:

Effective portion of change in fair value of derivative financial instruments 7,116 7,041

Movement in fair value reserve (533)(712)

Movement in foreign currency translation reserve (6,803) 2,340

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss, net of income tax:

Movement in fair value of equity investments at fair value through other comprehensive

income

(2,411) -

Movement in defined benefit reserve -(171)

Net loss due to wind-up of superannuation scheme -(473)

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of income tax (2,631) 8,025

Total comprehensive income for the year 93,237 103,150

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

10 13.96c

16.13c

Diluted earnings per share

10 13.96c

16.13c

Total comprehensive income for the year is attributable to the owners of the Group.

The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these consolidated

financial statements.


P. 7

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity




For the year ended 30 June 2023




June 2023 June 2022



Share

Capital Reserves

Retained

Earnings Total Equity

Share

Capital Reserves

Retained

Earnings

Total

Equity

$000's

Note


Balance at beginning of year 599,185 9,936 199,586 808,707 583,781 (477) 178,388 761,692


Total comprehensive income for

the year



Profit for the year - - 95,868 95,868 - - 95,125 95,125

Other comprehensive

(loss)/income, net of income tax

17 - (2,631) - (2,631) - 8,498 (473) 8,025

Total comprehensive income for

the year

- (2,631) 95,868 93,237 - 8,498 94,652 103,150


Contributions by and

distributions

to owners



Dividends paid 16 - - (71,402) (71,402) - - (73,454) (73,454)

Dividend reinvestment plan 16 7,100 - - 7,100 15,404 - - 15,404

Transaction costs associated with

capital raising

(3,749) - - (3,749) - - - -

Share based payments - 105 - 105 - 1,915 - 1,915

Share issuance 16 197,006 - - 197,006

Vesting of share based payments 1,170 (1,170) - - - - - -

Total transactions with owners 201,527 (1,065) (71,402) 129,060 15,404 1,915 (73,454) (56,135)




Balance at end of the year 800,712 6,240 224,052 1,031,004 599,185 9,936 199,586 808,707





















The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these consolidated

financial statements.


P. 8

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position




As at 30 June 2023




$000's

Note June 2023 June 2022

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents 311,503 310,758

Investments 11 330,240 289,294

Derivative financial instruments 12 36,983 45,221

Finance receivables 13 4,334,214 4,146,821

Finance receivables - reverse mortgages 21 2,403,810 1,996,854

Investment properties 11,903 11,832

Operating lease vehicles 14 16,966 15,161

Right of use assets 18 12,318 14,145

Other assets 18 27,990 18,229

Current tax asset 1,960 -

Intangible assets 18 235,733 218,874

Deferred tax asset 9 21,105 23,074

Total assets 7,744,725 7,090,263


Liabilities

Deposits 15 4,131,025 3,592,508

Other borrowings 15 2,496,375 2,578,213

Derivative financial instruments 12 7,624 6,341

Lease liabilities 18 14,287 16,240

Tax liabilities 6,112 22,044

Trade and other payables 18 58,298 66,210

Total liabilities 6,713,721 6,281,556

Net assets 1,031,004 808,707


Equity

Share capital 16 800,712 599,185

Retained earnings and other reserves 17 230,292 209,522

Total equity 1,031,004 808,707




















The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these consolidated

financial statements.


P. 9

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows




For the year ended 30 June 2023




$000's

Note June 2023 June 2022

Cash flows from operating activities

Interest received 333,874 222,894

Operating lease income received 4,571 3,913

Lending, credit fees and other income received 6,292 6,101

Operating inflows 344,737 232,908


Interest paid (193,679) (100,467)

Payments to suppliers and employees (128,195) (69,463)

Taxation paid (54,629) (32,987)

Operating outflows (376,503) (202,917)


Net cash flows (applied to)/from operating activities before changes in operating assets

and liabilities

(31,766) 29,991


Proceeds from sale of operating lease vehicles 4,492 4,481

Purchase of operating lease vehicles (8,766) (10,758)

Net movement in finance receivables (448,210) (693,512)

Net movement in deposits 526,939 407,484

Net cash flows from/(applied to) operating activities

1

42,689 (262,314)


Cash flows from investing activities

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (24,669) (9,809)

Proceeds from investment securities 55,443 82,945

Purchase of investment securities (95,000) -

Deposit paid for the conditional acquisition of Challenger Bank Limited (3,936) -

Purchase of equity investment (6,952) (7,414)

Purchase of investment property (71) -

Purchase of subsidiary, net of cash acquired (3,047) (159,919)

Net cash flows (applied to) investing activities (78,232) (94,197)


Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from wholesale funding 1,264,359 1,103,510

Repayment of wholesale borrowings (1,208,292) (635,371)

Proceeds from issue of unsubordinated notes 87,589 77,243

Repayment of unsubordinated notes (330,300) -

Proceeds from issue of subordinated notes 97,934 -

Dividends paid (64,303) (58,050)

Payment of lease liabilities (2,656) (2,396)

Net issue of share capital 16 193,364 -

Total cash provided from financing activities 37,695 484,936


Net increase in cash held 2,152 128,425

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents (1,407) -

Opening cash and cash equivalents 310,758 182,333

Closing cash and cash equivalents

2

311,503 310,758

1

Cash flows from operating activities do not include cash flows from wholesale funding which are included as part of financing activities.

2

At 30 June 2023, the Group has $97.0 million (2022: $76.7 million) of cash held by the Trusts which may only be used for the purposes defined

in the underlying Trust documents. Refer to Note 27 - Structured entities for definition of Trusts and further details.




The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these consolidated

financial statements.


P. 10

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (continued)



For the year ended 30 June 2023



Reconciliation of profit after tax to net cash flows from operating activities




$000's

Note June 2023 June 2022

Profit for the year 95,868 95,125


Add/(less) non-cash items:

Depreciation and amortisation expense 10,124 10,691

Depreciation on lease vehicles 14 3,461 3,103

Capitalised net interest income and fee income (154,706) (113,368)

Impaired asset expense 8 23,244 13,823

Investment fair value movement 6,899 12,998

Deferred tax 1,969 (8,957)

Other non-cash items 2,097 (12,310)

Total non-cash items (106,912) (94,020)


Add/(less) movements in operating assets and liabilities:

Finance receivables (448,210) (693,512)

Operating lease vehicles (5,266) (6,277)

Other assets (2,856) (207)

Current tax (17,892) 14,604

Derivative financial instruments 9,521 (23,214)

Deposits 526,939 407,484

Other liabilities (8,503) 37,703

Total movements in operating assets and liabilities 53,733 (263,419)



Net cash flows from/(applied to) operating activities

1

42,689 (262,314)

1

Cash flows from operating activities do not include cash flows from wholesale funding which are included as part of financing activities.

























The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these consolidated

financial statements.


P. 11

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (continued)



For the year ended 30 June 2023



Net debt reconciliation




The below table sets out net cash flow and non-cash changes in liabilities arising from financing activities.



$000's

Note June 2023 June 2022

Balance as at beginning of year

1

2,594,453 1,693,299


Proceeds from wholesale funding 1,264,359 1,103,510

Repayment of wholesale borrowings (1,208,292) (635,371)

Proceeds from issue of unsubordinated notes 87,589 77,243

Repayment of unsubordinated notes (330,300) -

Proceeds from issue of subordinated debt 97,934 -

Payment of lease liabilities (2,656) (2,396)

Total cash movements (91,366) 542,986


Acquisition of debt from purchase of subsidiary - 358,942

Capitalised interest and fee expense 34,809 12,630

Fair value movements (473) (11,534)

Foreign exchange and other movements (26,761) (1,870)

Total non-cash movements 7,575 358,168


Balance as at the end of year 2,510,662 2,594,453

1

Includes lease liabilities and other borrowings.




























The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these consolidated

financial statements.


P. 12

Notes to the Financial Statements


For the year ended 30 June 2023


1 Financial statements preparation


Reporting entity


The financial statements presented are the consolidated financial statements comprising Heartland Group Holdings (HGH) and its

subsidiaries (the Group). Refer to Note 26 – Significant subsidiaries for further details.


HGH is a company incorporated in New Zealand under the Companies Act 1993 and a Financial Market Conduct (FMC) reporting

entity for the purposes of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013.


Basis of preparation


The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Practice in New

Zealand (NZ GAAP), the New Zealand Exchange (NZX) Main Board Listing Rules and the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX)

Listing Rules. The financial statements comply with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (NZ

IFRS) and other applicable Financial Reporting Standards as appropriate for profit-oriented entities. The financial statements also

comply with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.


The consolidated financial statements are presented in New Zealand dollars which is the Group's functional and presentation

currency. Unless otherwise indicated, amounts are rounded to the nearest thousand dollars.


The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis after considering the Group's funding and

liquidity position.


The accounting policies adopted have been applied consistently throughout the periods presented in these consolidated financial

statements.


Certain comparative balances have been reclassified to align with the presentation used in the current financial year. These

reclassifications have no impact on the overall financial performance or financial position for the comparative year.


Basis of measurement


The financial statements have been prepared on the basis of historical cost, except for certain financial instruments and

investment properties, which are measured at their fair values as identified in the accounting policies set out in the accompanying

notes to the financial statements.


Principles of consolidation


The consolidated financial statements of the Group incorporate the assets, liabilities and results of all controlled entities.

Controlled entities are all entities in which the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the

entities and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entities. Intercompany transactions, balances and

any unrealised income and expense (except for foreign currency transaction gains or losses) between controlled entities are

eliminated.


Assets and liabilities in a transactional currency that is not the New Zealand dollar, are translated at the exchange rates ruling at

balance date. Revenue and expense items are translated at the average rate at the balance date. Exchange differences are taken

to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.


P. 13

1 Financial statements preparation (continued)


Changes in accounting standards


Accounting standards issued and effective


There have been no changes to accounting policies or new or amended standards that are issued and effective that are expected

to have a material impact on the Group.


Accounting standards issued not yet effective


Disclosure of fees for audit firms’ services (Amendments to FRS-44)


Amendments were issued to FRS-44 New Zealand Additional Disclosures (Amendments to FRS-44) that require an entity to

describe the services provided by its audit or review firm and to disclose the fees incurred by the entity for those services using

prescribed categories. These amendments apply to accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2024. Earlier application is

permitted for accounting periods that begin before 1 January 2024 but have not ended or do not end before 15 June 2023.

The Group has early adopted the Amendments to FRS-44 from 1 July 2022. Refer to Note 7 - Compensation of auditor for further

details.


Climate-related standards


Climate-related disclosure standards were issued in December 2022, and took effect on 1 January 2023. These include the

Climate-related Disclosures (CS 1), Adoption of Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards (CS 2) and General Requirements for

Climate-related Disclosures (CS 3). The Group is a designated climate reporting entity under the climate related disclosure regime

and is required to meet its requirements effective from the financial reporting period commencing 1 July 2023.


Other new accounting standards, amendments to accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not

mandatory for the 30 June 2023 reporting periods and have not been early adopted by the Group. These standards, amendments

or interpretations are not expected to have a material impact on the current or future reporting periods.


Critical accounting estimates and judgements


The preparation of the Group’s consolidated financial statements requires the use of estimates and judgements. This note

provides an overview of the areas that involve a higher degree of judgement or complexity. Detailed information about each of

these estimates and judgements is included in the relevant notes together with the basis of calculation for each affected item in

the financial statements.


• Provisions for impairment - The effect of credit risk is quantified based on the Group's best estimate of future cash

repayments and proceeds from any security held or by reference to risk profile groupings, historical loss data and forward-

looking information. Refer to Note 8 - Impaired asset expense and Note 13 - Finance receivables for further details.


• Recognition of Banking Licence intangible asset - The recognition of Banking Licence intangible asset required judgement in

determining external and internal costs directly attributable to the Group’s joint application for an Australian Authorised

Deposit-Taking Institution Licence with Challenger Bank Limited (CBL). Judgement is also required to determine whether

such costs fulfil the definition and recognition criteria of an intangible asset. Such costs include professional fees and costs of

employee benefits arising directly from the application. Refer to Note 18 - Other balance sheet items for further details.


• Fair value of reverse mortgages - Fair value is quantified by the transaction price. Management judgement is applied in

determining the appropriateness of the transaction price as fair value. Refer to Note 21 - Fair value for further details.


• Goodwill - The Group carries out impairment testing annually over the carrying value of goodwill of its cash generating units

(CGUs). Uncertainty is involved in estimating fair value less cost to sell and judgement is applied in assumptions used to

determine the recoverable amount of CGU for impairment testing. Refer to Note 18 – Other balance sheet items for further

details.


P. 14

1 Financial statements preparation (continued)


Critical accounting estimates and judgements (continued)


Assumptions made at each reporting date (e.g., the calculation of the provision for impairment and fair value adjustments) are

based on best estimates as at that date. Although the Group has internal controls in place to ensure that estimates can be reliably

measured, actual amounts may differ from these estimates. The estimates and judgements used in the preparation of the Group’s

financial statements are continually evaluated.


They are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that may have a financial

impact on the entity. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the reporting period in which the estimates are revised

and in any future periods affected.


Significant events


On 20 October 2022 Heartland Group Holdings Limited entered into a conditional share purchase agreement for the purchase of

CBL from Challenger Limited for a consideration of approximately AU $36 million, subject to adjustments for net assets delivered

at completion. The share purchase agreement is subject to obtaining the requisite regulatory approvals. A 10% deposit was paid

to Challenger Limited on execution of the conditional share purchase agreement and is recorded within other assets in the

consolidated statement of financial position.


Financial assets and liabilities


Financial Assets


Financial assets are classified based on:


• The business model within which the assets are managed; and


• Whether the contractual cash flows of the instrument represent solely payment of principal and interest (SPPI).


The Group determines the business model at the level that reflects how groups of financial assets are managed. When assessing

the business model, the Group considers factors including how performance and risks are managed, evaluated and reported and

the frequency and volume of, and reason for sales in previous periods.


Financial assets are classified into the following measurement categories:


Financial Assets Measurement Category Note

Bank bonds and floating rate notes Fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) 11

Public sector securities and corporate bonds FVOCI 11

Equity investments Fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) and FVOCI 11

Finance receivables – Reverse mortgages FVTPL 21

Finance receivables Amortised cost 13

Derivative financial instruments FVTPL 12


Financial assets measured at amortised cost

Financial assets are measured at amortised cost if they are held within a business model whose objective is achieved through

holding the financial asset to collect contractual cash flows which represent SPPI.


Financial assets at amortised cost are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the

effective interest rate method.



P. 15

1 Financial statements preparation (continued)


Financial assets and liabilities (continued)


Financial Assets (continued)


Financial assets measured at FVOCI


Financial assets are measured at FVOCI if they are held within a business model whose objective is achieved both through

collecting contractual cash flows which represent SPPI or selling the financial asset.


Financial assets at FVOCI are measured at fair value with unrealised gains and losses recognised in other comprehensive income

except for interest income, impairment charges and foreign exchange gains and losses, which are recognised in profit or loss.


Financial assets measured at FVTPL


Financial assets are measured at FVTPL if:


• they are held within a business model whose objective is achieved through selling or repurchasing the financial asset in the

near term, or forms part of a portfolio of financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of

short-term profit taking; or


• the contractual cash flows of the financial asset do not represent SPPI on the principal balance outstanding; or


• they are designated at FVTPL upon initial recognition to eliminate or reduce an accounting mismatch.


Financial assets at FVTPL are measured at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.


Financial Liabilities


Financial liabilities are classified into the following measurement categories:


• those to be measured at amortised cost;


• those to be measured at FVTPL.


Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost

Financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost if they are not held for trading or designated at FVTPL.


Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost are accounted for using the effective interest rate method.


Financial liabilities measured at FVTPL

Financial liabilities are measured at FVTPL if:


• they are held for trading whose principal objective is achieved through selling or repurchasing the financial liability in the

near term, or forms part of a portfolio of financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of

short-term profit taking; or


• they are designated at FVTPL upon initial recognition to eliminate or reduce an accounting mismatch.


Financial liabilities at FVTPL are measured at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.


Further details of the accounting policy for each category of financial asset or financial liability mentioned above is set out in the

note for the relevant item.


The Group’s policies for determining the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities are set out in Note 21 - Fair value.


P. 16

1 Financial statements preparation (continued)


Financial assets and liabilities (continued)


Financial liabilities (continued)


Recognition


The Group initially recognises finance receivables and borrowings on the date that they are originated. All other financial assets

and liabilities (including assets and liabilities designated at FVTPL) are initially recognised on the trade date at which the Group

becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.


Derecognition


The Group derecognises a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it transfers the

rights to receive the contractual cash flows on the financial asset in a transaction in which substantially all the risks and rewards of

ownership of the financial asset are transferred. Any interest in transferred financial assets that is created or retained by the

Group is recognised as a separate asset.


The Group enters into transactions whereby it transfers assets recognised on its consolidated statement of financial position, but

retains either all risks or rewards of the transferred assets or a portion of them. If all or substantially all risks and rewards are

retained, then the transferred assets are not derecognised from the consolidated statement of financial position. Transfers of

assets with the retention of all or substantially all risks and rewards include, for example, securitised assets and repurchase

transactions.


Financial liabilities are derecognised when the obligation is discharged, cancelled or expires. Where an existing financial liability is

replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially

modified, the exchange or modification is treated as a derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability,

with the difference in the respective carrying amounts recognised in profit or loss.


P. 17

Performance


2 Segmental analysis


Segment information is presented in respect of the Group's operating segments which are consistent with those used for the

Group's management and internal reporting structure.


An operating segment is a component of an entity engaging in business activities and whose operating results are regularly

reviewed by the Group's chief operating decision maker (CODM). The CODM, who is responsible for allocating resources and

assessing performance of the Group, has been identified as the Group’s Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and direct reports.


The Group operates within New Zealand and Australia and comprises the following main operating segments:


Operating segments – New Zealand


Motor Motor vehicle finance.


Reverse mortgages Reverse mortgage lending.


Personal lending Transactional, home loans and personal loans to individuals.


Business Term debt, plant and equipment finance, commercial mortgage lending and working capital solutions for

small-to-medium sized businesses.


Rural Specialist financial services to the farming sector, primarily offering livestock finance, rural mortgage

lending, seasonal and working capital financing, as well as leasing solutions to farmers.


Operating segments - Australia


StockCo Australia Specialising in livestock finance within Australia. This segment was acquired through the acquisition of

StockCo Holdings 2 Pty Ltd and StockCo Australia Management Pty Ltd on 31 May 2022. One month of

income and expenses are recognised in this segment for the year ended 30 June 2022.


Australia Reverse mortgage lending and other financial services within Australia.


Certain operating expenses, such as premises, IT and support centre costs are not allocated to operating segments and are

included in Other. Finance receivables are allocated across the operating segments. Other assets and liabilities are managed

centrally and therefore are not allocated across the operating segments. The Group does not rely on any single major customer

for its revenue base.


P. 18

2 Segmental analysis (continued)


Reverse Personal StockCo

$000's

Motor Mortgages Lending Business Rural Australia Australia Other Total

June 2023


Net interest income

60,681 39,696 9,548 71,630 33,522 31,873 43,411 (8,372) 281,989

Lending and credit fee

income

2,034 2,671 447 2,278 292 - 4,031 - 11,753

Net other

income/(expense)

1,485 - 935 991 398 2 (42) (7,707) (3,938)

Net operating

income/(expense)

64,200 42,367 10,930 74,899 34,212 31,875 47,400 (16,079) 289,804


Operating expenses 4,140 4,929 6,461 9,387 3,068 8,909 13,043 78,142 128,079

Profit/(loss) before

impaired asset expense

and income tax

60,060 37,438 4,469 65,512 31,144 22,966 34,357 (94,221) 161,725


Fair value (loss) on

investments

- - - - - - - (4,488) (4,488)

Impaired asset expense 10,911 - 3,195 8,156 630 103 249 - 23,244

Profit/(loss) before

income tax

49,149 37,438 1,274 57,356 30,514 22,863 34,108 (98,709) 133,993


Income tax expense - - - - - - - 38,125 38,125

Profit/(loss) for the year 49,149 37,438 1,274 57,356 30,514 22,863 34,108 (136,834) 95,868


Total assets 1,563,939 888,600 358,572 1,356,913 712,596 374,193 1,520,437 969,475 7,744,725

Total liabilities 6,713,721



June 2022


Net interest income 69,730 29,957 10,287 70,602 29,460 1,889 38,662 (445) 250,142

Lending and credit fee

income

1,582 2,583 364 2,145 269 - 2,583 113 9,639

Net other income 1,744 - 1,198 534 472 3 107 16,776 20,834

Net operating income 73,056 32,540 11,849 73,281 30,201 1,892 41,352 16,444 280,615


Operating expenses 3,792 4,485 6,419 9,358 3,038 1,692 11,286 76,683 116,753

Profit/(loss) before

impaired asset expense

and income tax

69,264 28,055 5,430 63,923 27,163 200 30,066 (60,239) 163,862


Fair value (loss) on

investments

- - - - - - - (12,998) (12,998)

Impaired asset

expense/(benefit)

1,481 - (877) 11,831 2,256 (291) (577) - 13,823

Profit/(loss) before

income tax

67,783 28,055 6,307 52,092 24,907 491 30,643 (73,237) 137,041


Income tax expense - - - - - - - 41,916 41,916

Profit/(loss) for the year 67,783 28,055 6,307 52,092 24,907 491 30,643 (115,153) 95,125


Total assets 1,382,367 721,264 332,783 1,387,352 687,232 372,172 1,288,494 918,599 7,090,263

Total liabilities 6,281,556


P. 19

3 Net interest income


Policy

Interest income and expense on financial instruments is measured using the effective interest rate method that discounts the

financial instruments' future cash flows to their present value and allocates the interest income or expense over the life of the

financial instrument. The effective interest rate is established on initial recognition of the financial assets or liabilities and is not

subsequently revised. For financial instruments at amortised cost, the calculation of the effective interest rate includes all yield

related fees and commissions paid or received that are an integral part of the underlying financial instrument.


Interest income is calculated based on the gross carrying amount of financial assets in stages 1 and 2 of the Group’s expected

credit losses (ECL) model and on the carrying amount net of the provision for ECL for financial assets in stage 3. For financial

instruments measured at FVTPL, interest is not calculated under the effective interest rate method.



$000's

June 2023 June 2022

Interest income

Cash and cash equivalents

10,906 811

Investments

5,081 5,156

Finance receivables

335,070 236,916

Finance receivables - reverse mortgages

176,653 99,218

Total interest income

1

527,710 342,101



Interest expense

Deposits

148,054 45,717

Other borrowings

117,774 46,110

Net interest (income)/expense on derivative financial instruments

(20,107) 132

Total interest expense

2

245,721 91,959


Net interest income

281,989 250,142

1

Cash and cash equivalents and Finance receivables are measured at amortised cost. Investments are measured at FVOCI. Total interest

income derived from these financial assets is calculated using the effective interest rate method. Finance receivables - reverse mortgages are

measured at FVTPL.


2

Deposits and Other borrowings are measured at amortised cost, therefore interest expense incurred on these financial liabilities is calculated

using the effective interest rate method. Net interest expense on derivative financial instruments is not calculated using the effective interest

rate method as they are measured at FVTPL.



P. 20

4 Net operating lease income


Policy

As a lessor, the Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the assets and therefore,

classifies the leases as operating leases. Rental income and expense from operating leases are recognised on a straight-line basis

over the term of the relevant lease. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating and arranging an operating lease are added to the

carrying amount of the leased asset and recognised on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Profits on the sale of operating

lease assets are included as part of operating lease income. Current year depreciation and losses on the sale of operating lease

assets are included as part of operating lease expenses. The leased assets are depreciated over their useful lives on a basis

consistent with similar assets.



$000's

June 2023 June 2022

Operating lease income

Lease income

4,639 4,161

Gain on disposal of lease assets

992 1,123

Total operating lease income 5,631 5,284



Operating lease expense


Depreciation on lease assets

3,461 3,103

Direct lease costs

366 280

Total operating lease expense 3,827 3,383


Net operating lease income

1,804 1,901



5 Other income


Policy

Rental income from investment properties

Rental income from investment properties is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease.


Insurance income

Insurance premium income and commission expense are recognised in profit or loss from the date of attachment of the risk over

the period of the insurance contract. Claim expense is recognised in the profit or loss on an accrual basis once our liability to the

policyholder has been confirmed under the terms of the contract.


Fair value gain or loss on derivative financial instruments

A fair value gain or loss associated with the effective portion of a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge is recognised initially

in the hedging reserve. The ineffective portion of a fair value gain or loss and changes in the fair value of any derivatives not

designated in a hedge relationship are recognised immediately in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income and

disclosed within Other income. Refer to Note 12 - Derivative financial instruments for further details.



$000's

June 2023 June 2022

Rental income from investment properties 1,064 833

Insurance income

1


756 664

Other income

624 703

Fair value (loss)/gain on derivative financial instruments

(8,237) 16,723

Foreign exchange gain

51 10

Total other income

(5,742) 18,933

1

Insurance income includes net income from Marac Insurance Limited (MIL), a subsidiary of Heartland Bank Limited (HBL). MIL ceased writing

insurance policies in 2020 with the periodic policies expected to expire in 2025.




P. 21

6 Operating expenses


Policy

Operating expenses are recognised as the underlying service is rendered or over a period in which an asset is consumed or a

liability is incurred.



$000's

June 2023 June 2022

Personnel expenses

1

66,989 61,152

Directors' fees 1,451 1,149

Superannuation 1,772 1,530

Depreciation - property, plant and equipment 1,904 2,459

Legal and professional fees

2

4,642 4,094

Advertising and public relations 3,089 4,510

Depreciation - right of use asset 2,539 2,310

Technology services 10,296 9,374

Telecommunications, stationery and postage 1,948 1,723

Customer administration costs 9,814 7,058

Customer onboarding costs 2,765 2,533

Occupancy costs 1,741 1,476

Amortisation of intangible assets 5,681 5,922

Other operating expenses 13,448 11,463

Total operating expenses 128,079 116,753

1

Excludes certain personnel expenses directly incurred in acquiring and developing software and capitalised as part of specific application

software.

2

Legal and professional fees include compensation of auditor which is disclosed in Note 7 - Compensation of auditor.



7 Compensation of auditor


In accordance with the Amendments to FRS-44, adopted by the Group from 1 July 2022, the Group is required to disclose the fees

incurred for services received from its audit or review firm, with a description of each service, including audit or review of the

financial statements. Other services performed during the reporting period are required to be disclosed using the following

categories:


• audit or review related services;

• other assurance services and other agreed-upon procedures engagements;

• taxation services and;

• other services.


In accordance with the Group's external auditor independence policy, it is prohibited for the external auditor's firm to perform tax

compliance work. It is also the Group's policy to engage the external auditor's firm on assignments additional to its statutory audit

duties only if they are not perceived to be in conflict with the role of external auditor. All services are pre-approved by the Board

Audit and Risk Committee.


The fees payable to the current auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers New Zealand (PwC NZ) and to the predecessor auditor, KPMG

are outlined in the below table:



P. 22

7 Compensation of auditor (continued)



$000's

June 2023 June 2022

Fees paid to current auditor - PwC NZ

Audit and review of financial statements

1


1,046 -

Other assurance and agreed-upon procedure services paid to auditor

2


89

Taxation services paid to auditor

3


54

Other services paid to auditor

4


33 -

Total compensation paid to PwC NZ 1,222 -


Fees paid to predecessor auditor - KPMG

Audit and review of financial statements

1


40 879

Other assurance and agreed upon-procedure services paid to auditor

2


- 103

Total compensation paid to KPMG 40 982


Total compensation of auditor 1,262 982

1

Audit and review of the financial statements includes fees paid for both the audit of the annual financial statements and review of interim

financial statements.

2

Other assurance related services paid to the auditor comprise reasonable assurance engagement for insurance solvency return, trust deed

reporting, supervisor and registry audits, Economic and Financial Statistics (EFS) regulatory reporting engagement, Australian Financial Service

Licence (AFSL) assurance engagement and agreed-upon procedures.

3

PwC Australia was engaged to carry out tax work in respect of Stockco Australia's 30 June 2022 tax returns prior to the appointment of PwC NZ.

4

Other non-assurance services paid to PwC relates to actuarial services for reverse mortgages for HBL carried out by PwC NZ prior to the

appointment as external auditors and fees for executive reward survey report.



8 Impaired asset expense



$000's

June 2023 June 2022

Individually impaired asset expense 13,010 10,783

Collectively impaired asset expense 12,794 6,396

Total impaired asset expense excluding recovery of amounts previously written off 25,804 17,179


Recovery of amounts previously written off to the income statement (2,560) (3,356)

Total impaired asset expense 23,244 13,823


Refer to Note – 13 Finance receivables for provision for impairment details.


P. 23

9 Taxation


Policy

Income tax

Income tax expense for the year comprises current tax and movements in deferred tax balances, including any adjustment

required for prior years' tax expense. Income tax expense is recognised in profit and loss except to the extent that it relates to

items recognised directly in other comprehensive income, in which case it is recognised in equity or other comprehensive income.


Current tax

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively

enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustment to the tax payable or receivable in respect of previous years. Current tax for

current and prior years is recognised as a liability (or asset) to the extent that it is unpaid (or refundable).


Deferred tax

Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method, providing for temporary differences between the carrying

amounts of assets and liabilities for accounting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. A deferred tax asset is

recognised only to the extent that it is probable that a future taxable profit will be available to realise the asset.


Goods and services tax (GST)

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of GST. As the Group is predominantly involved in providing financial services,

only a proportion of GST paid on inputs is recoverable. The non-recoverable proportion of GST is treated as an expense or, if

relevant, as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset.


Income tax expense


$000's

June 2023 June 2022

Income tax recognised in profit or loss


Current tax


Current year

37,159 46,239

Adjustments for prior year

(1,556) (760)

Tax at other rates

554 486



Deferred tax


Current year

1,457 (3,750)

Adjustments for prior year

304 (282)

Tax at other rates

207 (17)

Total income tax expense recognised in profit or loss

38,125 41,916


Income tax recognised in other comprehensive income


Current tax


Investment securities at fair value in fair value reserve

(246) (5,271)

Fair value movements in derivatives held in cash flow hedge reserve

2,418 7,743

Total income tax expense recognised in other comprehensive income 2,172 2,472


Reconciliation of effective tax rate


Profit before income tax 133,993 137,041

Tax at the local income tax rate (NZ: 28%, Australia: 30%)

38,175 38,841

Adjusted tax effect of items not deductible

1,202 4,117

Adjustments for prior year

(1,252) (1,042)

Total income tax expense

38,125 41,916



P. 24

9 Taxation (continued)


Deferred tax assets comprise the following temporary differences:


$000's

June 2023 June 2022

Employee expenses 2,516 2,169

Share Based payment 1,069 1,039

Provision for impairment 14,958 14,649

Intangibles and property plant and equipment (1,529) (2,968)

Deferred acquisition costs (55) (196)

Operating lease vehicles 451 680

Deferred income (6,938) (4,786)

Prior year tax loss 8,540 9,362

Deductible prior year expense 593 603

Other temporary differences 1,500 2,522

Total deferred tax assets 21,105 23,074


Opening balance of deferred tax assets 23,074 14,117

Movement recognised in profit or loss

(1,969) 4,084

Transfer on acquisition of business

- 4,873

Closing balance of deferred tax assets 21,105 23,074


Imputation credit account



$000's

June 2023 June 2022

Imputation credits available for use in subsequent reporting periods 37,785 19,114


10 Earnings Per Share


June 2023 June 2022


Earnings Per

Share

Net Profit

After Tax

Weighted

Average No.

of Shares

Earnings Per

Share

Net Profit

After Tax

Weighted

Average No.

of Shares


Cents $000's 000's Cents $000's 000's

Basic earnings 13.96 95,868 686,781 16.13 95,125 589,771

Diluted earnings 13.96 95,868 686,781 16.13 95,125 589,771





P. 25

Financial Position


11 Investments


Policy

Investments are classified into one of the following categories:


Fair value through profit or loss

Investments under this category include equity investments and are measured at fair value plus transaction costs. Changes in fair

value of these investments are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they occur.


Fair value through other comprehensive income

Investments under this category include bank bonds, floating rate notes, public securities, corporate bonds and equity

investments where the Group have irrevocably elected at initial recognition to measure at FVOCI. These are initially measured at

fair value, including transaction costs, and subsequently carried at fair value. Changes in fair value of these investments are

recognised in other comprehensive income and presented within the fair value reserve.


Amortised cost

Investments under this category include bank deposits and are measured using effective interest rate method. They are held to

collect contractual cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.



$000's

June 2023 June 2022

Bank deposits, bank bonds and floating rate notes 305,310 261,259

Public sector securities and corporate bonds

9,882 12,953

Equity investments

15,048 15,082

Total investments 330,240 289,294



Refer to Note 21 - Fair value for details of the split between investments measured at fair value through profit or loss, fair value

through other comprehensive income and amortised cost.


P. 26

12 Derivative financial instruments


Policy

The Group uses derivatives for risk management purposes. Derivatives held for risk management purposes are placed into hedges

that either meet hedge accounting requirements, or economic hedges not placed into an accounting hedge relationship.


Derivatives are recognised at their fair value, with the derivatives being carried as assets when their fair value is positive and as

liabilities when their fair value is negative.


A hedged item is an asset, liability, firm commitment or highly probable forecast transaction that exposes the Group to risk of

changes in fair value or cash flows, and that is designated as being hedged. The Group applies fair value hedge accounting to

hedge movements in the value of fixed interest rate assets and liabilities subject to interest rate risk. The Group applies cash flow

hedge accounting to hedge the variability in highly probable forecast future cash flows attributable to

interest rate risk on variable rate assets and liabilities.


Derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are held as economic hedges. Changes in the fair value of any

derivative instrument that does not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in the consolidated statement of

comprehensive income and disclosed within Other income.


Fair value hedge accounting

The criteria that must be met for a relationship to qualify for hedge accounting include:


• the hedging relationship must be formally designated and documented at inception of the hedge,


• effectiveness testing must be carried out on an on-going basis to ensure the hedge is effective and consistent with the

originally documented risk management strategy, and


• the instruments or counterparty must be a third party external to the Group.


The Group documents, at the inception of the transaction, the relationship between hedged items and hedging

instruments, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Group

also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in

hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value of hedged items.


Subsequent to initial designation, changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify for fair value hedge

accounting are recorded through profit or loss alongside any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are

attributable to the hedged risk.


Where the hedged item is carried at amortised cost, the movement in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged

risk is made as an adjustment to the carrying value of the hedged asset or liability. When a hedging instrument expires or is sold,

or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the adjustment to carrying amount of a hedged item carried

at amortised cost is amortised to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income on an effective yield basis over the

remaining period to maturity of the hedged item. Where a hedged item carried at amortised cost is derecognised from the

balance sheet, the adjustment to the carrying amount of the asset or liability is immediately transferred to the consolidated

statement of comprehensive income.


Cash flow hedge accounting

The criteria that must be met for a relationship to qualify for hedge accounting include:


• the hedging relationship must be formally designated and documented at inception of the hedge,


• effectiveness testing must be carried out on an on-going basis to ensure the hedge is effective and consistent with the

originally documented risk management strategy, and


• the instruments or counterparty must be a third party external to the Group.


P. 27

12 Derivative financial instruments (continued)


Cash flow hedge accounting (continued)


The Group documents, at the inception of the transaction, the relationship between hedged items and hedging instruments, as

well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Group also documents its

assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions

are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items.


A fair value gain or loss associated with the effective portion of a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge is recognised initially

in the hedging reserve. The ineffective portion of a fair value gain or loss is recognised immediately in the consolidated statement

of comprehensive income.


When a hedging derivative expires or is sold, the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, or the Group elects to

revoke the hedge designation, the cumulative gain or loss on the hedging derivative remains in the cash flow hedging reserve until

the forecast transaction occurs and affects income, at which point it is transferred to the corresponding income or expense line. If

a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss on the hedging derivative previously reported in

the cash flow hedging reserve is immediately transferred to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.


Net investment hedge

The Group held investments in foreign operations, where changes in net assets resulting from changes in foreign currency rate

were recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve.


Where the Group hedges the currency translation risk arising from net investments in foreign operations, the gains and losses on

the hedging instruments are also reflected in other comprehensive income to the extent the hedge is effective. When all or part

of a foreign operation is disposed, the cumulative value of the exchange differences is recognised in profit or loss.


The Group actively manages interest rate risk by entering into derivative contracts to hedge against movements in interest rates.

As permitted by NZ IFRS 9, the Group has elected to continue to apply the hedge accounting requirements of NZ IAS 39.


The Group's approach to managing market risk, including interest rate risk, is disclosed in Note 25 – Interest rate risk. The Group

actively manages residual interest rate risk from the net exposure of its underlying assets and liabilities, associated with the

mismatch of the interest rate repricing profiles of its interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, by entering into

interest rate swaps to hedge against movements in interest rates.


Interest rate swaps are bilateral derivative contracts with commitments to exchange one set of cash flows for another resulting in

an economic exchange of interest rates (for example, fixed rate for floating rate) without exchange of principal. Interest rate swap

notional values indicate the volume of transactions outstanding at the end of the financial year and provide basis for comparison

with instruments recognised on the balance sheet but do not necessarily indicate the amounts of future cash flows involved,

therefore don't indicate the Group's exposure to credit or market risks. The fair values of derivative instruments and their

notional values are set out in the below table.





P. 28

12 Derivative financial instruments (continued)


June 2023 June 2022

Notional Fair Value Fair Value Notional

Fair Value

Fair Value

$000's

Principal Assets Liabilities Principal Assets Liabilities


Interest rate related contracts

Held as economic hedges 260,650 6,539 - 619,005 17,847 1,543

Designated as cash flow hedges 850,068 15,398 941 327,636 8,678 -

Designated as fair value hedges 543,200 15,045 6,683 549,200 18,696 4,798

Interest rate swaps 1,653,918 36,982 7,624 1,495,841 45,221 6,341


Foreign currency related contracts

Held as economic hedges 168 1 - 786 - -

FX Forwards 168 1 - 786 - -

Total derivative financial instruments 1,654,086 36,983 7,624 1,496,627 45,221 6,341


Micro cash flow hedge accounting is applied to interest rate swaps designated as hedges of the Group's floating rate domestic

borrowings and deposits by using 'receive floating / pay fixed' interest rate swaps to fix the cost of floating interest rate

borrowings and deposits.


Micro fair value hedge accounting is applied to receive fixed interest rate swaps designated as hedges of interest rate risk arising

from fixed-rate subordinated notes and retail bond, and to pay fixed interest rate swaps designated as hedges of interest rate risk

arising from fixed-rate investment securities.


The Group determines whether an economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument exists based on

an assessment of the qualitative characteristics of this hedged item and the hedged risk, supported by quantitative analysis. Close

alignment of the critical terms of the hedged item and hedging instrument is also considered a strong indication of the presence

of an economic relationship by the Group.


The Group establishes a hedge ratio by aligning the par amount of the exposure to be hedged and the notional amount of the

interest rate swap designated as a hedging instrument.


Retrospective testing for each reporting period uses a regression model, which compares the change in the fair value of the

hedged item and the change in the fair value of the hedging instrument. For a hedge to be deemed effective, the change in fair

values should be within 80% and 125% of each other. Should the result fall outside this range the hedge would be deemed

ineffective and recognised immediately through the income statement in line with each hedge relationship policy above.



P. 29

12 Derivative financial instruments (continued)


The hedge relationship is reviewed on a monthly basis and the hedging instruments and hedged items are de-designated and re-

designated, if necessary, based on the effectiveness test results and changes in the hedged exposure.


Hedge ineffectiveness may arise from timing difference on repricing between the hedged item and the hedging instrument,

difference in timing of their cash flows, or due to changes in the counterparties' credit risk affecting the fair value of hedging

instruments.


The following table shows the maturity and interest rate risk profiles of the interest rate swaps as hedging instruments in

continuing fair value and cash flow hedge relationships.



0-6 6-12 1-2 2-5

5+


$000's

Months Months Years Years Years Total

June 2023



Interest rate risk

Cash flow hedge relationships

Pay fixed

Nominal amounts - 20,000 295,000 535,068 - 850,068

Average interest rate - 4.22% 3.78% 4.00% -


Fair value hedge relationships

Pay fixed

Nominal amounts 54,700 38,000 60,000 160,400 5,100 318,200

Average interest rate 1.17% 0.77% 0.88% 3.06% 1.51%

Receive fixed

Nominal amounts - 125,000 - 100,000 - 225,000

Average interest rate - 1.78% - 4.30% -

Total interest rate risk nominal amount 54,700 183,000 355,000 795,468 5,100 1,393,268


P. 30

12 Derivative financial instruments (continued)



0-6 6-12 1-2 2-5

5+


$000's

Months Months Years Years Years Total

June 2022



Interest rate risk

Cash flow hedge relationships

Pay fixed

Nominal amounts - 8,845 5,528 313,263 - 327,636

Average interest rate - 0.20% 0.37% 2.47% -


Fair value hedge relationships

Pay fixed

Nominal amounts 20,000 31,000 92,700 115,400 15,100 274,200

Average interest rate 1.20% 0.81% 1.00% 0.84% 1.45%

Receive fixed

Nominal amounts 150,000 - 125,000 - - 275,000

Average interest rate 4.50% - 1.78% - -

Total interest rate risk nominal amount 170,000 39,845 223,228 428,663 15,100 876,836


The following table sets out the accumulated fair value adjustments arising from the corresponding fair value hedge relationships

and the outcome of the changes in fair value of the hedged item as well as the hedging instruments used as the basis for

recognising effectiveness.


As at 30 June 2023 For the year ended

30 June 2023



Hedge

Accumulated

ineffectiveness

amount of fair

gain/(loss)

Carrying value hedge

recognised in

$000's

value adjustment

income statement


Interest rate risk

Investments 290,723 (14,893) 2,620

Other borrowings (219,959) 5,331 473

Total 70,764 (9,562) 3,093


Interest rate swaps 8,362 8,362 (3,133)

Hedge ineffectiveness of financial instruments recognised in

other income

(40)



P. 31

12 Derivative financial instruments (continued)


As at 30 June 2022 For the year ended

30 June 2022



Hedge



Accumulated

ineffectiveness

amount of fair

gain/(loss)

Carrying value hedge

recognised in

$000's

value adjustment

income statement


Interest rate risk

Investments 262,314 (16,914) (14,793)

Other borrowings (272,983) 4,858 11,543

Total (10,669) (12,056) (3,250)


Interest rate swaps 13,898 13,898 3,295

Hedge ineffectiveness of financial instruments recognised in

other income

45


The accumulated amount of fair value hedge adjustments included in the carrying amount of hedged items that have ceased to be

adjusted for hedging gains and losses is nil (2022: nil).


The balance of the cash flow hedge reserve, amounts recognised in the reserve, and amounts transferred out of the reserve are

shown in the following table.


June 2023 June 2022

Cash flow Cash flow

$000's

hedge reserve FCTR

1

hedge reserve FCTR

1



Cash flow hedges

Balance at beginning of year 7,959 - 918 -

Transferred to the income statement (1,771) - (641) -

Net gains from change in fair value 11,305 - 10,743 -

Net movement before tax 9,534 - 10,102 -

Tax on net movement in cash flow hedge reserve (2,418) - (3,061) -

Balance at end of year 15,075 - 7,959 -


Net investment hedge - 2,537 - -

1

Represents the accumulated effective amount of the hedging instrument deferred to Foreign currency translation reserve (FCTR) and is related

to hedge relationship for which hedge accounting is no longer applied.


During the year ended 30 June 2023, a gain of $0.7 million was recognised in fair value gain on derivative financial instruments in

the consolidated statement of comprehensive income related to hedge ineffectiveness from cash flow hedge relationships (2022:

nil).


There were no transactions for which cash flow hedge accounting had to be ceased as a result of the highly probable cash flows

no longer being expected to occur (2022: nil).


There are $10.1 million (2022: $1.6 million) of balances recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve for which hedge accounting is

no longer applied on the basis that the associated variable cash flows are still expected to occur over the lifetime of the original

hedge relationships. The associated cash flow hedge reserve is being released over the period of the original hedge relationship

which has since been de-designated.


P. 32

13 Finance receivables


Policy

Finance receivables are initially recognised at fair value plus incremental direct transaction costs and are subsequently

measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment loss.


Fees and direct costs relating to loan origination, financing and loan commitments are deferred and amortised to interest

income over the life of the loan using the effective interest rate method. Lending fees not directly related to the origination of a

loan are recognised over the period of service.



$000's

June 2023 June 2022

Gross finance receivables at amortised cost

4,387,480 4,198,826

Less provision for impairment

(53,266) (52,005)

Net finance receivables at amortised cost

4,334,214 4,146,821



P. 33

13 Finance receivables (continued)


Policy


Impairment of finance receivables

At each reporting date, the Group applies a three-stage approach to measuring expected credit losses (ECL) of finance

receivables not carried at fair value. The ECL model assesses whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since

initial recognition.


Exposures are assessed on a collective basis in each stage unless there is sufficient evidence that one or more events associated

with an exposure could have a detrimental impact on estimated future cash flows. Where such evidence exists, the exposure is

assessed on an individual basis.


For the purposes of a collective evaluation of impairment, finance receivables are grouped based on shared credit risk

characteristics, credit risk ratings, contractual term, date of initial recognition, remaining term to maturity, customer type and

other relevant factors.


The ECL model is a forward-looking model where impairment allowances are recognised before losses are actually incurred. On

initial recognition, an impairment allowance is required, based on events that are possible in the next 12 months.


Assets may migrate between the following stages based on their change in credit quality:


Stage 1 - 12 months ECL (past due 30 days or less)


Where there has been no evidence of increased credit risk since initial recognition, and finance receivables are not credit

impaired upon origination, the portion of the lifetime ECL associated with the probability of default events occurring within the

next 12 months is recognised.


Stage 2 - Lifetime ECL not credit impaired (greater than 30 but less than 90 days past due)


Where there has been a significant increase in credit risk.


Stage 3 - Lifetime ECL credit impaired (90 days past due or more)


Objective evidence of impairment, are considered to be in default or otherwise credit impaired.


Credit quality of financial assets

The Group internally computes probability of default using historical default data, to assess the potential risk of default of the

lending, or other financial services products, provided to counterparties or customers. The Group has defined counterparty

probabilities of default across consumer, retail, business and rural portfolios.


The Group considers a receivable to be in default when contractual payments are 90 days or more past due, or when it is

considered unlikely that the credit obligation to the Group will be paid in full without recourse to actions, such as realisation of

security.


Finance receivables are written off against the related impairment allowance when there is no reasonable expectation of

recovery. Any recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited to credit impairment expense in profit or loss.


In determining whether credit risk has increased all available information relevant to the assessment of economic conditions at

the reporting date are taken into consideration. To do this the Group considers its historical loss experience and adjusts this for

current observable data. In addition to this the Group uses reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions

including experienced judgement to estimate the amount of an expected impairment loss. Future economic conditions consider

macroeconomic factors such as unemployment, interest rate, gross domestic product, and inflation, and requires an evaluation

of both the current and forecast direction of the economic cycle. The methodology and assumptions including any forecasts of

future economic conditions are reviewed regularly as incorporating forward-looking information increases the level of

judgement as to how changes in these macroeconomic factors will affect the ECL.


P. 34

13 Finance receivables (continued)


Policy (continued)

The calculation of expected credit loss is modelled for portfolios of like assets. For portfolios which are either new or too small

to model, judgement is used to determine impairment provisions.

For assets that are individually assessed for ECL, the allowance for ECL is calculated directly as the difference between the

defaulted assets carrying value and the recoverable amount (being the present value of expected future cash flows, including

cashflows from the realisation of collateral or guarantees, where applicable).


Modification of contractual cash flows

The Group sometimes modifies the terms of loans provided to customers due to commercial renegotiations, or for distressed

loans, with a view to maximising recovery.


Such restructuring activities include extended payment term arrangements, payment holidays and payment forgiveness.

Restructuring policies and practices are based on indicators or criteria which, in the judgement of management, indicate that

payment will most likely continue. These policies are kept under continuous review. Restructuring is most commonly applied to

term loans.


Information is not presented in respect of other financial assets or credit related contingent liabilities as the related allowances

for ECL are not material to the Group.


The Group’s models for estimating ECL for each of its portfolios are based on the historic credit experience of those portfolios.

The models assume that economic conditions remain static over time. If the Group forecasts that economic conditions may

change in the foreseeable future, the Group applies judgement to determine whether the modelled output should be subject to

an economic overlay. Judgement is required to establish clear correlation between key economic indicators and the credit

performance of the Group’s unique portfolios.


The most significant and judgemental provision for impairment is on motor vehicle lending with a collective ECL of $15.1 million

at 30 June 2023 (2022: $9.5 million). There are fewer judgements on the other remaining lending portfolios.


The motor vehicle lending impairment allowance is sensitive to changes in the level of unemployment. The modelled provision

for motor vehicle lending is a probability weighted estimate based on three scenarios. The forecast of unemployment across all

three scenarios uses consensus external data obtained from external economic experts.


The forecast assumes the following for unemployment for all three scenarios:


2024 2025 2026

Upside 4.00% 4.80% 4.40%

Central 4.60% 5.20% 5.00%

Downside 5.96% 6.13% 5.70%


The probability weights assigned to each scenario are based on management’s estimate of their relative likelihood. The

following table indicates the weightings applied by the Group as at 30 June 2023:


Upside 15%

Central 50%

Downside 35%


The following sensitivity table shows the provision for impairment based on the probability weighted scenarios and what the

impairment allowance for motor vehicle lending would be assuming a 100% weighting is applied to the three scenarios with all

other assumptions held constant.


Reported probability weighted impairment allowance $ 15.1 million

100% Upside $ 9.7 million

100% Central $ 12.4 million

100% Downside $ 21.2 million


P. 35

13 Finance receivables (continued)


The following table details the movement from the opening balance to the closing balance of the provision for impairment

losses by class.




Collectively Assessed Individually

$000's Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Assessed Total

June 2023


Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2022 20,256 1,958 14,602 15,189 52,005

Changes in loss allowance

Transfer between stages

1

(8,226) (3,864) 3,758 8,332 -

New and increased provision (net of provision

releases)

1

983 4,369 15,774 4,678 25,804

Credit impairment charge (7,243) 505 19,532 13,010 25,804

Write-offs - - (12,612) (11,904) (24,516)

Effect of changes in foreign exchange rate (4) - (23) - (27)

Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2023

13,009 2,463 21,499 16,295 53,266


June 2022


Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2021 26,807 2,427 16,824 7,629 53,687

Changes in loss allowance

Transfer between stages

1

(3,909) (2,556) 1,189 5,276 -

New and increased provision (net of provision

releases)

1

(3,666) 2,083 13,255 5,507 17,179

Credit impairment charge (7,575) (473) 14,444 10,783 17,179

Write-offs - - (16,666) (3,411) (20,077)

Effect of changes in foreign exchange rate 32 4 - - 36

Acquisition of portfolio 992 - - 188 1,180

Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2022 20,256 1,958 14,602 15,189 52,005

1

The increase in provision when a loan moves to a higher stage is included in New and increased provision (net of provision releases) in the

higher stage to which the loan moved. The decrease in provision when a loan moves to a lower stage is included in New and increased provision

(net of provision releases) in the higher stage from which the loan moved.


P. 36

13 Finance receivables (continued)


Impact of changes in gross finance receivables held at amortised cost on allowance for ECL




Collectively Assessed Individually

$000's Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Assessed Total

30 June 2023


Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2022 3,967,917 118,424 46,114 66,371 4,198,826

Transfer between stages (237,955) 161,605 64,627 11,723 -

Additions 1,412,648 - - 9,326 1,421,974

Deletions (1,072,012) (97,559) (17,068) (15,194) (1,201,833)

Write-offs - - (12,379) (19,108) (31,487)

Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2023 4,070,598 182,470 81,294 53,118 4,387,480


30 June 2022


Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2021 3,092,653 165,793 45,564 38,143 3,342,153

Transfer between stages (112,179) 25,532 31,253 55,394 -

Additions 2,433,553 - - 3,190 2,436,743

Deletions (1,446,110) (72,901) (12,782) (26,945) (1,558,738)

Write-offs - - (17,921) (3,411) (21,332)

Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2022 3,967,917 118,424 46,114 66,371 4,198,826



Impact of changes in gross exposures on loss allowances


Overall credit impairment provisions increased by $1.3 million (2.4%) for the year ended 30 June 2023, mainly due to increase in

gross receivables of $188.7 million (4.5%) and movement of exposures into more advanced stages. This is offset by the release

of provisions previously held against assets written off during the year as well as reduction in loss given default from more

effective arrears management.


As at 30 June 2023, there were nil undrawn lending commitments available to counterparties for whom drawn balances are

classified as individually impaired (2022: $0.003 million).


(a) Assets under administration


As at 30 June 2023, the contractual amount outstanding on loans to customers written off during the year and are still subject to

enforcement activity was nil (2022: nil).


P. 37

14 Operating lease vehicles


Policy

Operating lease vehicles are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.


Operating lease vehicles are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their expected useful life after allowing for any residual

values. The estimated lives of these vehicles vary up to five years. Vehicles held for sale are not depreciated but are tested for

impairment.



$000's June 2023 June 2022

Cost

Opening balance 20,450 16,114

Additions 8,766 10,758

Disposals (6,303) (6,422)

Closing balance 22,913 20,450


Accumulated depreciation

Opening balance 5,289 5,249

Depreciation charge for the year 3,461 3,103

Disposals (2,803) (3,063)

Closing balance 5,947 5,289


Opening net book value 15,161 10,865

Closing net book value 16,966 15,161



The future minimum lease payments receivable under operating leases not later than one year is $4.086 million (2022: $3.057

million), within one to five years is $7.598 million (2022: $6.465 million) and over five years is nil (2022: nil).


15 Borrowings


Policy

Borrowings and deposits are initially recognised at fair value including incremental direct transaction costs. They are subsequently

measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.


The Group hedges interest rate risk on certain debt issues. When fair value hedge accounting is applied to fixed rate debt issues,

the carrying values are adjusted for changes in fair value related to the hedged risks.



$000's June 2023 June 2022

Deposits 4,131,025 3,592,508

Total borrowings related to deposits 4,131,025 3,592,508


Unsubordinated notes 385,482 636,407

Subordinated notes 97,794

-

Securitised borrowings 1,713,737 1,559,108

Certificate of deposit 148,110 198,715

Bank borrowings 131,248

173,982

Money market borrowings 20,004

10,001

Total other borrowings 2,496,375 2,578,213

Total deposits and other borrowings 6,627,400 6,170,721


Due within one year 4,731,388 4,174,630

Due more than one year 1,896,012 1,996,091

Total deposits and other borrowings 6,627,400 6,170,721



Deposits and unsubordinated notes rank equally and are unsecured.


P. 38

15 Borrowings (continued)


Unsubordinated notes


Unsubordinated notes include short and long-term retail bonds and medium term notes. Medium term notes are issued pursuant

to the terms of the Guarantee Deed Poll dated 15 February 2019. Medium term notes are issued in Australian dollars to eligible

non-retail investors in compliance with applicable law.


The Group has the following unsubordinated notes on issue at balance sheet date.


Retail bonds and medium term notes

Frequency of interest

$000's repayment

June 2023

June 2022 Maturity Date

NZ$150 million Semi-annually - 145,142 21 September 2022

AU $47 million Monthly - 52,362 6 October 2022

AU $45 million Quarterly - 49,976 21 April 2023

AU $75 million Quarterly - 83,318 22 April 2023

NZ $125 million Semi-annually 122,165 127,841 12 April 2024

AU $45 million Quarterly 49,471 50,003 9 July 2024

AU $30 million Quarterly 32,585 - 9 July 2024

AU $115 million Quarterly 125,925 127,765 13 May 2025

AU $50 million Quarterly 55,336 - 5 October 2027

Total retail bonds and medium term notes 385,482 636,407


Subordinated notes


On 28 April 2023, HBL, a subsidiary of the Group, issued $100 million of subordinated unsecured notes (Subordinated notes) to

New Zealand investors and certain overseas institutional investors pursuant to the terms of the Subordinated Unsecured Notes

Deed Poll in accordance with the laws of New Zealand. Subordinated notes are treated as Tier 2 capital under HBL regulatory

capital requirements and will mature on 28 April 2033.


Interest payable

The interest rate is a fixed rate of 7.51% for a period of 5 years until 28 April 2028, after which it will reset to quarterly floating

rate equal to the sum of the applicable 3-month Bank Bill Rate plus 3.2% Issue Margin. The quarterly payment of interest in

respect of the subordinated notes are subject to HBL being solvent at the time of, and immediately following the interest

payment.


Early Redemption

HBL may choose to repay all or some of the subordinated notes for their face value together with accrued interest (if any) on 28

April 2028 or any interest payment date thereafter. Early redemption of all the subordinated notes for certain tax or regulatory

events is permitted on an interest payment date. Early redemption is subject to certain conditions, including HBL obtaining the

Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ) prior written approval and HBL being solvent at the time.


Ranking

The claims of the holders of the subordinated notes will rank:

- Behind the claims of all depositors and other creditors of HBL;

- equally with the claims of other holders of any other securities and obligations that rank equally with the subordinated notes

and;

- ahead of the rights of the HBL's shareholders and holders of any other securities and obligations of HBL that rank behind the

subordinated notes.


P. 39

15 Borrowings (continued)


Securitised Borrowings


The Group had the following securitised borrowings outstanding as at 30 June 2023:


Securitisation facility June 2023 June 2022

$000's Currency Limit Drawn

1

Limit Drawn

1

Maturity Date

StockCo Securitisation Trust 2021-1 (StockCo) AU 300,000 271,739 300,000 275,420 27 May 2024

Seniors Warehouse Trust No. 2 (SWT2) AU 450,000 457,657 350,000 232,982 1 July 2024

Heartland Auto Receivable Warehouse (HARWT) NZD 400,000 227,054 400,000 267,779 26 August 2024

Seniors Warehouse Trust (SWT) AU 600,000 622,344 600,000 646,744 30 September 2025

Atlas 2020-1 Trust (Atlas) AU 127,462 134,943 127,462 136,183 24 September 2050

Total securitised borrowings 1,713,737 1,559,108

1

Facility limit is stated in functional currency, drawn balance is stated in NZD.


• HARWT notes issued to investors are secured over motor vehicle loans.

• StockCo notes issued to investors are secured over livestock loans.

• SWT, SWT2 and Atlas notes issued to investors are secured over reverse mortgage loans.


The Group actively engages facility providers in commercial negotiations including tenor extensions, increase in facility limits,

refinancing arrangements, and other commercial terms. The Group has a track record of extending or refinancing funding

arrangements as they fall due and does not anticipate any difficultly in doing so when the facilities above expire.


16 Share capital and dividends


Policy

Ordinary shares are classified as equity, incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares and share options

are recognised as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effect.


June 2023 June 2022

Number of Number of

Shares Shares

Issued shares

Opening balance 592,904 585,904

Shares issued during the year 112,417 -

Shares issued - dividend reinvestment plan 4,337 7,000

Closing balance 709,658 592,904



HGH completed a capital raise during the year which comprised a share placement (Placement) and a Share Purchase Plan (SPP).

HGH issued 72,222,222 shares at $1.8000 per share on 26 August 2022 under the Placement and 38,822,458 new shares at

$1.7674 per share on 9 September 2022 under the SPP. The total value of shares issued was $198.6 million with $3.7 million of

transaction costs recognised in relation to this share issuance.


On 19 September 2022, HGH issued a further 2,250,625 shares at $0.5200 per share ($1.2 million) under the Long Term Incentive

Scheme of HGH (LTI Scheme), of which 877,777 shares at $1.8329 per share ($1.6 million) were acquired by HGH pursuant to the

buyback offer to the participants to fund the tax liability arising for those participants upon receipt of shares under the LTI

Scheme.


The Group issued 4,336,812 new shares at $1.6370 per share ($7.1 million) on 23 March 2023 under a dividend reinvestment plan

(DRP) for the period (2022: 3,930,116 new shares at $2.2713 per share ($8.9 million) on 15 September 2021 and 3,069,339 new

shares at $2.1105 per share ($6.5 million) on 16 March 2022 under the DRP for the period).


The ordinary shares have no par value. Each ordinary share of HGH carries the right to vote on a poll at meetings of shareholders,

the right to an equal share in dividends and the right to an equal share in the distribution of the surplus assets of HGH in the event

of liquidation.


P. 40

16 Share capital and dividends (continued)


Dividends paid


June 2023 June 2022

Date Cents Date Cents

Declared Per Share $000's Declared Per Share $000's

Final dividend 24 August 2022 5.5 32,609 24 August 2021 7.0 41,013

Interim dividend 28 February 2023 5.5 38,793 22 February 2022 5.5 32,441

Total dividends paid 71,402 73,454




17 Other reserves


Foreign

Currency

Employee Translation Defined Cash Flow

Benefit Reserve Fair Value Benefit Hedge

$000's Reserve (FCTR) Reserve Reserve Reserve Total

June 2023


Balance as at 30 June 2022 4,646 (1,635) (1,034) - 7,959 9,936

Movements attributable to net investments in

foreign operations and net investment hedges

- (6,803) - - - (6,803)

Movements attributable to fair value hedges - - (779) - - (779)

Movements attributable to cash flow hedges - - - - 9,534 9,534

Equity securities at FVOCI - - (2,411) - - (2,411)

Share based payments 105 - - - - 105

Vesting of share based payments (1,170) - - - - (1,170)

Income tax effect - - 246 - (2,418) (2,172)

Balance as at 30 June 2023 3,581 (8,438) (3,978) - 15,075 6,240


June 2022


Balance as at 30 June 2021 2,731 (3,975) (322) 171 918 (477)

Movements attributable to net investments in

foreign operations

- 2,340 - - - 2,340

Movements attributable to fair value hedges - - (1,301) - - (1,301)

Movements attributable to cash flow hedges - - - - 10,102 10,102

Equity securities at FVOCI - - - (171) - (171)

Share based payments 1,915 - - - - 1,915

Income tax effect - - 589 - (3,061) (2,472)

Balance as at 30 June 2022 4,646 (1,635) (1,034) - 7,959 9,936


Employee benefit reserve

Includes amounts which arise on the recognition of the Group’s fair value estimate of equity instruments expected to vest under

share-based compensation plan.


FCTR

Exchange differences arising on translation of the Group's foreign operations are accumulated in the Foreign currency translation

reserve and recognised in other comprehensive income. The cumulative amount is reclassified to profit or loss when a foreign

operation is disposed of.


P. 41

17 Other reserves (continued)


Fair value reserve

Includes changes in the fair value of investment securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, net of

tax. For debt securities, these changes are reclassified to the profit or loss when the asset is disposed. For equity securities, these

changes are not reclassified to the profit or loss when the asset is disposed.


Defined benefit reserve

Includes predetermined retirement benefits calculated for employees of a historical amalgamated entity which was wound up

during the prior financial year.


Cash flow hedge reserve

This includes fair value gains and losses associated with the effective portion of the designated cash flow hedging instruments, net

of tax.


18 Other balance sheet items


Policy

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment (if any). Depreciation is

calculated on a straight line basis to write off the net cost or revalued amount of each asset over its expected life to its estimated

residual value.



$000's June 2023 June 2022

Other assets

Trade receivables 430 -

GST receivables 562 2,946

Prepayments

1

11,931 7,674

Property, plant and equipment

2

14,241 7,336

Other receivables 826 273

Total other assets 27,990 18,229

1

Prepayments include deposit paid for the conditional acquisition of CBL of $3.9 million.

2

Property, plant and equipment include rural property worth $7.8 million acquired during the year.



Policy

Intangible assets

Intangible assets with finite useful lives

Software acquired or internally developed by the Group is stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and any accumulated

impairment losses. Expenditure on software assets is capitalised only when it increases the future economic value of that asset.

Certain internal and external costs directly incurred in acquiring and developing software are capitalised when specific criteria are

met. Costs incurred on planning or evaluating software proposals during the research phase or on maintaining systems after

implementation are not capitalised. Amortisation of software is on a straight line basis, at rates which will write off the cost over

the assets’ estimated useful lives. The expected useful life of the software has been determined to be ten years.


Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) arrangements

SaaS arrangements are service agreements that grant the Group the right to access the cloud provider’s application software over

the contract period. Costs associated with configuring or customising the software, along with ongoing fees for accessing the

cloud provider's application, are recognised as operating expenses when the services are received.


Some of these costs pertain to developing software code that enhances or modifies, or creates additional capability to, existing

on-premise systems and qualifies as an intangible asset based on its definition and recognition criteria.



P. 42

18 Other balance sheet items (continued)


Policy (continued)

Intangible assets (continued)

Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) arrangements (continued)

The Group capitalises costs incurred in configuring or customising certain suppliers’ application software within specific cloud

computing arrangements as intangible assets as the Group considers that it would benefit from those costs to implement the

cloud-based software over the expected terms of the cloud computing arrangements. However, such capitalisation occurs only if

the activities result in creating an intangible asset that the Group has control over and meets the necessary recognition criteria.

Costs that do not meet the criteria for capitalisation as intangible assets are expensed as incurred unless they are paid to the

suppliers (or subcontractors of the supplier) of the cloud-based software to significantly customise the cloud-based software for

the Group (i.e., such services are not distinct from the Group’s right to receive access to the supplier’s cloud-based software). In

the latter case, the upfront costs are recorded as prepayments for services and amortised over the expected terms of the cloud

computing arrangements.


Goodwill

Goodwill arising on acquisition represents the excess of the cost of the acquisition over the Group’s interest in the fair value of

the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill that has an indefinite useful life is not subject to amortisation and is tested for

impairment annually. Goodwill is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses.



$000's June 2023 June 2022

Computer software

Software - cost 48,513 45,091

Software under development 28,391 16,196

Accumulated amortisation 31,944 26,275

Net carrying value of computer software 44,960 35,012


Goodwill 184,422 183,235

Net carrying value of goodwill 184,422 183,235


Other intangible assets

1

6,351 627

Total intangible assets 235,733 218,874

1

Other intangible assets include capitalised banking licence costs of $6.4 million (2022: $0.6 million)


Banking Licence


On 20 October 2022 Heartland Group Holdings Limited entered into a conditional share sale agreement with Challenger Limited

to acquire 100% of the shares of CBL, holder of a full Australian Authorised Deposit-Taking Institution (ADI) Licence. HGH and CBL

have jointly applied to the Australian Prudential Regulatory Authority (APRA) for approval to expand the range of products CBL

offers and to amend CBL’s APRA approved business plan to integrate with HGH’s existing Australian based financial services

business.


Costs directly attributable to the application are recognised as Banking licence intangible asset. On completion the Banking

Licence is expected to have an indefinite life as there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which the asset is expected to

generate benefits for the business.


Goodwill


For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to cash generating units. A Cash Generating Unit (CGU) is the

smallest identifiable group of assets that generate independent cash inflows. Group has assessed that goodwill should be

allocated to the smallest identifiable CGU:


• Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Limited: $15.3 million (2022: $15.3 million).

• Heartland Bank Limited: $29.8 million (2022: $29.8 million).

• StockCo AU Group: $139.3 million (2022: $138.1 million).



P. 43

18 Other balance sheet items (continued)


Impairment testing of goodwill


The Group has performed impairment tests for CGUs with goodwill. Further information about impairment tests performed for

CGUs with goodwill is provided below.


Heartland Bank Limited (HBL) and Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Limited (HAH)


The recoverable amount of the businesses was determined on a value in use basis using a discounted cash flow methodology. The

model uses a five-year cash flow forecast based on the latest budget approved by the Board and extended out based on long term

growth rates. The long-term growth rate applied to the future cash flows after year five of the forecast was 2.0% and 2.5% for HBL

and HAH respectively (2022: 2.0% and 2.0%), and a discount rate of 10.0% (2022: 10.0%) was applied which reflect both past

experience and external sources of information. The goodwill impairment assessment indicates significant headroom, and that no

foreseeable adjustments to key assumptions such as growth rate or discount rate would lead to impairment.


There was no indication of impairment and no impairment losses have been recognised against the carrying amount of goodwill

for the year ended 30 June 2023 (2022: nil).


StockCo AU Group


The recoverable amount of the business was determined on a fair value less cost to sell basis using a discounted cash flow

methodology. The model uses a four-year cash flow forecast based on the latest growth target approved by the Board and

extended out based on growth expectations for the business. This valuation methodology uses level three inputs in terms of the

fair value hierarchy in NZ IFRS 13. The following drivers and key assumptions are used in the model:


• Annual lending growth which has been forecasted based on management’s current expectations of growth in the specialist

livestock financing portfolio. In forming these expectations management has referenced the current and expected outlook in

the overall Australian cattle and lamb markets and factored in pricing and growth strategies relative to market outlook. This

includes targeting new customer segments and distribution channels to broaden reach.


• Gross interest income (including interest yield) which represents the pricing of the products which factors in market outlook

and new customer segments and are estimated based on management’s past experience.


• Cost of funds which was projected based on the forward curve for bank bill rate plus a margin at the date of assessment,

representing the expected funding structure of an analogous Australian ADI noting that the Group is working towards

obtaining an Australian ADI licence.


• Terminal growth rate of 2.4% after year five of the forecast and discount rate of 12.0%, which reflects external sources of

information.


The recoverable amount of the business exceeds its carrying amount by $30.4 million (A$28.0 million). The discount rate would

need to rise above 13.5% and the terminal growth rate will need to be below 2.0% in combination to result in an impairment.


The forecast cash flow drivers are outlined in the following table. For each driver management has identified what a reasonable

possible change, based on the expected range which would impact the recoverable amount. The expected impact on the CGU

recoverable amount from the sensitivities below do not capture any interrelationships between funding costs, gross interest

income and annual lending growth.



Sensitivity of key driver Expected impact on CGU recoverable amount

$000’s Upside Downside

+/- 10% in annual lending growth 2,639 (2,687)

+/- 3% in gross interest income (including interest yield) 15,741 (14,731)

+/- 3% in funding cost 4,771 (4,708)


P. 44

18 Other balance sheet items (continued)


Policy

Employee benefits

Annual leave entitlements are accrued at amounts expected to be paid. Long service leave is accrued by calculating the probable

future value of the entitlements and discounting back to present value. Obligations to defined contribution superannuation

schemes are recognised as an expense when the contribution is paid.



$000's June 2023 June 2022

Trade and other payables

Trade payables 14,731 21,358

Insurance liability 914 1,838

Employee benefits 11,224 9,548

Other tax payables 3,820 1,124

Collateral received on derivatives

1

27,609 32,342

Total trade and other payables 58,298 66,210

1

The Group has accepted collateral arising from derivative transactions, included in Cash and cash equivalents.



Policy

Leases

The Group leases office space, car parks, equipment and cars. Rental contracts are typically made for fixed periods but may have

extension options. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different terms and conditions.


In determining the lease term, all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option are

considered. Extension options are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended.


Lease liabilities are measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments and discounted using the Group's incremental

borrowing rate (IBR). Lease liabilities are measured using the effective interest method. Carrying amounts are remeasured only

upon reassessments and lease modifications.


Right of use assets are depreciated at the shorter of lease term or the Group’s depreciation policy for that asset class.



$000's June 2023 June 2022

Right of use assets

Balance at beginning of year 14,145 15,985

Depreciation charge for the year, included within depreciation expense in the income statement (2,539) (2,310)

Additions to right of use assets 712 470

Total right of use assets 12,318 14,145


Lease liability

Current 3,166 3,674

Non-current 11,121 12,566

Total lease liability 14,287 16,240


Interest expense relating to lease liability 488 479



P. 45

19 Acquisition


Policy

Business combination

The Group accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method when the acquired set of activities and assets meets

the definition of a business and control is transferred to the Group. In determining whether a particular set of activities and assets

is a business, the Group assesses whether the set of assets and activities consists of inputs and processes applied to those inputs

that have the ability to contribute to the creation of outputs.


The consideration transferred in the acquisition and any contingent consideration to be transferred are generally measured at fair

value, as are the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill is initially measured at cost (being the excess of the aggregate of the

consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired) and is tested annually for impairment. Any gain on a

bargain purchase is recognised in profit or loss immediately. If the initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete by

the end of the reporting period in which the combination occurs, the Group reports provisional amounts for the items for which

the accounting is incomplete. Those provisional amounts are adjusted during the measurement period (see below), or additional

assets or liabilities are recognised, to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the

acquisition date that, if known, would have affected the amounts recognised as of that date. The measurement period is the

period from the date of acquisition to the date the Group obtains complete information about facts and circumstances that

existed as of the acquisition date, and does not exceed twelve months. Transaction cost related to the acquisition is recognised as

an expense in profit or loss when incurred with the exception of costs to issue debt or equity securities.


On 31 May 2022, the Group acquired 100% of the shares in StockCo Holdings 2 Pty Ltd and StockCo Australia Management Pty Ltd

(collectively StockCo Australia). The consideration paid was subject to a completion adjustment based on the net asset

movements since the determination date. The final purchase consideration with respect to this acquisition was A$157.40 million

or NZ$173.31 million at exchange rate of the dates of the acquisition and the completion adjustment.


During the year ended 30 June 2023, the purchase price adjustments were finalised and an adjustment of NZ$1.73 million was

made to the final purchase consideration. The fair value of consideration increased from NZ$171.58 million to NZ$173.31 million.

There was new information relating to the facts and circumstances prevailing at completion date that resulted in fair value

adjustments to livestock receivables and trade and other payables. Goodwill increased from NZ$137.58 million to NZ$141.16

million.


P. 46

19 Acquisition (continued)


Details of the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired and the final goodwill arising from the acquisition of StockCo Australia

are set out as follows:



Fair value recognised on

acquisition

$000's


Assets


Cash and cash equivalents

9,564

Livestock receivables

372,991

Right of use assets

354

Deferred tax asset

5,285

Other assets

4,713

Total assets 392,907


Liabilities


Other borrowings

358,942

Lease liabilities

354

Trade and other payables

1,456

Total liabilities 360,752


Net assets acquired 32,155


Final goodwill arising on acquisition 141,155


Fair value of consideration 171,578

Purchase price adjustment

1,732

Total cash consideration transferred 173,310


P. 47

20 Related party transactions and balances


Policy

A person or entity is a related party under the following circumstances:


a) A person or a close member of that person's family if that person:

i) has control or joint control over HGH;

ii) has significant influence over HGH; or

iii) is a member of the key management personnel of HGH.


b) An entity is related to HGH if any of the following conditions applies:

i) the entity and HGH are members of the same group;

ii) one entity is an associate or joint venture of the other entity;

iii) both entities are joint ventures of the same third party;

iv) one entity is a joint venture of a third entity and the other entity is an associate of the third entity;

v) the entity is a post-employment benefit plan for the benefit of employees of either the reporting entity or an entity related

to HGH

vi) the entity is controlled, or jointly controlled by a person identified in (a); and

vii) a person identified in (a)(i) has significant influence over the entity or is a member of the key management personnel of

q the entity (or of a parent of the entity).


(a) Transactions with key management personnel


Key management personnel (KMP), are those who, directly or indirectly, have authority and responsibility for planning, directing

and controlling the activities of the Group. This includes all executive staff and Directors.


KMP receive personal banking and financial investment services from the Group in the ordinary course of business. The terms and

conditions, for example interest rates and collateral, and the risks to the Group are comparable to transactions with other

employees and did not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavourable features.


All other transactions with KMPs and their related parties are conducted in the ordinary course of business on commercial terms

and conditions.



$000's June 2023 June 2022

Transactions with key management personnel

Interest income 123 26

Interest expense (43) (24)

Key management personnel compensation

Short-term employee benefits (8,083) (8,790)

Share-based plan benefit/(expense) 14 (1,915)

Total transactions with key management personnel (7,989) (10,703)


Due from/(to) key management personnel

Lending 4,428 229

Borrowings - deposits (855) (508)

Total due from/(to) key management personnel 3,573 (279)


P. 48

20 Related party transactions and balances (continued)


(b) Transactions with related parties


HGH is the ultimate parent company of the Group.


Entities within the Group have regular transactions with each other on agreed terms. The transactions include the provision of tax

and administrative services and customer operations. Banking facilities are provided by HBL to other Group entities on normal

commercial terms as with other customers. There is no lending from subsidiaries within the Group to HGH.


Related party transactions between the Group eliminate on consolidation. Related party transactions outside of the Group are as

follows:



$000's June 2023 June 2022

ASF Custodians Pty Limited

Audit fees 4 7


Heartland Trust (HT)

Dividends paid 714 809



HT held 6,504,266 shares in HGH (2022: 6,475,976 shares).


The Trustees of HT and certain employees of the Group provided their time and skills to the oversight and operation of HT at no

charge.



P. 49

21 Fair value


Policy

Fair value is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between

market participants at the measurement date.


On initial recognition, the transaction price generally represents the fair value of the financial instrument, unless there is

observable information from an active market that provides a more appropriate fair value.


The fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities that are traded in active markets are based on quoted market prices or

dealer price quotations. For all other financial instruments, the Group determines fair value using other valuation techniques.


The Group measures fair values using the following fair value hierarchy, which reflects the observability of the inputs used in

measuring fair value:


Level 1 - Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.


Level 2 - Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that

is, as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices).


Level 3 - Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).


The Group recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy as at the end of the reporting period during which the

change has occurred.


(a) Financial instruments measured at fair value


The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial asset and liability measured

at fair value on a recurring basis in the consolidated statement of financial position.


The Group has an established framework in performing valuations required for financial reporting purposes including

Level 3 fair values. The Group regularly reviews and calibrates significant unobservable inputs and valuation adjustments

in accordance with market participants’ views. If external valuation specialists are engaged to measure fair values, the Group

assesses the evidence obtained from these specialists to support the conclusion of these valuations. All significant

valuations are reported to the Group's Board Audit and Risk Committee for approval prior to its adoption in the financial

statements.


Investment in debt securities


Investments in public sector securities and corporate bonds are stated at FVOCI, with the fair value being based on quoted market

prices (Level 1 under the fair value hierarchy) or modelled using observable market inputs (Level 2 under the fair value hierarchy).


Investments valued under Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy are valued either based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes for

similar instruments, or discounted cash flows analysis.


Investments in equity securities


Investments in equity securities are classified as FVTPL unless an irrevocable election is made by the Group to measure at FVOCI.

Investment in listed securities traded in liquid, active markets where prices are readily observable are measured under Level 1 of

the fair value hierarchy with no modelling or assumptions used in the valuation.


P. 50

21 Fair value (continued)


(a) Financial instruments measured at fair value (continued)


Investments in equity securities (continued)


Equity securities are measured at FVOCI where they are not held for trading, the Group doesn't have control or significant

influence over the investee and where an irrevocable election is made to measure them at FVOCI. These securities are measured

at fair value with unrealised gains and losses recognised in other comprehensive income except for dividend income which is

recognised in profit or loss. Investments in unlisted equity securities are measured under Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy with

the fair value being based on unobservable inputs using market accepted valuation techniques.


Where appropriate, the Group may apply adjustments to the above-mentioned techniques to determine fair value of an equity

security to reflect the underlying characteristics. These adjustments are reflective of market participant considerations in valuing

the said security.


The Group has irrevocably elected to account for certain equity investments at fair value through other comprehensive income.

These are Level 3 investments and were valued using outcomes from capital raises completed most recently, calibrated against

market multiples as at 30 June 2023.


Finance receivables - reverse mortgages


The reverse mortgage portfolio is classified and measured at FVTPL under NZ IFRS 9 Financial instruments (NZ IFRS 9). NZ IFRS 4

Insurance contracts (NZ IFRS 4) requires entities to account for insurance components of lifetime mortgage contracts. The review

of the reverse mortgage portfolio valuation determined that the terms and conditions of these loan contracts do not contain a

component of significant insurance risk, therefore they continue to be treated under NZ IFRS 9 Financial Instruments classified at

FVTPL under NZ IFRS. Application of NZ IFRS 17 going forward will have a policy choice to continue applying NZ IFRS 9 for these

instruments.


On initial recognition the Group considers the transaction price to represent the fair value of the loan, on the basis that no reliable

fair value can be estimated as there is no relevant active market and fair value cannot be reliably measured using other valuation

techniques under NZ IFRS 13 Fair value measurement.


For subsequent measurement, and at balance date, the Group considered whether the fair value can be determined by reference

to a relevant active market or using a valuation technique that incorporates observable inputs but has concluded relevant support

is not currently available. In the absence of such market evidence the Group has used an actuarial valuation to determine a proxy

for the fair value that incorporates changes in the portfolio risk and expectations of the portfolio performance. The actuarial

valuation includes inputs such as mortality and potential move into care, voluntary exits, house price changes, interest rate

margin and the no equity guarantee. This estimate is highly subjective and a wide range of plausible values are possible. The

estimate provides an indication of whether the transaction value is overstated.


The Group does not consider that the actuarial estimate has moved outside of the original expectation range on initial

recognition. There has been no fair value movement recognised in profit or loss during the period (2022: nil). Fair value is not

sensitive to the above assumptions due to the nature of reverse mortgage loans. In particular, given conservative origination loan-

to-value ratio and security criteria, a material deterioration in house prices combined with a material increase in interest rates

over a sustained period of time would likely need to occur before any potential impact to fair value.


The Group will continue to reassess the existence of a relevant active market and movements in expectations on an on-going

basis.




P. 51

21 Fair value (continued)


(a) Financial instruments measured at fair value (continued)


Derivative financial instruments


Interest rate and foreign currency related contracts are recognised in the financial statements at fair value. Fair values are

determined from observable market prices as at the reporting date, discounted cash flow models or option pricing models as

appropriate (Level 2 under the fair value hierarchy).


The following table analyses financial instruments measured at fair value at the reporting date by the level in the fair value

hierarchy into which each fair value measurement is categorised. The amounts are based on the values recognised in the

consolidated statement of financial position.



$000's Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total

June 2023


Assets

Investments 318,756 - 11,484 330,240

Derivative financial instruments - 36,983 - 36,983

Finance receivables - reverse mortgages - - 2,403,810 2,403,810

Total financial assets measured at fair value 318,756 36,983 2,415,294 2,771,033


Liabilities

Derivative financial instruments - 7,624 - 7,624

Total financial liabilities measured at fair value - 7,624 - 7,624



June 2022


Assets

Investments 279,841 - 7,032 286,873

Derivative financial instruments - 45,221 - 45,221

Finance receivables - reverse mortgages - - 1,996,854 1,996,854

Total financial assets measured at fair value 279,841 45,221 2,003,886 2,328,948


Liabilities

Derivative financial instruments - 6,341 - 6,341

Total financial liabilities measured at fair value - 6,341 - 6,341


There were no transfers between levels in the fair value hierarchy in the year ended 30 June 2023 (2022: $8.1 million of equity

investments transferred out of Level 3 to Level 1).




P. 52

21 Fair value (continued)


(a) Financial instruments measured at fair value (continued)


The movement in Level 3 assets measured at fair value are below:


Finance Receivables

$000's

- Reverse Mortgage Investments Total

June 2023



As at 30 June 2022

1,996,854 7,032 2,003,886

New loans

543,248 - 543,248

Repayments

(297,066) - (297,066)

Capitalised Interest and fees

183,458 - 183,458

Purchase of investments

- 6,952 6,952

Fair value (loss) on investment

- (2,411) (2,411)

Other

1


(22,684) (89) (22,773)

As at 30 June 2023 2,403,810 11,484 2,415,294



June 2022




As at 30 June 2021

1,676,073 20,667 1,696,740

New loans

439,110 - 439,110

Repayments

(257,319) - (257,319)

Capitalised Interest and fees

106,966 - 106,966

Purchase of investments

- 7,414 7,414

Fair value (loss) on investment

- (12,998) (12,998)

Other

1


32,024

- 32,024

Transfer out of level 3

- (8,051) (8,051)

As at 30 June 2022 1,996,854 7,032 2,003,886

1

This relates to foreign currency translation differences for the assets.



(b) Financial instruments not measured at fair value


The following assets and liabilities of the Group are not measured at fair value in the consolidated statement of financial position.


Cash and cash equivalents


Cash and cash equivalents are measured at amortised cost and their carrying value is considered equivalent to their fair value due

to their short term nature.


Finance receivables


The fair value of the Group's finance receivables is calculated using a valuation technique which assumes the Group's current

weighted average lending rates for loans of a similar nature and term.


The current weighted average lending rate used to fair value finance receivables with a fixed interest rate was 10.25% (2022:

7.77%). Finance receivables with a floating interest rate are deemed to be at current market rates. The current amount of credit

provisioning has been deducted from the fair value calculation of finance receivables as a proxy for future losses.


P. 53

21 Fair value (continued)


(b) Financial instruments not measured at fair value (continued)


Borrowings


The fair value of deposits, bank borrowings and other borrowings is the present value of future cash flows and is based on the

current market interest rates payable by the Group for debt of similar maturities. The average current market rate used to fair

value other borrowings was 6.66% (2022: 3.57%).


Other financial assets and financial liabilities


The fair value of financial instruments such as short-term trade receivables and payables is considered equivalent to their carrying

value due to their short-term nature.


The following table sets out financial instruments not measured at fair value where the carrying value does not approximate fair

value, compares their carrying value against their fair value and analyses them by level in the fair value hierarchy.


June 2023 June 2022

Total Total

Fair Value Total Fair Carrying Fair Value Total Fair Carrying

$000's Hierarchy Value Value Hierarchy Value Value

Assets

Investments

1

Level 2 - - Level 2 2,418 2,421

Finance receivables Level 3 4,102,591 4,334,214 Level 3 4,073,977 4,146,821

Total financial assets 4,102,591 4,334,214 4,076,395 4,149,242


Liabilities

Deposits Level 2 4,130,326 4,131,025 Level 2 3,590,918 3,592,508

Other borrowings Level 2 2,496,310 2,496,375 Level 2 2,578,213 2,578,213

Total financial liabilities 6,626,636 6,627,400 6,169,131 6,170,721

1

Included within Investments are bank deposits which are held to support the Group's contractual cash flows. Such investments are measured at

amortised cost.




P. 54

21 Fair value (continued)


(c) Classification of financial instruments


The following tables summarise the categories of financial instruments and the carrying value and fair value of all financial

instruments of the Group:


FVOCI Total

FVOCI Debt Amortised Carrying

$000's Equity Securities FVTPL Cost Value

June 2023


Assets

Cash and cash equivalents - - - 311,503 311,503

Investments 9,665 315,192 5,383 - 330,240

Finance receivables - - - 4,334,214 4,334,214

Finance receivables - reverse mortgages - - 2,403,810 - 2,403,810

Derivative financial instruments - - 36,983 - 36,983

Other financial assets - - - 1,256 1,256

Total financial assets 9,665 315,192 2,446,176 4,646,973 7,418,006


Liabilities

Deposits - - - 4,131,025 4,131,025

Other borrowings - - - 2,496,375 2,496,375

Derivative financial instruments - - 7,624 - 7,624

Other financial liabilities - - - 43,254 43,254

Total financial liabilities - 7,624 6,670,654 6,678,278



June 2022


Assets

Cash and cash equivalents - - - 310,758 310,758

Investments 5,528 271,790 9,555 2,421 289,294

Finance receivables - - - 4,146,821 4,146,821

Finance receivables - reverse mortgages - - 1,996,854 - 1,996,854

Derivative financial instruments - - 45,221 - 45,221

Other financial assets - - - 273 273

Total financial assets 5,528 271,790 2,051,630 4,460,273 6,789,221


Liabilities

Deposits - - - 3,592,508 3,592,508

Other borrowings - - - 2,578,213 2,578,213

Derivative financial instruments - - 6,341 - 6,341

Other financial liabilities - - - 55,538 55,538

Total financial liabilities - - 6,341 6,226,259 6,232,600


P. 55

Risk Management


22 Enterprise risk management program


The board of directors (the Board) sets and monitors the Group’s risk appetite across the primary risk domains of credit, capital,

liquidity, market (including interest rate), operational and compliance and general business risk. Management is, in turn,

responsible for ensuring appropriate structures, policies, procedures and information systems are in place to actively manage

these risk domains, as outlined within the Enterprise Risk Management Framework (ERMF). Collectively, these processes are

known as the Group's Enterprise Risk Management Program (RMP).


Role of the Board and the Board Audit and Risk Committee


The Board, through its Board Audit and Risk Committee (BARC) is responsible for oversight and governance of the development of

the RMP. The role of the BARC includes assisting the Board to formulate its risk appetite and monitoring the effectiveness of the

RMP. BARC’s responsibilities also include:


• Reviewing financial reporting and application of accounting policies as part of the internal control and risk assessment

framework.


• Monitoring the identification, evaluation and management of all significant risks through the Group. This work is supported

by an internal audit programme, which provides an independent assessment of the design, adequacy and effectiveness of

internal controls. The BARC receives regular reports from internal audit.


• Advising the Board on the formulation of the Board's Risk Appetite Statement.


• Reviewing any reports, policies, standards, other risk documents or matters, or minutes which have been prepared by or in

respect of the HGH's Board.


• Monitor material, emerging and strategic risks for the Group and its subsidiaries.


The BARC consists of three non-executive directors. The Chair of the Heartland Bank Limited (HBL) Audit Committee and the Chair

of the HBL Risk Committee, as well as the HGH CEO, the HBL CEO, the Head of Internal Audit and the HGH CFO, each attend BARC

meetings. The BARC undertakes its responsibilities with the assistance of subsidiary Boards and subsidiary Board Committees.


Internal Audit


The Group has an Internal Audit function, the objective of which is to provide independent, objective assurance over the internal

control environment. In certain circumstances, Internal Audit will provide risk and control advice to Management provided the

work does not impede the independence of the Internal Audit function. The function assists the Group in accomplishing its

objectives by bringing a systematic and disciplined approach to evaluate and improve the effectiveness of risk management,

control, and governance processes.


Internal Audit is allowed full, free and unfettered access to any and all of the organisation’s records, personnel and physical

properties deemed necessary to accomplish its activities.


A regular cycle of review has been implemented to cover all areas of the business, focused on assessment, management and

control of risks identified. The audit plan takes into account cyclical review of various business units and operational areas, as

well as identified areas of higher identified risk. The audit methodology is designed to meet the International Standards for the

Professional Practice of Internal Auditing of The Institute of Internal Auditors.


Each audit has specific audit procedures tailored to the area of business that is being reviewed. The audit procedures are updated

during each audit to reflect any process changes. Audit work papers are completed to evidence the testing performed in

accordance with the audit procedures.


P. 56

22 Enterprise risk management program (continued)


Internal Audit (continued)


The Head of Internal Audit has a direct reporting line to the Chair of the BARC. Internal audit has accountability to the BARC. A

schedule of all outstanding internal control issues is maintained and presented to the BARC to assist and track the resolution of

previously identified issues. Any issues raised that are categorised as high risk are specifically reviewed by internal audit during a

follow up review once the issue is considered closed by management. The follow up review is performed with a view to formally

close out the issue.


Executive Risk Committee (ERC)


The ERC comprises the CEO of HBL, CRO of HBL, CFO of HGH, Financial Controller of HBL and Head of Internal Audit. The ERC has

responsibility for overseeing risk aspects including internal control environment to ensure that residual risk is consistent with the

Group’s risk appetite. The ERC generally meets monthly and minutes are made available to the BARC. ERC’s specific

responsibilities include decision making and oversight of operational risk, compliance risk and credit risk.


Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO)


The ALCO is a group management committee comprising the CEO of HBL, CFO of HGH, CRO of HBL, Head of Retail and Financial

Controller of HBL. The ALCO generally meets monthly, and provides reports made available to HBL Audit and Risk Committees and

to the BARC. ALCO's specific responsibilities include decision making and oversight of risk matters in relation to:


• Market risk covering Foreign Exchange Risk and Interest Rate risk (including non-traded interest rate risk and the investment

of capital).


• Liquidity risk (including funding).


• Balance sheet structure.


• Capital management.


Climate-related risks


Climate change risks are managed in accordance with the Group’s RMP and supported by the environmental sustainability

framework.


The Group considers the impact of climate-related risks on its financial position and performance (and in this regard, the Board is

currently in the process of establishing a new Board Committee to assist it in managing its climate related risks). While the effects

of climate change represent a source of uncertainty, the Group has concluded that climate-related risks do not have a material

impact on the judgements, assumptions and estimates for the year ended 30 June 2023.


P. 57

22 Enterprise risk management program (continued)


Operational and compliance risk


Operational and compliance risk is the risk arising from day-to-day operational activities in the execution of the Group's strategy

which may result in direct or indirect loss. Operational and compliance risk losses can occur as a result of fraud, human error,

missing or inadequately designed processes, failed systems, damage to physical assets, improper behaviour or from external

events. The losses range from direct financial losses, to reputational damage, unfavourable media attention, injury to or loss of

staff or clients or as a breach of laws or banking regulations. Where appropriate, risks are mitigated by insurance.


To ensure appropriate responsibility is allocated for the management, reporting and escalation of operational and compliance

risk, the Group operates a “three lines of defence” model which outlines principles for the roles, responsibilities and

accountabilities for operational and compliance risk management:


• The first line of defence is the business line management of the identification, management and mitigation of the risks

associated with the products and processes of the business. This accountability includes regular testing and attestation of the

adequacy and effectiveness of controls and compliance with the Group's policies.


• The second line of defence is the Risk and Compliance function, responsible for the design and ownership of the Operational

Risk Management Framework. It incorporates key processes including Risk and Control Self-Assessment (RCSA), incident

management, independent evaluation of the adequacy and effectiveness of the internal control framework, and the

attestation process.


• The third line of defence is Internal Audit which is responsible for independently assessing how effectively the Group is

managing its risk according to its stated risk appetite.


Market risk


Market risk is the possibility of experiencing losses or gains due to factors affecting the overall performance of financial markets

in which the Group is exposed. The primary market risk exposures for the Group are interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk.

The risk being that market interest rates or foreign exchange rates will change and adversely impact on the Group’s earnings due

to either adverse moves in foreign exchange market rates or in the case of interest rate risks mismatches between repricing dates

of interest-bearing assets and liabilities and/or differences between customer pricing and wholesale rates.


Interest rate risk


Interest rate risk refers to exposure of an entity’s earnings and/or capital because of a mismatch between the interest rate

exposures of its assets and liabilities. Interest rate risk for the Group arises from the provision of non-traded retail banking

products and services and from traded wholesale transactions entered into to reduce aggregate interest rate risk (known as

hedges). This risk arises from four key sources:


• Mismatches between the repricing dates of interest-bearing assets and liabilities (yield curve and repricing risk);


• Banking products repricing differently to changes in wholesale market rates (basis risk);


• Loan prepayment or deposit early withdrawal behaviour from customers that deviates from the expected or contractually

agreed behaviour (optionality risk); and


• The effect of internal or market forces on a bank’s net interest margin where, for example, in a low-rate environment any fall

in rates will further decrease interest income earned on the assets whereas funding cost cannot be reduced as it is already at

the minimum level (margin compression risk).


Refer to Note 25 - Interest rate risk for further details regarding interest rate risk.


P. 58

22 Enterprise risk management program (continued)


Foreign exchange risk


Foreign exchange risk is the risk that the Group’s earnings and shareholder equity position are adversely impacted from changes

in foreign exchange rates. The Group has exposure to foreign exchange translation risks through its Australian subsidiaries (which

have a functional currency of Australian dollars (AUD)), in the forms of profit translation risk and balance sheet translation risk.


Profit translation risk is the risk that deviations in exchange rates have a significant impact on the reported profit. Balance sheet

translation risk is the risk that whilst the foreign currency value of the net investment in a subsidiary may not have changed, when

translated back to the New Zealand dollars (NZD), the NZD value has changed materially due to movements in the exchange rates.

Foreign exchange revaluation gains and losses are booked to the foreign currency translation reserve. Foreign exchange rate

movements in any given year may have an impact on other comprehensive income. The Group manages this risk by setting and

approving the foreign exchange rate for the upcoming financial year and entering into hedging contracts to manage the foreign

exchange translation risks.


Counterparty Credit Risk


The Group has on-going credit exposure associated with:


• Cash and cash equivalents;


• Finance receivables;


• Holding of investment securities; and


• Payments owed to the Group from risk management instruments.


Counterparty credit risk is managed against limits set in the Market Risk Policy including credit exposure on derivative contracts,

bilateral set-off arrangements, cash and cash equivalents and investment securities.


P. 59

23 Credit risk exposure


Credit risk is the risk that a borrower will default on any type of debt by failing to make payments which it is obligated to make.

The risk is primarily that of the lender and includes loss of principal and interest, disruption to cash flows and increased collection

costs.


Credit risk is managed to achieve sustainable risk-reward performance whilst maintaining exposures within acceptable risk

“appetite” parameters. This is achieved through the combination of governance, policies, systems and controls, underpinned by

commercial judgement as described below.


To manage this risk the ERC oversees the formal credit risk management strategy. The ERC reviews the Group's credit risk

exposures typically on a monthly basis. The credit risk management strategies aim to ensure that:


• Credit origination meets agreed levels of credit quality at point of approval;


• Sector concentrations are monitored;


• Maximum total exposure to any one debtor is actively managed;


• Changes to credit risk are actively monitored with regular credit reviews.


The BARC (with the assistance of the HBL Board Risk Committee for New Zealand and the Heartland Australia Group Board for

Australia) also oversees the Group's credit risk exposures to monitor overall risk metrics having regard to risk appetite set by the

Board.


HBL's Board Risk Committee (BRC) has authority for approval of all credit exposures for New Zealand. Lending authority has been

provided by the BRC to HBL's Credit Committee, and to the business units under a detailed Delegated Lending Authority

framework. Application of credit discretions in the business operation are monitored through a defined review and hindsight

structure as outlined in the Credit Risk Oversight Policy. Delegated Lending Authorities are provided to individual officers with

due cognisance of their experience and ability. Larger and higher risk exposures require approval of senior management, the

Credit Committee and ultimately through to HBL's BRC


Heartland Australia Group Board has authority for approval for all credit exposures for Australia.


Reverse mortgage loans and negative equity risk


Reverse mortgage loans are a form of mortgage lending designed for the needs of people over 60 years of age. These loans differ

to conventional mortgages in that they typically are not repaid until the borrower ceases to reside in the property. Further,

interest is not required to be paid, it is capitalised into the loan balance and is repayable on termination of the loan. As such,

there are no incoming cash flows and therefore no default risk to manage during the term of the loan. Negative equity risk arises

from the promise by the Group that the maximum repayment amount is limited to the net sale proceeds of the borrowers'

property.


The Group’s exposure to negative equity risk is managed via lending standards specific for this product. In addition to usual

criteria regarding the type, and location, of security property that the Group will accept for reverse mortgage lending, a key

aspect of the Group's policy is that a borrower’s age on origination of the reverse mortgage loan will dictate the loan-to-value

ratio of the reverse mortgage on origination. New Zealand and Australia reverse mortgage lending standards and operations are

well aligned.


P. 60

23 Credit risk exposure (continued)


Business Finance Guarantee Scheme


In April 2020, HBL along with other registered banks in New Zealand, entered into a Deed of Indemnity with the New Zealand

Government to implement the New Zealand Government's Business Finance Guarantee Scheme (the "Scheme"). The purpose of

the Scheme was to provide short term credit to eligible small and medium size businesses, who had been impacted by the

economic effects of COVID-19. The Scheme allowed banks to lend to a maximum of $5 million for a five-year term. The New

Zealand Government guaranteed 80% of any loss incurred (credit risk) with the Bank holding the remaining 20%. The Scheme

concluded on 30 June 2021. As at 30 June 2023 the Bank had a total exposure of $54.8 million (2022: $64.8 million) to its

customers under this Scheme.


Maximum exposure to credit risk at the relevant reporting dates


The following table represents the maximum credit risk exposure, without taking into account any collateral held. The on balance

sheet exposures set out below are based on net carrying amounts as reported in the consolidated statement of financial position.



$000's June 2023 June 2022

On balance sheet:

Cash and cash equivalents 311,503 310,758

Investments 315,192 274,212

Finance receivables 4,334,214 4,146,821

Finance receivables - reverse mortgages 2,403,810 1,996,854

Derivative financial assets 36,983 45,221

Other financial assets 1,256 273

Total on balance sheet credit exposures 7,402,958 6,774,139


Off balance sheet:

Letters of credit, guarantee commitments and performance bonds 7,378 8,969

Undrawn facilities available to customers 435,314 416,561

Conditional commitments to fund at future dates 24,873 34,791

Total off balance sheet credit exposures 467,565 460,321


Total credit exposures 7,870,523 7,234,460




Concentration of credit risk by geographic region



$000's June 2023 June 2022

New Zealand 5,540,453 5,264,609

Australia 2,115,332 1,809,104

Rest of the world

1

268,004 212,752

7,923,789 7,286,465


Provision for impairment (53,266) (52,005)

Total credit exposures 7,870,523 7,234,460

1

These overseas assets are primarily NZD-denominated investments in AA+ (Standard & Poor's) and higher rated securities issued by offshore

supranational agencies ("Kauri Bonds").




P. 61

23 Credit risk exposure (continued)


Concentration of credit risk by industry sector


The Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification (ANZSIC) codes have been used as the basis for categorising

customer and investee industry sectors.



$000's June 2023 June 2022

Agriculture 1,156,042 1,120,678

Forestry and fishing 130,055 148,797

Mining 8,266 12,524

Manufacturing 80,729 78,432

Finance and insurance 817,864 784,948

Wholesale trade 46,053 41,986

Retail trade and accommodation 402,146 423,975

Households 4,078,270 3,555,566

Other business services 198,377 189,860

Construction 336,333 291,971

Rental, hiring and real estate services 205,079 199,388

Transport and storage 359,865 323,732

Other 104,710 114,608

7,923,789 7,286,465


Provision for impairment (53,266) (52,005)

Total credit exposures 7,870,523 7,234,460


Credit risk grading


The Group's finance receivables are monitored either by account behaviour (Behavioural portfolio) or a regular assessment of

their credit risk grade based on an objective review of defined risk characteristics (Judgemental portfolio).


Finance receivables - reverse mortgages have no arrears characteristics and are assessed on origination against a pre-determined

criteria.


The Judgemental portfolio consists mainly of business and rural lending where an on-going and detailed working relationship with

the customer has been developed while the Behavioural portfolio consists of consumer, retail and smaller business receivables.


Judgemental loans are individually risk graded based on loan status, financial information, security and debt servicing ability.

Exposures in the Judgemental portfolio are credit risk graded by an internal risk grading mechanism where grade 1 is the

strongest risk. Grade 8 and grade 9 are the weakest risk grades where a loss is probable. Behavioural loans are managed based on

their arrears status.


All loans past due but not impaired have been categorised into three impairments stages (see Note 13 – Finance receivables)

which are in most cases based on arrears status. If a Judgemental loan is risk graded 6 or above it will be classified as stage 2 as a

minimum and carry a provision based on lifetime ECL.



P. 62

23 Credit risk exposure (continued)


Credit risk grading (continued)





Collectively Assessed Individually

$000's

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Assessed Total

June 2023


Judgemental portfolio

Grade 1 - Very Strong 25 - - - 25

Grade 2 - Strong 3,658 - - - 3,658

Grade 3 - Sound 41,887 477 - - 42,364

Grade 4 - Adequate 637,993 9,975 3,477 - 651,445

Grade 5 - Acceptable 1,390,926 5,492 602 - 1,397,020

Grade 6 - Monitor - 64,946 6,763 - 71,709

Grade 7 - Substandard - 76,955 13,725 - 90,680

Grade 8 - Doubtful - - - 51,447 51,447

Grade 9 - At risk of loss - - - 1,671 1,671

Total Judgemental portfolio 2,074,489 157,845 24,567 53,118 2,310,019

Total Behavioural portfolio 1,996,109 24,625 56,727 - 2,077,461

Gross finance receivables 4,070,598 182,470 81,294 53,118 4,387,480

Provision for impairment (13,009) (2,463) (21,499) (16,295) (53,266)

Total finance receivables 4,057,589 180,007 59,795 36,823 4,334,214

Undrawn facilities available to customers 57,471 77,150 123,248 - 257,869



June 2022


Judgemental portfolio

Grade 1 - Very Strong 26 - - - 26

Grade 2 - Strong 10,859 - - - 10,859

Grade 3 - Sound 53,756 - - - 53,756

Grade 4 - Adequate 697,590 5,382 1,052 - 704,024

Grade 5 - Acceptable 1,366,680 1,823 53 - 1,368,556

Grade 6 - Monitor - 25,106 2,308 - 27,414

Grade 7 - Substandard - 64,203 4,998 - 69,201

Grade 8 - Doubtful - - - 62,860 62,860

Grade 9 - At risk of loss - - - 3,511 3,511

Total Judgemental portfolio 2,128,911 96,514 8,411 66,371 2,300,207

Total Behavioural portfolio 1,839,006 21,910 37,703 - 1,898,619

Gross finance receivables 3,967,917 118,424 46,114 66,371 4,198,826

Provision for impairment (20,256) (1,958) (14,602) (15,189) (52,005)

Total finance receivables 3,947,661 116,466 31,512 51,182 4,146,821

Undrawn facilities available to customers 63,475 73,175 110,495 - 247,145


P. 63


23 Credit risk exposure (continued)


Collateral held


The Group employs a range of policies and practices to mitigate credit risk and has internal policies on the acceptability of specific

classes of collateral. Collateral is held as security to support credit risk on finance receivables and enforced in satisfying the debt

in the event contractual repayment obligations are not met. The collateral held for mitigating credit risk for the Group’s lending

portfolios is outlined below.


Reverse mortgage and Residential mortgage loans

Reverse mortgage loans are secured by a first mortgage over a residential property which is typically a customer’s primary

residential dwelling, residential investment property or holiday home. Residential mortgage loans are secured by a residential

mortgage over an owner-occupied property located in an approved urban area.


Corporate lending

Business lending including rural lending is typically secured by way of a charge over property and/or specific security agreement

over relevant business assets, and, where considered appropriate, a general security agreement to provide the ability to control

cash flows.


Other lending

Other lending comprises personal loans, primarily motor loans, which are secured by a motor vehicle or a boat; and other shorter

term smaller personal loans which are predominantly unsecured.


The Group analyses the coverage of the loan portfolio which is secured by the collateral it holds.


Coverage is measured by the value of security as a proportion of loan balance outstanding and classified as follows:


Fully secured Greater or equal to 100%

Partially secured 1% - 99.9%

Unsecured No security held


The Group’s loan portfolio have the following coverage from collateral held:


Corporate Residential All other

June 2023


Fully secured 91% 100% 73%

Partially secured 4% - 12%

Unsecured 5% - 15%

Total 100% 100% 100%


June 2022


Fully secured 92% 100% 71%

Partially secured 6% - 14%

Unsecured 2% - 15%

Total 100% 100% 100%


P. 64

24 Liquidity risk


Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its payment obligations as they fall due. The timing mismatch of cash

flows and the related liquidity risk in all banking operations are closely monitored by the Group.


Measurement of liquidity risk is designed to ensure that the Group has the ability to generate or obtain sufficient cash in a timely

manner and at a reasonable price to meet its financial commitments on a daily basis.


The Group’s exposure to liquidity risk is governed by a policy approved by the Board and managed by ALCO. This policy sets out

the nature of the risk which may be taken and aggregate risk limits, which ALCO must observe. Within this, the objective of the

ALCO is to derive the most appropriate strategy for the Group in terms of a mix of assets and liabilities given its expectations of

future cash flows, liquidity constraints and capital adequacy. The ALCO employs asset and liability cash flow modelling to

determine appropriate liquidity and funding strategies.


RBNZ facilities


In March 2020, HBL was onboarded by the RBNZ as an approved counterparty and executed a 2011 Global Master Repo

Agreement providing an additional source for intra-day liquidity for the Group if required.


The Group holds the following liquid assets and committed funding sources for the purpose of managing liquidity risk:



$000's June 2023 June 2022

Cash and cash equivalents 311,503 310,758

Investments in debt securities 315,192 274,212

Total liquid assets 626,695 584,970


Undrawn committed bank facilities 294,042 360,859

Total liquid assets and committed undrawn funding 920,737 945,829





P. 65

24 Liquidity risk (continued)


Contractual liquidity profile of financial liabilities


The following tables present the Group's financial liabilities by relevant maturity groupings based upon contractual maturity date.

The amounts disclosed in the tables represent undiscounted future principal and interest cash flows. As a result, the amounts in

the tables below may differ to the amounts reported on the consolidated statement of financial position.


The contractual cash flows presented below may differ significantly from actual cash flows. This occurs as a result of future

actions by the Group and its counterparties, such as early repayments or refinancing of term loans and borrowings. Deposits and

other public borrowings include customer savings deposits and transactional accounts, which are at call. These accounts provide a

stable source of long term funding for the Group.


On 0-6 6-12 1-2 2-5 5+

$000's Demand Months Months Years Years Years Total

June 2023


Non-derivative financial liabilities

Deposits 782,771 2,313,983 1,015,525 62,618 42,186 - 4,217,083

Other borrowings - 220,675 575,087 918,506 822,614 330,353 2,867,235

Lease liabilities - 1,489 1,501 2,875 7,046 2,731 15,642

Other financial liabilities - 43,254 - - - - 43,254

Total non-derivative financial liabilities 782,771 2,579,401 1,592,113 983,999 871,846 333,084 7,143,214


Derivative financial liabilities

Inflows from derivatives - 3,583 3,552 4,799 13,469 - 25,403

Outflows from derivatives - 6,644 6,796 5,773 13,125 - 32,338

Total derivative financial liabilities - 3,061 3,244 974 (344) - 6,935


Undrawn facilities available to customers 435,314 - - - - - 435,314


June 2022


Non-derivative financial liabilities

Deposits 887,976 2,028,225 561,468 103,192 41,655 - 3,622,516

Other borrowings - 505,191 268,653 702,349 1,160,157 210,428 2,846,778

Lease liabilities - 1,575 1,525 2,616 6,985 4,911 17,612

Other financial liabilities - 55,538 - - - - 55,538

Total non-derivative financial liabilities 887,976 2,590,529 831,646 808,157 1,208,797 215,339 6,542,444


Derivative financial liabilities

Inflows from derivatives - 15,681 1,759 3,505 813 - 21,758

Outflows from derivatives - 14,800 3,227 6,621 839 - 25,487

Total derivative financial liabilities - (881) 1,468 3,116 26 - 3,729


Undrawn facilities available to customers 416,561 - - - - - 416,561


P. 66

25 Interest rate risk


The Group's market risk is derived primarily of exposure to interest rate risk, predominantly from raising funds through

the retail and wholesale deposit market, the debt capital markets and committed and uncommitted bank funding, securitisation

of receivables and offering loan finance products to the commercial and consumer market in New Zealand and Australia.


The Group’s exposure to market risk is governed by a policy approved by the Board and managed by the ALCO. This

policy sets out the nature of risk which may be taken and aggregate risk limits, and the ALCO must conform to this. The objective

of the ALCO is to derive the most appropriate strategy for the Group in terms of the mix of assets and liabilities given its

expectations of the future and the potential consequences of interest rate movements, liquidity constraints and capital

adequacy.


The objective of the Group’s interest rate risk policies is to limit underlying net profit after tax (NPAT) volatility. The

measurement comprises net interest income the Group generates from its interest earning assets and interest bearing

liabilities.


The exposure to net interest income comes from a reduction in margins on interest earning assets or interest bearing liabilities

and is managed when setting rates by taking into consideration wholesale rates, liquidity premiums, as well as appropriate

lending credit margins.


An analysis of the Group’s sensitivity to an increase (+) or decrease (-) in market interest rates by 100 basis points (BP) is

as follows.


An (+)/(-) to market interest rates of 100 BP would result in a $0.12 million (+)/(-) to NPAT (2022: $0.67 million (+)/(-))

with a corresponding impact to equity.


The Group also manages interest rate risk by:


• Monitoring maturity profiles and seeking to match the re-pricing of assets and liabilities;


• Monitoring interest rates daily and regularly (at least monthly) reviewing interest rate exposures; and


• Entering into derivatives to hedge against movements in interest rates.


P. 67

25 Interest rate risk (continued)


Contractual repricing analysis


The interest rate risk profile of financial assets and liabilities that follows has been prepared on the basis of maturity or next

repricing date, whichever is earlier.


Non-

0-3 3-6 6-12 1-2 2+ Interest

$000's Months Months Months Years Years Bearing Total

June 2023


Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents 303,811 - 7,688 - - 4 311,503

Investments 29,828 24,963 37,767 55,460 167,174 15,048 330,240

Derivative financial assets - - - - - 36,983 36,983

Finance receivables 1,891,666 382,923 601,344 767,933 690,348 - 4,334,214

Finance receivables - reverse mortgages 2,403,810 - - - - - 2,403,810

Other financial assets - - - - - 1,256 1,256

Total financial assets 4,629,115 407,886 646,799 823,393 857,522 53,291 7,418,006


Financial liabilities

Deposits 2,259,254 795,536 962,205 59,026 35,216 19,788 4,131,025

Other borrowings 1,918,311 49,598 393,072 - 135,394 - 2,496,375

Derivative financial liabilities - - - - - 7,624 7,624

Lease liabilities - - - - - 14,287 14,287

Other financial liabilities - - - - - 43,254 43,254

Total financial liabilities 4,177,565 845,134 1,355,277 59,026 170,610 84,953 6,692,565

Effect of derivatives held for risk

management

1,084,971 (66,798) (41,181) (556,676) (420,316) - -

Net financial assets/(liabilities) 1,536,521 (504,046) (749,659) 207,691 266,596 (31,662) 725,441




P. 68

25 Interest rate risk (continued)


Contractual repricing analysis (continued)


Non-

0-3 3-6 6-12 1-2 2+ Interest

$000's Months Months Months Years Years Bearing Total

June 2022


Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents 310,749 - - - - 9 310,758

Investments 1,568 854 51,144 91,974 128,672 15,082 289,294

Derivative financial assets - - - - - 45,221 45,221

Finance receivables 1,913,425 284,993 437,200 579,417 931,786 - 4,146,821

Finance receivables - reverse mortgages 1,996,854 - - - - - 1,996,854

Other financial assets - - - - - 273 273

Total financial assets 4,222,596 285,847 488,344 671,391 1,060,458 60,585 6,789,221


Financial liabilities

Deposits 2,197,104 684,378 546,718 99,196 38,325 26,787 3,592,508

Other borrowings 2,325,261 130,873 - 121,191 - 888 2,578,213

Derivative financial liabilities - - - - - 6,341 6,341

Lease liabilities - - - - - 16,240 16,240

Other financial liabilities - - - - - 55,538 55,538

Total financial liabilities 4,522,365 815,251 546,718 220,387 38,325 105,794 6,248,840

Effect of derivatives held for risk

management

986,194 (76,349) (127,004) (309,781) (473,060) - -

Net financial assets/(liabilities) 686,425 (605,753) (185,378) 141,223 549,073 (45,209) 540,381


The tables above illustrate the periods in which the cash flows from interest rate swaps are expected to occur and affect profit or

loss.


P. 69

Other Disclosures


26 Significant subsidiaries

Proportion of ownership

and voting power held


Country of

incorporation

and place of

Significant Subsidiaries business Nature of business June 2023 June 2022

Heartland Bank Limited New Zealand Bank 100% 100%

VPS Properties Limited New Zealand Investment property holding company 100% 100%

Marac Insurance Limited New Zealand Insurance services 100% 100%

Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Limited Australia Financial services 100% 100%

Heartland Australia Group Pty Limited Australia Financial services 100% 100%

Australian Seniors Finance Pty Limited Australia Management services 100% 100%

StockCo Holdings 2 Pty Limited Australia Financial services 100% 100%

StockCo Australia Management Pty Limited Australia Management services 100% 100%


27 Structured entities


A structured entity is one which has been designed such that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who

controls the entity. Structured entities are created to accomplish a narrow and well-defined objective such as the securitisation or

holding of particular assets, or the execution of a specific borrowing or lending transaction. Structured entities are consolidated

where the substance of the relationship is that the Group controls the structured entity.


(a) Heartland Cash and Term PIE Fund (Heartland PIE Fund)


The Group controls the operations of the Heartland PIE Fund which is a portfolio investment entity that invests in the Group's

deposits. Investments of Heartland PIE Fund are represented as follows:



$000's June 2023 June 2022

Deposits 244,258 149,824



(b) Heartland Auto Receivable Warehouse Trust 2018-1 (HARWT)


HARWT securitises motor vehicle loan receivables as a source of funding.


The Group continues to recognise the securitised assets and associated borrowings in the consolidated statement of financial

position as the Group remains exposed to and has the ability to affect variable returns from those assets and liabilities. Although

the Group recognises those interests in HARWT, the loans sold to HARWT are set aside for the benefit of investors in HARWT.

Other depositors and lenders to the Group have no recourse to those assets.



$000's June 2023 June 2022

Cash and cash equivalents 16,874 20,197

Finance receivables 254,735 312,239

Other borrowings (258,256) (315,308)




P. 70

27 Structured entities (continued)


(c) Seniors Warehouse Trust, Seniors Warehouse Trust No.2 (together the SW Trusts) and Australian Seniors Finance

Settlement Trust (ASF Trust)


SW Trusts and ASF Trust (collectively the Trusts) form part of Australian Seniors Finance Pty Limited (ASF) reverse mortgage

business and were set up by ASF as asset holding entities. The Trustee for the Trusts is ASF Custodians Pty Limited, and the Trust

Manager is ASF. The reverse mortgage loans held by the Trusts are set aside for the benefit of the investors in the Trusts. The

balances of SW Trusts and ASF Trust are represented as follows:



$000's June 2023 June 2022

Cash and cash equivalents 29,392 26,003

Finance receivables - reverse mortgages 1,371,110 1,136,644

Other borrowings (1,124,835) (902,155)


(d) Atlas 2020-1 Trust (Atlas Trust)


Atlas Trust was set up on 11 September 2020 as part of ASF's reverse mortgage business similar to the existing SW Trusts and ASF

Trust. The Trustee for the Trust is BNY Trust Company of Australia Limited and the Trust Manager is ASF. The balances of Atlas

Trust are represented as follows:



$000's June 2023 June 2022

Cash and cash equivalents 11,684 15,774

Finance receivables - reverse mortgages 144,099 138,950

Other borrowings (143,353) (145,219)


(e) StockCo Securitisation Trust 2022-1


StockCo Securitisation Trust 2022-1 was set up on 31 May 2022 as part of StockCo Australia's livestock business. The Trustee for

the Trust is AMAL Trustees Pty Limited and the Trust Manager is AMAL Management Services Pty Limited. The balances of

StockCo Securitisation Trust 2022-1 are represented as follows:



$000's June 2023 June 2022

Cash and cash equivalents 39,089 15,007

Finance receivables 365,130 354,901

Other borrowings (365,823) (311,415)


P. 71

28 Staff share ownership arrangements


The Group operates a number of share-based compensation plans that are equity settled. The fair value determined at the grant

date is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of equity instruments that will

eventually vest, with a corresponding increase in equity. At the end of each reporting period the Group revises its estimate of the

number of equity instruments expected to vest. The impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognised in profit

or loss such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to the employee benefits

reserve.


(a) Share-based compensation plan details


Heartland performance rights plan (PR plan)


The PR plan was established to enhance the alignment of participants' interests with those of the Group’s shareholders. Under

the PR plan participants are issued performance rights which will entitle them to receive shares in the Group. As at June 2023,

there were 5 active tranches being 2023, 2024 (CEOs), 2024 (non-CEOs), 2025 (CEOs) and 2025 (non-CEOs). All tranches are

subject to the existing rules of the PR plan.


PR Plan 2017 Tranche and PR Plan 2018 Tranche (collectively the Legacy Tranches) and PR Plan 2022 Tranche (PR plan 2022) fully

vested in September 2022 as per the original expectation and on the basis that the Group achieved its financial measures,

strategic objectives and culture and conduct objectives over the period commencing 1 July 2019 and ending on 30 June 2022. On

vesting, 2,250,625 performance rights were converted into ordinary shares, contributing a $1,170,325 decrease in the Employee

benefits reserve.


PR Plan 2023 Tranche (PR plan 2023) and PR Plan 2024 (CEOs) Tranche (PR plan 2024 (CEOs))


The performance rights were issued subject to the participants’ continued employment with the Group until the measurement

date and the Group achieving its financial measures, strategic objectives and culture and conduct objectives, over the period

commencing 1 July 2020 and ending on 30 June 2023. The targets are dynamic and may be adjusted by the Board from time to

time in order to account for unanticipated capital changes during the performance period. The measurement date is the business

day following the date on which the Group announces its full year results for the financial year ended 2023.


PR plan 2024 (CEOs) includes the performance rights originally issued to the CEOs under the PR plan 2023 but whose

measurement period was subsequently modified to be from 1 July 2020 to 30 June 2024. There have been no other changes in

plan terms or rules.


PR Plan 2024 (non-CEOs) Tranche (PR plan 2024 (non-CEOs)) and PR Plan 2025 (CEOs) Tranche (PR plan 2025 (CEOs))


PR plan 2024 (non-CEOs) and PR plan 2025 (CEOs) were issued for period commencing 1 July 2021 and ending on 30 June 2024

and 30 June 2025 respectively. The tranche rules have been aligned with PR plan 2023 and PR plan 2024 (CEOs). Measures are

tested on the business day after the announcement of full year results for the financial years ended 30 June 2024 and 30 June

2025 respectively.


PR Plan 2025 (non-CEOs) Tranche (PR plan 2025 (non-CEOs))


PR plan 2025 (non-CEOs) was issued for the period commencing 1 July 2022 and ending on 30 June 2025. The tranche rules have

been aligned with PR plan 2023 and PR plan 2024 (non-CEOs). Measures are tested on the business day after the announcement

of full year results for the financial year ended 30 June 2025.


P. 72

28 Staff share ownership arrangements (continued)


(a) Share-based compensation plan details (continued)


June 2023 June 2022

PR Plan PR Plan

Number of Number of

Rights Rights

Opening balance 8,801,096 7,742,276

Vested (2,250,625) -

Issued 1,717,909 2,454,395

Forfeited (414,740) (1,395,575)

Closing balance 7,853,640 8,801,096


(b) Effect of share-based payment transactions



$000's June 2023 June 2022

Award of Shares

PR Plan 105 1,915

Total expense recognised 105 1,915


As at 30 June 2023, $2.2 million of the share scheme awards remain unvested and not expensed (2022: $3.1 million). This expense

will be recognised over the performance period of the awards.


(c) Number of rights outstanding


June 2023 June 2022

Rights Remaining Rights Remaining

Outstanding Years Outstanding Years

PR Plan - 2017 - - 1,543 -

PR Plan - 2018 - - 139 -

PR Plan - 2022 - - 568 -

PR Plan - 2023 1,275 - 4,096 1

PR Plan - 2024 3,548 1 922 2

PR Plan - 2025 3,031 2 1,533 3

Total 7,854 8,801


P. 73

29 Securitisation, funds management and other fiduciary activities


Funds management and other fiduciary activities


The Group, through Heartland PIE Fund Limited, controls, manages and administers the Heartland PIE Fund and its products

(Heartland Call PIE and Heartland Term Deposit PIE). Refer to Note 27 - Structured entities has further details. The Heartland PIE

Fund deals with HBL in the normal course of business, in the HBL's capacity as Registrar of the Fund and also invests in HBL's

deposits. The Group is considered to control the Heartland PIE Fund, and as such the Heartland PIE Fund is consolidated within

the financial statements of the Group.


30 Concentrations of funding


(a) Concentration of funding by industry


The Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification (ANZSIC) codes have been used as the basis for categorising

customer and investee industry sectors.



$000's June 2023 June 2022

Agriculture 113,341 113,848

Forestry and fishing 21,944 14,391

Mining 291 1,524

Manufacturing 19,185 18,643

Finance and insurance 2,627,218 2,420,850

Wholesale trade 7,634 5,854

Retail trade and accommodation 25,136 19,491

Households 3,215,828 2,754,452

Rental, hiring and real estate services 59,720 43,797

Construction 36,868 28,449

Other business services 66,763 66,731

Transport and storage 7,807 4,598

Other 40,183 41,686

Total 6,241,918 5,534,314


Unsubordinated notes 385,482 636,407

Total borrowings 6,627,400 6,170,721



(b) Concentration of funding by geographical area



$000's June 2023 June 2022

New Zealand 4,634,934 4,410,372

Overseas 1,992,466 1,760,349

Total borrowings 6,627,400 6,170,721


P. 74

31 Offsetting financial instruments


The Group offsets financial assets and financial liabilities and reports the net balance in the balance sheet where there is currently

a legally enforceable right to set off and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or to realise the asset and settle the liability

simultaneously.


The Group enters into contractual arrangements with counterparties to manage the credit risks associated primarily with over-

the-counter derivatives. The Group has entered into credit support annexes (CSAs) which form a part of International Swaps and

Derivatives Association (ISDA) Master Agreement, in respect of certain exposures relating to derivative transactions. As per these

CSAs, the Group or the counterparty needs to collateralise the market value of outstanding derivative transactions. As at 30 June

2023, the Group has received $27.61 million of cash collateral (2022: $32.34 million) against derivative assets. Cash collateral

includes amounts of cash obtained to cover the net exposure between the counterparty in the event of default or insolvency. The

cash collateral received is not netted off against the balance of derivative assets disclosed in the consolidated statement of

financial position; and is disclosed within trade and other payables.


The following table sets out financial assets and financial liabilities which have not been offset but are subject to enforceable

master netting agreements (or similar arrangements) and the related amounts not offset in the balance sheet. Financial

instruments refer to amounts that are subject to relevant close out netting arrangements under a relevant ISDA agreement. ISDA

and similar master netting arrangements do not meet the criteria for offsetting in the statement of financial position because

under such agreements the counterparties typically have the right to offset only following an event of default, insolvency or

bankruptcy or following other pre-determined events.


Effects of offsetting on the balance sheet Related amounts not offset




Gross amount

set off in

balance sheet

Net amounts

reported in the

balance sheet

Financial

instruments

Cash


Gross

collateral

Net

amount $000's

amounts

received

June 2023


Derivative financial assets 36,983 - 36,983 (7,624) (27,609) 1,750

Total financial assets 36,983 - 36,983 (7,624) (27,609) 1,750


Derivative financial liabilities 7,624 - 7,624 (7,624) - -

Total financial liabilities 7,624 - 7,624 (7,624) - -


June 2022



Derivative financial assets 45,221 - 45,221 (6,341) (32,342) 6,538

Total financial assets 45,221 - 45,221 (6,341) (32,342) 6,538


Derivative financial liabilities 6,341 - 6,341 (6,341) - -

Total financial liabilities 6,341 - 6,341 (6,341) - -


P. 75

32 Contingent liabilities and commitments


The Group in the ordinary course of business will be subject to claims and proceedings against it whereby the validity of the claim

will only be confirmed by uncertain future events. In such circumstances the contingent liabilities are possible obligations, or

present obligations if known, where the transfer of economic benefit is uncertain or cannot be reliably measured. Contingent

liabilities are not recognised, but are disclosed, unless they are remote. Where some loss is probable, provisions have been made

on a case by case basis.


Contingent liabilities and credit related commitments arising in respect of the Group's operations were:



$000's June 2023 June 2022

Letters of credit, guarantee commitments and performance bonds 7,378 8,969

Total contingent liabilities 7,378 8,969


Undrawn facilities available to customers 435,314 416,561

Conditional commitments to fund at future dates 24,873 34,791

Total commitments 460,187 451,352



33 Events after reporting date


The Group approved a fully imputed final dividend of 6 cents per share on 28 August 2023.


There were no other events subsequent to the reporting period which would materially affect the consolidated financial

statements.



PricewaterhouseCoopers, PwC Tower, 15 Customs Street West, Private Bag 92162, Auckland 1142 New Zealand

T: +64 9 355 8000, www.pwc.co.nz

Independent auditor’s report

To the shareholders of Heartland Group Holdings Limited

Our opinion

In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements of Heartland Group Holdings Limited (the

Company), including its subsidiaries (the Group), present fairly, in all material respects, the financial

position of the Group as at 30 June 2023, its financial performance and its cash flows for the year then

ended in accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards

(NZ IFRS) and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).

What we have audited

The Group's financial statements comprise:

● the consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 June 2023;

● the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended;

● the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year then ended;

● the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended; and

● the notes to the financial statements, which include significant accounting policies and other

explanatory information.


Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand) (ISAs

(NZ)) and International Standards on Auditing (ISAs). Our responsibilities under those standards are

further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our

report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis

for our opinion.

Independence

We are independent of the Group in accordance with Professional and Ethical Standard 1 International

Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners (including International Independence Standards) (New

Zealand) (PES 1) issued by the New Zealand Auditing and Assurance Standards Board and the

International Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence

Standards) issued by the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants (IESBA Code), and we

have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

Our firm carries out other services for the Group. These services are audit and assurance related

services comprising: assurance over financial service license compliance, insurance solvency, trust

deed reporting, supervisor reporting and registry audits, regulatory reporting, agreed upon procedures

and other services. Other services are actuarial services for reverse mortgages for the Group

(completed prior to our appointment as auditor), tax compliance services for a subsidiary of the Group

and the provision of an executive reward survey report. In addition, certain partners and employees of

our firm may deal with the Group on normal terms within the ordinary course of trading activities of the

Group. The provision of these other services and relationships have not impaired our independence as

auditor of the Group.

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in

our audit of the financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context

of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not

provide a separate opinion on these matters.




PwC 77


Description of the key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Provision for impairment of finance

receivables

As disclosed in note 13 of the financial

statements, the impairment allowance

totalled $53.3 million at 30 June 2023.

For the determination of the collectively

assessed impairment allowance, this

requires the use of credit risk

methodologies that are applied in models

using the Group’s historical experience of

the correlations between defaults and

losses, borrower creditworthiness,

segmentation of customers or portfolios

and economic conditions. The

assumptions we focused our audit on

included those with greater levels of

management judgement and for which

variations have the most significant

impact on the impairment allowance.

For finance receivables that meet specific

risk based criteria, the impairment

all owance is individually assessed by the

Group. These allowances are measured

using probability weighted scenarios

which are intended to reflect a range of

reasonably possible outcomes, and

incorporate assumptions such as

estimated future cash proceeds expected

to be recovered from the realisation of

security held as collateral by the Group.

We considered this a key audit matter due

to the significant audit effort required and

the inherent estimation uncertainty

present in its determination, which is due

to the subjectivity and extent of judgement

used by the Group in the impairment

allowance recognition and measurement.



We obtained an understanding of control activities

over the Group’s impairment allowance, and for

relevant control activities assessed whether they are

appropriately designed. For controls relevant to our

planned audit approach we tested, on a sample basis,

whether they operated effectively, throughout the

financial year.

In addition, we, along with our credit risk modelling

expert, performed the following procedures, amongst

others, on a targeted or sample basis, to assess the

reasonableness of the Group’s collective allowance

for impairment:

● Assessed the appropriateness of the methodology

inherent in the models used against the

requirements of NZ IFRS 9 Financial Instruments;

● Challenged and assessed the appropriateness of

the collective allowance for impairment inclusive of

the impacts of any post model adjustments;

● We challenged management’s modelling outcomes

using a range of what we consider reasonably

possible assumptions to assess the collective

impairment allowance; and

● Tested the completeness and accuracy of critical

data elements used in the calculations.

With respect to individually assessed allowances we:

● For a sample of business and rural loans not

identified as impaired, considered the borrowers

latest financial information provided to the Group to

assess the credit risk grade rating allocated to the

borrower to assess whether the borrower has had

a significant increase in credit risk, a critical data

element which involves significant management

judgement;

● For loans where an impairment was individually

assessed, we considered the borrower's latest

financial information, value of security held as

collateral and probability weighted scenario

outcomes (where applicable) to test the basis of

measuring the impairment allowance.

We also considered the impacts of events occurring

subsequent to balance date on the impairment

allowances.

Where applicable, we considered the competency,

capabilities, objectivity and nature of the work of

certain experts used by the Group to assist in

determining the individual impairment allowance.




PwC 78


Description of the key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter

We also assessed the reasonableness of the

disclosures against the requirements of the

accounting standards.

Fair value of finance receivables -

reverse mortgages

The Group’s fair value of finance

receivables – reverse mortgages

(“Reverse mortgages”) totalled $2.4 billion

at 30 June 2023 as disclosed in note 21

of the financial statements. Reverse

mortgages are held at fair value through

profit or loss.

The fair value of reverse mortgages is

subject to significant judgement and is

highly complex. In addition, the current

impacts of rising interest rates and

declining house prices, combined with the

economic outlook, increases the

possibility of increasing outflows under

the no negative equity guarantee provided

by the Group to the borrower.

Accordingly, we consider this to be a key

audit matter.

The Group records the estimated fair

value of the reverse mortgages at

transaction price on the basis no reliable

fair value can be estimated as there is no

relevant active market and fair value

cannot be reliably estimated using other

valuation techniques under NZ IFRS 13

Fair Value Measurement (NZ IFRS 13).

To assess whether the transaction price

remains an appropriate proxy for fair

value, the Group considers the impact on

future discounted cash flows of changes

in the risk profile and expectations of

performance since loan origination.

Specifically considering changes in

mortality and potential move into care,

voluntary exits, house prices, likelihood of

cash outflows under the no negative

equity guarantee and interest rate

margins.

Our audit procedures included assessing the design

and implementation of controls relating to the Group’s

assessment of the fair value of reverse mortgages.

In addition, our audit procedures included:

● Assessing the reasonableness of the Group’s

approach to estimating the fair value based on the

transaction cost against the requirements of NZ

IFRS 13;

● Assessing whether there was evidence of a

relevant active market or observable inputs in

which to establish fair value using a market

approach;

● Engaging our internal actuarial experts to

independently estimate the value of discounted

future cash flows from the reverse mortgages,

including any expected outflows under the no

negative equity guarantee and comparing this to

the transaction cost of reverse mortgages (carrying

value) to assess any potential shortfall (a shortfall

would indicate the transaction value was

overstated);

● Tested the completeness and accuracy of a

sample of critical data elements used as inputs to

our internal actuarial expert assessment of the

value of discounted future cash flows;

● Assessed the reasonableness of key assumptions

(such as future house prices, voluntary exits,

interest rate margins, future interest rates) used by

our internal actuarial expert in their assessment of

the value of discounted future cash flows; and

● Considered the appropriateness of the disclosures

in note 21 of the financial statements against the

requirements of the accounting standards.




PwC 79


Description of the key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter

StockCo AU Group goodwill

impairment assessment

The carrying amount of the StockCo AU

Group cash generating unit goodwill as at

30 June 2023 as disclosed in note 18 of

the financial statements amounted to

$139.3 million.

The carrying value of goodwill is a key

audit matter as it is a significant amount in

the Group’s consolidated statement of

financial position and the estimate of the

recoverable amount is dependent on

future cash flows.

The Group used the Fair Value Less

Costs of Disposal (FVLCD) methodology

to determine the recoverable amount of

the StockCo AU Group cash generating

unit. The forecasts in the impairment

model prepared by the Group are based

on the Group’s strategy, some elements

of which would be excluded under a

Value In Use (VIU) methodology under

NZ IAS 36 Impairment of assets (NZ IAS

36).

The future cash flows in the FVLCD

model were prepared based on the Board

approved four year forecast cash flows.

The key drivers and assumptions used in

the impairment model are the following:

● Annual lending growth;

● Gross interest income (including

interest yield);

● Cost of funds;

● Discount rate; and

● Terminal growth rate.

Reasonably possible changes in key

assumptions that could result in an

impairment are disclosed in note 18 of the

financial statements.

We obtained the impairment assessment prepared by

management which had been independently reviewed

by management’s external experts.

We held discussions with management to understand

the assumptions used in the goodwill impairment

assessment. We gained an understanding of the

current and forecast outlook and the strategic direction

of the business.

Our audit procedures also included the following:

● Obtaining an understanding of the business

processes and controls applied by management in

performing the impairment assessment;

● Assessing the appropriateness of using a FVLCD

approach against the requirements of NZ IAS 36;

● Understanding key changes in the forecasts used

in the impairment assessment compared to the

forecasts used in the acquisition model when the

business was acquired in the prior year;

● Challenging management on the reasonableness

of key cash flow assumptions, including

movements in annual lending growth, gross

interest income (including interest yield) and cost

of funds;

● Testing the mathematical accuracy of the

impairment assessment;

● Engaging our internal valuation expert to assess

management’s valuation methodology and key

assumptions, including the discount rate, terminal

growth rate and reasonableness of the costs of

disposal;

● Obtained and evaluated management’s sensitivity

analyses to ascertain the impact of reasonably

possible changes; and

● Considered the appropriateness of the disclosures

in note 18 of the financial statements against the

requirements of the accounting standards.




PwC 80


Description of the key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Operation of financial reporting

information technology (IT) systems

and controls

The Group’s operations and financial

reporting processes are heavily

dependent on IT systems for the capture,

processing, storage and extraction of

significant volumes of transactions which

is critical to the recording of financial

information and the preparation of the

Group’s financial statements. Accordingly,

we consider this to be a key audit matter.

In common with all other groups with a

banking subsidiary, access management

controls are important to ensure both

access and changes made to applications

and data are appropriate. Ensuring that

only appropriate staff have access to IT

systems, that the level of access itself is

appropriate, and that access is

periodically monitored, are key controls in

mitigating the potential for fraud or error

as a result of a change to an application

or underlying data.

The Group’s controls over IT systems are

intended to ensure that:

● changes to existing systems operate

as intended and are authorised;

● access to process transactions or

change data is appropriate and

maintains an intended segregation of

duties;

● the use of privileged access to

systems and data is restricted and

monitored; and

● IT processing is approved and where

issues arise they are resolved.

For material financial statement transactions and

balances, our procedures included obtaining an

understanding of the business processes, IT systems

used to generate and support those transactions and

balances, associated IT application controls, and IT

dependencies in manual controls.

This involved assessing, where relevant to the audit:

● change management: the processes and controls

used to develop, test and authorise changes to the

functionality and configurations within systems;

● security: the access controls designed to enforce

segregation of duties, govern the use of generic

and privileged accounts, or ensure that data is only

changed through authorised means; and

● IT operations: the controls over certain IT batch

processes used to ensure that any issues that

arise are managed appropriately.

Where relevant to our planned audit approach, we,

along with our IT specialists, evaluated and tested the

design and operating effectiveness of certain controls

over the continued integrity of IT systems that are

rel evant to financial reporting.

We also carried out tests, on a sample basis, of IT

application controls that were key to our audit testing

strategy in order to assess the accuracy of relevant

system calculations, automated controls and the

operation of certain system enforced access controls.

Where we identified design or operating effectiveness

matters relating to IT systems and application controls

relevant to our audit, we performed alternative or

additional audit procedures.




PwC 81


Our audit approach

Overview


Overall group materiality: $6.6 million, which represents

approximately 5% of profit before tax.

We chose profit before tax as the benchmark because, in our view, it

is the benchmark against which the performance of the Group is

most commonly measured by users, and is a generally accepted

benchmark.

Following our assessment of the risk of material misstatement, full

scope audits were conducted over the most financially significant

operations, being the Heartland Bank Limited Banking Group and

Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Limited. Specified audit and

analytical review procedures were performed over the remaining

operations.

As reported above, we have four key audit matters, being:

● Provision for impairment of finance receivables

● Fair value of finance receivables - reverse mortgages

● StockCo AU Group goodwill impairment assessment

● Operation of financial reporting information technology (IT)

systems and controls

As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material

misstatement in the financial statements. In particular, we considered where management made

subjective judgements; for example, in respect of significant accounting estimates that involved

making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. As in all of our audits,

we also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including among other

matters, consideration of whether there was evidence of bias that represented a risk of material

misstatement due to fraud.

Materiality

The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. An audit is designed to obtain

reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

Misstatements may arise due to fraud or error. They are considered material if, individually or in

aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on

the basis of the financial statements.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined certain quantitative thresholds for materiality,

including the overall Group materiality for the financial statements as a whole as set out above. These,

together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit, the nature,

timing and extent of our audit procedures and to evaluate the effect of misstatements, both individually

and in aggregate, on the financial statements as a whole.

How we tailored our group audit scope

We tailored the scope of our audit in order to perform sufficient work to enable us to provide an opinion

on the financial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the Group, the accounting

processes and controls, and the industry in which the Group operates.

The scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of audit procedures performed were

determined by our risk assessment, the financial significance of components and other qualitative

factors (including history of misstatement through fraud or error).




PwC 82


We performed audit procedures over components considered financially significant in the context of

the Group (full scope audit) or in the context of individual primary statement account balances (audit of

specific account balances). We performed other procedures including testing entity level controls,

audit of specific financially significant financial statement line items and analytical review procedures to

address the risk of material misstatement in the residual components.

Other information

The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the

information included in the Annual Report, but does not include the financial statements and our

auditor's report thereon. The Annual Report is expected to be made available to us after the date of

this auditor's report.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and we will not express

any form of audit opinion or assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other

information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the

financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially

misstated.

When we read the other information not yet received, if we conclude that there is a material

misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the matter to the Directors and use our

professional judgement to determine the appropriate action to take.

Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements

The Directors are responsible, on behalf of the Company, for the preparation and fair presentation of

the financial statements in accordance with NZ IFRS and IFRS, and for such internal control as the

Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from

material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to

continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the

going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease

operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements, as a whole,

are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that

includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that

an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (NZ) and ISAs will always detect a material misstatement

when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually

or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users

taken on the basis of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located at the

External Reporting Board’s website at:

https://www.xrb.govt.nz/assurance-standards/auditors-responsibilities/audit-report-1/

This description forms part of our auditor’s report.




PwC 83


Who we report to

This report is made solely to the Company’s shareholders, as a body. Our audit work has been

undertaken so that we might state those matters which we are required to state to them in an auditor’s

report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume

responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s shareholders, as a body, for our

audit work, for this report or for the opinions we have formed.


The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditor’s report is Karen Shires.


For and on behalf of:







Chartered Accountants Auckland

28 August 2023

---

Disclosure Statement
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Contents
Page

General Information........................................................................................................................................................... 1

Priority of Creditors’ Claims............................................................................................................................................. 1

Guarantee Arrangements................................................................................................................................................... 1

Auditor.................................................................................................................................................................................. 1

Directors............................................................................................................................................................................... 2

Directors’ Statements......................................................................................................................................................... 4

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income...................................................................................................... 5

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity................................................................................................................ 6

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position............................................................................................................... 7

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows............................................................................................................................ 8

Notes to the Financial Statements

1 Financial statements preparation........................................................................................................................ 11

Performance

2 Segmental analysis................................................................................................................................................. 16

3 Net interest income................................................................................................................................................ 17

4 Net operating lease income................................................................................................................................... 18

5 Other income........................................................................................................................................................... 19

6 Operating expenses................................................................................................................................................. 20

7 Compensation of auditor....................................................................................................................................... 21

8 Impaired asset expense.......................................................................................................................................... 22

9 Taxation.................................................................................................................................................................... 22

Financial Position

10 Investments............................................................................................................................................................ 24

11 Derivative financial instruments.......................................................................................................................... 25

12 Finance receivables................................................................................................................................................ 30

13 Operating lease vehicles........................................................................................................................................ 31

14 Borrowings.............................................................................................................................................................. 31

15 Share capital and dividends.................................................................................................................................. 32

16 Other reserves........................................................................................................................................................ 33

17 Other balance sheet items.................................................................................................................................... 33

18 Related party transactions and balances............................................................................................................ 36

19 Fair value................................................................................................................................................................. 38

Risk Management

20 Enterprise risk management................................................................................................................................. 44

21 Credit risk exposure............................................................................................................................................... 48

22 Asset quality............................................................................................................................................................ 53

23 Liquidity risk............................................................................................................................................................ 61

24 Interest rate risk..................................................................................................................................................... 63

25 Concentrations of funding.................................................................................................................................... 65

Other Disclosures

26 Significant subsidiaries.......................................................................................................................................... 67

27 Structured Entities................................................................................................................................................. 67

28 Capital adequacy.................................................................................................................................................... 68

29 Securitisation, funds management, other fiduciary activities....................................................................... 75

30 Offsetting financial instruments......................................................................................................................... 77

31 Contingent liabilities and commitments............................................................................................................ 78

32 Events after reporting date.................................................................................................................................. 78

Auditor’s Reports.................................................................................................................................................................. 79

Historical Summary of the Financial Statements............................................................................................................ 90

Amendments to Conditions of Registration.................................................................................................................... 91

Conditions of Registration................................................................................................................................................. 92

Conditions of Registration Non-Compliance................................................................................................................... 98

Pending Proceedings.......................................................................................................................................................... 98

Credit Ratings...................................................................................................................................................................... 99

Other Material Matters...................................................................................................................................................... 99

P. 1
General Information

This Disclosure Statement has been issued by Heartland Bank Limited (HBL or the Bank) and its subsidiaries (the Banking Group)

for the year ended 30 June 2023 in accordance with the Registered Bank Disclosure Statements (New Zealand Incorporated

Registered Banks) Order 2014 (as amended) (the Order). The financial statements of the Banking Group for the year ended 30

June 2023 form part of, and should be read in conjunction with, this Disclosure Statement.

Words and phrases defined by the Order have the same meanings when used in this Disclosure Statement.

Name and address for service

The name of the Registered Bank is Heartland Bank Limited.

The Banking Group consists of the Bank and all of its subsidiaries.

The Bank's address for service is Level 3, 35 Teed Street, Newmarket, Auckland 1023.

The address for service of the ultimate parent, Heartland Group Holdings Limited (HGH), is Level 3, 35 Teed Street, Newmarket,

Auckland 1023.

Details of incorporation

The Bank was incorporated under the Companies Act 1993 on 30 September 2010.

Interests in 5% or more of voting securities of the Bank

Name Percentage held

Heartland Group Holdings Limited 100%

Heartland Group Holdings Limited has the ability to appoint 100% of Directors, subject to Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ)

restrictions and RBNZ Director approval.

Priority of Creditors' Claims

In the event of the Bank becoming insolvent or ceasing business, certain claims set out in legislation are paid in priority to others.

These claims include secured creditors, taxes, certain payments to employees and any liquidator’s costs. After payment of those

creditors, the claims of all other creditors are unsecured and would rank equally, with the exception of holders of subordinated

bonds and notes which rank below all other claims.

Guarantee Arrangements

As at the date this Disclosure Statement was signed, no material obligations of the Bank were guaranteed.

Auditor

PricewaterhouseCoopers

PwC Tower, Level 27

15 Customs Street West

Auckland 1010

P. 2
Directors

All Directors of the Bank reside in New Zealand. Communications to the Directors can be sent to Heartland Bank Limited, Level 3,

35 Teed Street, Newmarket, Auckland 1023.

On 8 November 2022, Simon Tyler was appointed as Director. Geoffrey Ricketts ceased directorship on 13 March 2023.

There have been no other changes in the composition of the Board of Directors of the Bank for the year ended 30 June 2023.

The Directors of the Bank and their details at the time this Disclosure Statement was signed were:

Chairman – Board of Directors

Name: Bruce Robertson Irvine Qualifications: BCom, LLB, FCA, CFInstD

Type of Director: Independent Non-Executive Director Occupation: Company Director

External Directorships:

Air Rarotonga Limited, Amaia Day Spa (Tonga) Limited, Amaia Luxury Spa Limited, B R Irvine Limited, Blackbyre Horticulture

Limited, Bowdens Mart Limited, MG Sustainable Operations Limited, Chambers @151 Limited, Clipper Investments (2002)

Limited, Cockerill and Campbell (2007) Limited, Embassy Hotels Limited, GZ Capital Limited, GZ NZ Limited, GZ RES Limited,

Hansons Lane International Holdings Limited, Hawling Holdings Limited, House of Travel Holdings Limited, J.S. Ewers Limited,

Kaipaki Holdings Limited, Kaipaki Properties Limited, Lake Angelus Holdings Limited, Lamanna Bananas (NZ) Limited, Lamanna

Premier Group Pty Limited, Lamanna Limited, Market Fresh Wholesale Limited, Market Gardeners Limited, MG Group Holdings

Limited, MG Marketing Limited, MG New Zealand Limited, Monarch Hotels Limited, Noblesse Oblige Limited, Paradise Islands

Limited, Phimai Holdings Limited, Quitachi Limited, Scenic Hotels (Karapiro) Limited, Scenic Hotels (Hamilton) Limited, Scenic

Circle Convention Services Limited, Scenic Hotel (Haast) Limited, Scenic Circle (Napier) Limited, Scenic Hotel Group Limited, Scenic

Hotels (Ashburton) Limited, Scenic Hotels (International) Limited, Scenic Circle MLC Café & Bar Limited, Skope Industries Limited,

Southland Produce Markets Limited, Stark Holdings (NZ) Limited, Wavell Resources Limited, Scenic Circle (Rotorua) Limited, Scenic

Circle (Queenstown) Limited, Scenic Hotels Limited, Abalon Investments Limited, Airedale Developments (Auckland) Limited,

Scenic Hotels (Tonga) Limited, Waiho Investments Limited, Scenic Circle Hotels Management Services Limited, Scenic Hotel

Collection New Zealand Limited, Scenic Hotels (Auckland) Limited, Scenic Hotels (Niue) Limited, Scenic Hotels (Kaikoura) Limited,

Heartland Hotels Limited, Scenic (Franz Josef) Limited, Scenic Circle (Airedale) Limited, Scenic Circle (Bay Of Islands) Limited,

Platinum Hotels Limited, Scenic Aviation Limited, Scenic Circle (Bay Of Plenty) Limited, Scenic Circle (Blenheim) Limited, Karma

Finance Limited, Scenic Circle Hotels (Dunedin) Limited, Refined Hotels Limited, Scenic Hospitality Services Limited, Scenic Circle

Glacier Country Hotel Limited, Scenic Circle (North Island) Limited, Scenic Hotels Technology Limited, Scenic Circle (Rotorua Lakes)

Limited, Ezibed (2022) Limited, Mainstay International Hotels (NZ)(2022) Limited, Mainstay International Hotels (2022) Limited,

Mitchell Corp New Zealand (2022) Limited, Te Kaikoura Investments Limited, MLC Scenic Limited, Wagstaff Holdings Limited,

Heartland PIE Fund Limited, Scenic Hotel Punakaiki Limited, Golden Chain (NZ) (2022) Limited, Sproule Ft Leinster Limited, Sproule

Ft Prestons Limited, Southern Paprika Limited, Premier Fresh Australia Pty Ltd.

Name: Jeffrey Kenneth Greenslade Qualifications: LLB

Type of Director: Non-Independent Non-Executive Director Occupation: Chief Executive Officer of Heartland Group Holdings

External Directorships:

Heartland Australia Group Pty Limited, Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Limited, Australian Seniors Finance Pty Limited, ASF

Custodians Pty Limited, Heartland Group Holdings Limited, Henley Family Investments Limited, StockCo Holdings 2 Pty Limited,

StockCo Australia Management Pty Limited.

Name: Edward John Harvey Qualifications: BCom, CA, CFInstD

Type of Director: Independent Non-Executive Director Occupation: Company Director

External Directorships:

Napier Port Holdings Limited, Pomare Investments Limited, Port of Napier Limited.

Name: Kathryn Mitchell Qualifications: BA, CMInstD

Type of Director: Independent Non-Executive Director Occupation: Company Director

External Directorships:

Chambers@151 Limited, Christchurch International Airport Limited, Farmright Limited, Firsttrax Limited, Helpings Hands Holdings

Limited, Link Engine Management Limited, Morrison Horgan Limited, The New Zealand Merino Company Limited, Heartland

Group Holdings Limited, The A2 Milk Company Limited.

P. 3
Directors (continued)

Name: Shelley Maree Ruha Qualifications: BCom, DipBank

Type of Director: Independent Non-Executive Director Occupation: Company Director

External Directorships:

Analey Holdings Limited, Analey Investments Limited, IT & Business Consulting Limited, New Zealand Rural Land Management GP

Limited, Partners Group Holdings Limited, Partners Life Limited, 9 Spokes International Limited, Taxgift Limited, Hobson Wealth

Holdings Limited, Hobson Wealth Partner’s Limited, Paysauce Limited, 9 Spokes Knowledge Limited, 9 Spokes Operations Limited,

9 Spokes Trustee Limited, 9 Spokes US Holdings Limited, Allied Farmers Limited, Iris Group Holdings Limited, Iris Life Limited, Iris

Services Limtied, 5M No.2 Limited, Alf Nominees Limited, Allied Farmers Rural Limited, Clearwater Hotel 2004 Limited, Lifestyles

of New Zealand Queenstown Limited, Lonz 2008 Holdings Limited, Lonz 2008 Limited, NZ Farmers Livestock Finance Limited, QWF

Holdings Limited, Rural Funding Solutionz Limited, UFL Lakeview Limited.

Name: Simon Ross Tyler Qualifications: MSc, BSc (hons)

Type of Director: Independent Non-Executive Director Occupation: Company Director

External Directorships:

Nutrition for Health Limited, Global Horticulture Limited, Palliser Estate Wines of Martinborough Limited.

Conflicts of interest policy

All Directors are required to disclose to the Board any actual or potential conflicts of interest which may exist or is thought to exist

upon appointment and are required to keep these disclosures up to date. The details of each disclosure made by a Director to the

Board must be entered in the Interests Register.

Directors are required to take any necessary and reasonable measures to try to resolve the conflict and comply with the

Companies Act 1993 by disclosing interests and restrictions on voting. Any Director with a material personal, professional or

business interest in a matter being considered by the Board must declare their interest and, unless the Board resolves otherwise,

may not be present during the boardroom discussions or vote on the relevant matter.

Interested transactions

There have been no transactions between the Bank or any member of the Banking Group and any Director or immediate relative

or close business associate of any Director which either has been entered into on terms other than those which would in the

ordinary course of business of the Bank or any member of the Banking Group be given to any other person of like circumstances

or means, or could be reasonably likely to influence materially the exercise of the Directors' duties.

Audit committee composition

Members of the Bank's Audit Committee as at the date of this Disclosure Statement are as follows:

Edward John Harvey (Chairperson) Independent Non-Executive Director

Bruce Robertson Irvine Independent Non-Executive Director

Shelley Maree Ruha

Simon Ross Tyler

Independent Non-Executive Director

Independent Non-Executive Director

P. 4
Directors' Statements

Each Director of the Bank states that he or she believes, after due enquiry, that:

1.As at the date on which this Disclosure Statement is signed:

(a)the Disclosure Statement contains all the information that is required by the Order; and

(b) the Disclosure Statement is not false or misleading.

2.During the year ended 30 June 2023:

(a)the Bank complied in all material respects with eachCondition of Registration that applied during the period;

(b) credit exposures to connected persons were not contrary to the interests of the Banking Group; and

(c)the Bank had systems in place to monitor and control adequately material risks of the Banking Group, including

credit risk, concentration of credit risk, interest rate risk, currency risk, equity risk, liquidity risk, operational risk

and other business risks, and that those systems were being properly applied.

This Disclosure Statement is dated 28 August 2023 and has been signed by all the Directors.

B. R. Irvine (Chair)K. Mitchell

J. K. GreensladeS. M. Ruha

E. J. HarveyS. TylerS.Tyler


P. 5

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income




For the year ended 30 June 2023




$000's Note

June 2023 June 2022


Interest income

3

372,688 275,770

Interest expense

3

158,027 66,205

Net interest income 214,661 209,565




Operating lease income

4

5,631 5,284

Operating lease expense

4

3,827 3,383

Net operating lease income 1,804 1,901




Lending and credit fee income


7,722 6,943

Other income

5

2,932 24,860

Net operating income 227,119 243,269




Operating expenses

6

101,337 96,203

Profit before impaired asset expense and income tax 125,782 147,066




Fair value (loss) on investments


- (315)

Impaired asset expense

8

22,891 14,692

Profit before income tax 102,891 132,059




Income tax expense

9

28,389 36,068

Profit for the year

74,502

95,991


Other comprehensive income

Items that are or may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss, net of income tax:

Effective portion of change in fair value of derivative financial instruments 7,264 6,540

Movement in fair value reserve (533) (712)

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss, net of income tax:

Movement in defined benefit reserve - (171)

Net loss due to wind-up of superannuation scheme - (473)

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of income tax 6,731 5,184


Total comprehensive income for the year

81,233

101,175


Total comprehensive income for the year is attributable to the owner of the Bank.


















The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these consolidated

financial statements.


P. 6

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity




For the year ended 30 June 2023




June 2023 June 2022



Share

Capital Reserves

Retained

Earnings

Total

Equity

Share

Capital

Reserves

Retained

Earnings

Total

Equity

$000's

Note


Balance at beginning of year 553,239 6,412 147,852 707,503 553,239 755 87,834 641,828


Total comprehensive income for

the year



Profit for the year - - 74,502 74,502 - - 95,991 95,991

Other comprehensive income,

net of income tax

16 - 6,731 6,731 - 5,657 (473) 5,184

Total comprehensive income for

the year

- 6,731 74,502 81,233 - 5,657 95,518 101,175


Contributions by and distributions

to owner



Dividend to Heartland Group

Holdings Limited

15 - - (60,000) (60,000) - - (35,500) (35,500)

Total transactions with owner - - (60,000) (60,000) - - (35,500) (35,500)




Balance at end of the year 553,239 13,143 162,354 728,736 553,239 6,412 147,852 707,503

































The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these consolidated

financial statements.


P. 7

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position




As at 30 June 2023




$000's

Note June 2023 June 2022

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents 216,044 221,469

Investments 10 317,011 275,714

Derivative financial instruments 11 36,982 44,487

Due from related parties 18 - 1,540

Finance receivables 12 3,954,800 3,762,231

Finance receivables - reverse mortgages 19 888,600 721,264

Investment properties 11,903 11,832

Operating lease vehicles 13 16,966 15,161

Right of use assets 17 11,510 13,660

Other assets 17 19,597 13,338

Intangible assets 17 71,635 58,418

Deferred tax asset 9 16,760 15,538

Total assets 5,561,808 5,154,652


Liabilities

Deposits 14 4,131,029 3,597,144

Other borrowings 14 615,126 749,478

Derivative financial instruments 11 7,624 6,335

Due to related parties 18 7,173 1,535

Lease liabilities 17 13,478 15,726

Tax liabilities 7,692 22,479

Trade and other payables 17 50,950 54,452

Total liabilities 4,833,072 4,447,149

Net assets 728,736 707,503


Equity

Share capital 15 553,239 553,239

Retained earnings and other reserves 16 175,497 154,264

Total equity 728,736 707,503



Total interest earning and discount bearing assets 5,374,632 4,979,167

Total interest and discount bearing liabilities 4,726,367 4,318,947

















The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these consolidated

financial statements.


P. 8

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows




For the year ended 30 June 2023




$000's

Note June 2023 June 2022

Cash flows from operating activities

Interest received 293,872 232,601

Operating lease income received 4,571 3,913

Lending, credit fees and other income received 12,236 11,740

Operating inflows 310,679 248,254


Interest paid (138,332) (87,131)

Payments to suppliers and employees (93,333) (47,169)

Taxation paid (44,055) (26,616)

Operating outflows (275,720) (160,916)

Net cash flows from operating activities before changes in operating assets and liabilities 34,959 87,338


Proceeds from sale of operating lease vehicles 4,492 4,482

Purchase of operating lease vehicles (8,766) (10,758)

Net movement in finance receivables (301,687) (636,981)

Net movement in deposits 522,307 376,052

Net movement in related party balances 3,202 (3,069)

Net cash flows from/(applied to) operating activities

1

254,507 (182,936)


Cash flows from investing activities


Purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (23,423) (11,889)

Proceeds from investment securities 55,443 82,946

Purchase of investment securities (95,000) -

Purchase of investment property (71) -

Net cash flows (applied to)/from investing activities (63,051) 71,057


Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from wholesale funding 671,271 779,668

Repayment of wholesale borrowings (753,838) (521,541)

Repayment of unsubordinated notes (150,000) -

Proceeds from issue of subordinated debt 97,934 -

Dividends paid 15 (60,000) (35,500)

Payment of lease liabilities (2,248) (2,182)


Net cashflows (applied to)/from financing activities (196,881) 220,445


Net (decrease)/increase in cash held (5,425) 108,566

Opening cash and cash equivalents 221,469 112,903

Closing cash and cash equivalents

2

216,044 221,469

1

Cash flows from operating activities do not include cash flows from wholesale funding which are included as part of financing activities.

2

At 30 June 2023, the Banking Group has $16.9 million (2022: $20.2 million) of cash held by the Trust which may only be used for the purposes

defined in the underlying Trust documents. Refer to Note 27 - Structured entities for definition of the Trust and further details.









The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these consolidated

financial statements.


P. 9

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (continued)



For the year ended 30 June 2023



Reconciliation of profit after tax to net cash flows from operating activities




$000's

Note June 2023 June 2022

Profit for the year 74,502 95,991


Add/(less) non-cash items:

Depreciation and amortisation expense 9,299 10,294

Depreciation on lease vehicles 13 3,461 3,103

Capitalised net interest income and fee income (69,249) (46,108)

Impaired asset expense 8 22,891 14,692

Investment fair value movement - 315

Deferred tax (1,222) (3,287)

Other non-cash items 1,015 (13,245)

Total non-cash items (33,805) (34,236)


Add/(less) movements in operating assets and liabilities:

Finance receivables (301,687) (636,981)

Operating lease vehicles (5,266) (6,276)

Other assets 2,313 (1,780)

Current tax (14,787) 14,923

Derivative financial instruments 8,794 (23,002)

Deposits 522,307 376,052

Other liabilities 2,136 32,373

Total movements in operating assets and liabilities 213,810 (244,691)



Net cash flows from/(applied to) operating activities

1

254,507 (182,936)

1

Cash flows from operating activities do not include cash flows from wholesale funding which are included as part of financing activities.
























The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these consolidated

financial statements.


P. 10

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (continued)



For the year ended 30 June 2023



Net debt reconciliation




The below table sets out net cash flow and non-cash changes in liabilities arising from financing activities.



$000's

Note June 2023 June 2022

Balance as at beginning of year

1

765,204 520,665


Proceeds from wholesale funding 671,271 779,668

Repayment of wholesale borrowings (753,838) (521,541)

Repayment of unsubordinated notes (150,000) -

Proceeds from issue of subordinated debt 97,934 -

Payment of lease liabilities (2,248) (2,182)

Total cash movements (136,881) 255,945


Capitalised interest and fee expense 755 -

Fair value movements (473) (11,534)

Other movements - 128

Total non-cash movements 282 (11,406)



Balances as at end of year 628,605 765,204

1

Includes lease liabilities and other borrowings.






























The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these consolidated

financial statements.


P. 11

Notes to the Financial Statements


For the year ended 30 June 2023


1 Financial statements preparation


Reporting entity


The financial statements presented are the consolidated financial statements comprising Heartland Bank Limited (HBL or the

Bank) and the Banking Group. Refer to Note 26 – Significant subsidiaries for further details.


The Bank is a company incorporated in New Zealand under the Companies Act 1993, a registered bank under the Banking

(Prudential Supervision) Act 1989 and a Financial Market Conduct (FMC) reporting entity for the purposes of the Financial

Markets Conduct Act 2013.


Basis of preparation


The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Practice in New Zealand (NZ

GAAP) and with the requirements of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013. The financial statements comply with New Zealand

Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS) and other applicable Financial Reporting Standards as

appropriate for profit-oriented entities, and the Registered Bank Disclosure Statement (New Zealand Incorporated Registered

Banks) Order 2014 (as amended) (the Order). The financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting

Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.


The financial statements are presented in New Zealand dollars which is the Banking Group's functional and presentation currency.

Unless otherwise indicated, amounts are rounded to the nearest thousand dollars.


The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis after considering the Banking Group's funding and liquidity

position.


The accounting policies adopted have been applied consistently throughout the periods presented in these financial statements.


Certain comparative balances have been reclassified to align with the presentation used in the current financial year. These

reclassifications have no impact on the overall financial performance or financial position for the comparative year.


Basis of measurement


The financial statements have been prepared on the basis of historical cost, except for certain financial instruments and

investment properties, which are measured at their fair values as identified in the accounting policies set out in the accompanying

notes to the financial statements.


Principles of consolidation


The consolidated financial statements of the Banking Group incorporate the assets, liabilities and results of all controlled entities.

Controlled entities are all entities in which the Bank is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the

entities and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entities. Intercompany transactions, balances and

any unrealised income and expense (except for foreign currency transaction gains or losses) between controlled entities are

eliminated.


Assets and liabilities in a transactional currency that is not the New Zealand dollar, are translated at the exchange rates ruling at

balance date. Revenue and expense items are translated at the average rate at the balance date. Exchange differences are taken

to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.


P. 12

1 Financial statements preparation (continued)


Changes in accounting standards


Accounting standards issued and effective


There have been no changes to accounting policies or new or amended standards that are issued and effective that are expected

to have a material impact on the Banking Group.


Accounting standards issued not yet effective


Disclosure of fees for audit firms' services (Amendments to FRS-44)


Amendments were issued to FRS-44 New Zealand Additional Disclosures (Amendments to FRS-44) that require an entity to

describe the services provided by its audit or review firm and to disclose the fees incurred by the entity for those services using

prescribed categories. These amendments apply to accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2024. Earlier application is

permitted for accounting periods that begin before 1 January 2024 but have not ended or do not end before 15 June 2023.


The Banking Group has early adopted the Amendments to FRS-44 from 1 July 2022. Refer to Note 7 - Compensation of auditor for

further details.


Climate-related standards


Climate-related disclosure standards were issued in December 2022, and took effect on 1 January 2023. These include the

Climate-related Disclosures (CS 1), Adoption of Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards (CS 2) and General Requirements for

Climate-related Disclosures (CS 3). The Banking Group is a designated climate reporting entity under the climate related disclosure

regime and is required to meet its requirements effective from the financial reporting period commencing 1 July 2023.


Other new accounting standards, amendments to accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not

mandatory for the 30 June 2023 reporting periods and have not been early adopted by the Banking Group. These standards,

amendments or interpretations are not expected to have a material impact on the current or future reporting periods.


Critical accounting estimates and judgements


The preparation of the Banking Group’s consolidated financial statements requires the use of estimates and judgements. This

note provides an overview of the areas that involve a higher degree of judgement or complexity. Detailed information about each

of these estimates and judgements is included in the relevant notes together with the basis of calculation for each affected item

in the financial statements.


x Provisions for impairment - The effect of credit risk is quantified based on the Banking Group's best estimate of future cash

repayments and proceeds from any security held or by reference to risk profile groupings, historical loss data and forward-

looking information. Refer to Note 8 - Impaired asset expense and Note 12 - Finance receivables for further details.


x Fair value of reverse mortgages - Fair value is quantified by the transaction price. Management judgement is applied in

determining the appropriateness of the transaction price as fair value. Refer to Note 19 - Fair value for further details.



Assumptions made at each reporting date (e.g., the calculation of the provision for impairment and fair value adjustments) are

based on best estimates as at that date. Although the Banking Group has internal controls in place to ensure that estimates can

be reliably measured, actual amounts may differ from these estimates. The estimates and judgements used in the preparation of

the Banking Group’s financial statements are continually evaluated. They are based on historical experience and other factors,

including expectations of future events that may have a financial impact on the entity. Revisions to accounting estimates are

recognised in the reporting period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.


P. 13

1 Financial statements preparation (continued)


Financial assets and liabilities


Financial Assets


Financial assets are classified based on:


x The business model within which the assets are managed; and


x Whether the contractual cash flows of the instrument represent solely payment of principal and interest (SPPI).


The Banking Group determines the business model at the level that reflects how groups of financial assets are managed. When

assessing the business model, the Banking Group considers factors including how performance and risks are managed, evaluated

and reported and the frequency and volume of, and reason for sales in previous periods.


Financial assets are classified into the following measurement categories:


Financial Assets Measurement Category Note

Bank bonds and floating rate notes Fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) 10

Public sector securities and corporate bonds FVOCI 10

Equity investments Fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) 10

Finance receivables – reverse mortgages FVTPL 19

Finance receivables Amortised cost 12

Derivative financial instruments FVTPL 11


Financial assets measured at amortised cost

Financial assets are measured at amortised cost if they are held within a business model whose objective is achieved through

holding the financial asset to collect contractual cash flows which represent SPPI.


Financial assets at amortised cost are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the

effective interest rate method.


Financial assets measured at FVOCI

Financial assets are measured at FVOCI if they are held within a business model whose objective is achieved both through

collecting contractual cash flows which represent SPPI or selling the financial asset.


Financial assets at FVOCI are measured at fair value with unrealised gains and losses recognised in other comprehensive income

except for interest income, impairment charges and foreign exchange gains and losses, which are recognised in profit or loss.


P. 14

1 Financial statements preparation (continued)


Financial assets and liabilities (continued)


Financial Assets (continued)


Financial assets measured at FVTPL

Financial assets are measured at FVTPL if:


x they are held within a business model whose objective is achieved through selling or repurchasing the financial asset in the

near term, or forms part of a portfolio of financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of

short-term profit taking; or


x the contractual cash flows of the financial asset do not represent SPPI on the principal balance outstanding; or


x they are designated at FVTPL upon initial recognition to eliminate or reduce an accounting mismatch.


Financial assets at FVTPL are measured at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.


Financial Liabilities


Financial liabilities are classified into the following measurement categories:


x Those to be measured at amortised cost;


x Those to be measured at FVTPL.


Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost

Financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost if they are not held for trading or designated at FVTPL.


Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost are accounted for using the effective interest rate method.


Financial liabilities measured at FVTPL

Financial liabilities are measured at FVTPL if:


x They are held for trading whose principal objective is achieved through selling or repurchasing the financial liability in the

near term, or forms part of a portfolio of financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of

short-term profit taking; or


x They are designated at FVTPL upon initial recognition to eliminate or reduce an accounting mismatch.


Financial liabilities at FVTPL are measured at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.


Further details of the accounting policy for each category of financial asset or financial liability mentioned above is set out in the

note for the relevant item.


The Banking Group’s policies for determining the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities are set out in Note 19 - Fair

value.


Recognition


The Banking Group initially recognises finance receivables and borrowings on the date that they are originated. All other financial

assets and liabilities (including assets and liabilities designated at FVTPL) are initially recognised on the trade date at which the

Banking Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.



P. 15

1 Financial statements preparation (continued)


Derecognition


The Banking Group derecognises a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it

transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows on the financial asset in a transaction in which substantially all the risks

and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred. Any interest in transferred financial assets that is created or

retained by the Banking Group is recognised as a separate asset.


The Banking Group enters into transactions whereby it transfers assets recognised on its consolidated statement of financial

position but retains either all risks or rewards of the transferred assets or a portion of them. If all or substantially all risks and

rewards are retained, then the transferred assets are not derecognised from the consolidated statement of financial position.

Transfers of assets with the retention of all or substantially all risks and rewards include, for example, securitised assets and

repurchase transactions.


Financial liabilities are derecognised when the obligation is discharged, cancelled or expires. Where an existing financial liability is

replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially

modified, the exchange or modification is treated as a derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability,

with the difference in the respective carrying amounts recognised in profit or loss.


P. 16

Performance


2 Segmental analysis


Segment information is presented in respect of the Banking Group's operating segments which are consistent with those used for

the Banking Group's management and internal reporting structure.


An operating segment is a component of an entity engaging in business activities and whose operating results are regularly

reviewed by the Banking Group’s chief operating decision maker (CODM). The CODM, who is responsible for allocating resources

and assessing business performance of the Banking Group, has been identified as the Bank’s Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and

direct reports.


Operating segments


The Banking Group operates within New Zealand and comprises the following main operating segments:


Motor Motor vehicle finance.


Reverse mortgages Reverse mortgage lending.


Personal lending Transactional, home loans and personal loans to individuals.


Business Term debt, plant and equipment finance, commercial mortgage lending and working capital solutions for

small-to-medium sized businesses.


Rural Specialist financial services to the farming sector primarily offering livestock finance, rural mortgage

lending, seasonal and working capital financing, as well as leasing solutions to farmers.


Certain operating expenses, such as premises, IT and support centre costs are not allocated to operating segments and are

included in Other. Finance receivables are allocated across the operating segments as assets. Liabilities are managed centrally and

therefore are not allocated across the operating segments. The Banking Group does not rely on any single major customer for its

revenue base.


Reverse Personal

$000's

Motor Mortgages Lending Business Rural Other Total

June 2023


Net interest income

60,681 39,696 9,426 71,630 33,522 (294) 214,661

Lending and credit fee income

2,034 2,671 447 2,278 292 - 7,722

Net other income

1,485 - 935 991 398 927 4,736

Net operating income 64,200 42,367 10,808 74,899 34,212 633 227,119


Operating expenses 4,140 4,928 6,459 9,387 3,068 73,355 101,337

Profit/(loss) before impaired asset expense

and income tax

60,060 37,439 4,349 65,512 31,144 (72,722) 125,782


Impaired asset expense 10,911 - 3,195 8,155 630 - 22,891

Profit before income tax 49,149 37,439 1,154 57,357 30,514 (72,722) 102,891


Income tax expense - - - - - 28,389 28,389

Profit/(loss) for the year 49,149 37,439 1,154 57,357 30,514 (101,111) 74,502


Total assets 1,563,939 888,600 358,572 1,356,913 712,596 681,188 5,561,808

Total liabilities 4,833,072




P. 17

2 Segmental analysis (continued)


Reverse Personal

$000's

Motor Mortgages Lending Business Rural Other Total

June 2022


Net interest income 69,730 29,957 10,218 70,602 29,460 (402) 209,565

Lending and credit fee income 1,582 2,583 364 2,145 269 - 6,943

Net other income 1,744 - 1,198 534 470 22,815 26,761

Net operating income 73,056 32,540 11,780 73,281 30,199 22,413 243,269


Operating expenses 3,792 4,485 6,417 9,358 3,038 69,113 96,203

Profit/(loss) before impaired asset expense

and income tax

69,264 28,055 5,363 63,923 27,161 (46,700) 147,066


Fair value (loss) on investments - - - - - (315) (315)

Impaired asset expense/(benefit) 1,481 - (877) 11,831 2,257 - 14,692

Profit/(loss) before income tax 67,783 28,055 6,240 52,092 24,904 (47,015) 132,059


Income tax expense - - - - - 36,068 36,068

Profit/(loss) for the year 67,783 28,055 6,240 52,092 24,904 (83,083) 95,991


Total assets 1,382,367 721,264 332,783 1,387,352 687,232 643,654 5,154,652

Total liabilities 4,447,149



3 Net interest income


Policy

Interest income and expense on financial instruments is measured using the effective interest rate method that discounts the

financial instruments' future cash flows to their present value and allocates the interest income or expense over the life of the

financial instrument. The effective interest rate is established on initial recognition of the financial assets or liabilities and is not

subsequently revised. For financial instruments at amortised cost, the calculation of the effective interest rate includes all yield

related fees and commissions paid or received that are an integral part of the underlying financial instrument.


Interest income is calculated based on the gross carrying amount of financial assets in stages 1 and 2 of the Banking Group’s

expected credit losses (ECL) model and on the carrying amount net of the provision for ECL for financial assets in stage 3. For

financial instruments measured at FVTPL, interest is not calculated under the effective interest rate method.



$000's

June 2023 June 2022

Interest income

Cash and cash equivalents

9,585 805

Investments

5,081 5,156

Finance receivables

290,487 230,514

Finance receivables - reverse mortgages

67,535 39,295

Total interest income

1

372,688 275,770



P. 18

3 Net interest income (continued)



$000's

June 2023 June 2022

Interest expense

Retail deposits

146,301 45,387

Other borrowings

31,490 20,727

Net interest (income)/expense on derivative financial instruments

(19,764) 91

Total interest expense

2

158,027 66,205

Net interest income 214,661 209,565

1

Cash and cash equivalents and Finance receivables are measured at amortised cost. Investments are measured at FVOCI. Total interest

income derived from these financial assets is calculated using the effective interest rate method. Finance receivables

- reverse mortgages are

measured at FVTPL.


2

Deposits and Other borrowings are measured at amortised cost, therefore interest expense incurred on these financial liabilities is calculated

using the effective interest rate method. Net interest expense on derivative financial instruments is not calculated using the effective interest

rate method as they are measured at FVTPL.



4 Net operating lease income


Policy

As a lessor, the Banking Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the assets and therefore

classifies the leases as operating leases. Rental income and expense from operating leases are recognised on a straight-line basis

over the term of the relevant lease. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating and arranging an operating lease are added to the

carrying amount of the leased asset and recognised on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Profits on the sale of operating

lease assets are included as part of operating lease income. Current year depreciation and losses on the sale of operating lease

assets are included as part of operating lease expenses. The leased assets are depreciated over their useful lives on a basis

consistent with similar assets.



$000's

June 2023 June 2022

Operating lease income

Lease income

4,639 4,161

Gain on disposal of lease assets

992 1,123

Total operating lease income 5,631 5,284



Operating lease expense


Depreciation on lease assets

3,461 3,103

Direct lease costs

366 280

Total operating lease expense 3,827 3,383



Net operating lease income 1,804 1,901


P. 19

5 Other income


Policy

Rental income from investment properties

Rental income from investment properties is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease.


Insurance income

Insurance premium income and commission expense are recognised in profit or loss from the date of attachment of the risk over

the period of the insurance contract. Claim expense is recognised in the profit or loss on an accrual basis once our liability to the

policyholder has been confirmed under the terms of the contract.


Fair value gain or loss on derivative financial instruments

A fair value gain or loss associated with the effective portion of a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge is recognised initially

in the hedging reserve. The ineffective portion of a fair value gain or loss and changes in the fair value of any derivatives not

designated in a hedge relationship are recognised immediately in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income and

disclosed within Other income. Refer to Note 11 - Derivative financial instruments for further details.



$000's

June 2023 June 2022

Rental income from investment properties 1,063 833

Insurance income

1

756

664

Management fee income

2

9,113

5,918

Other income 243

706

Fair value (loss)/gain on derivative financial instruments (8,237)

16,723

Foreign exchange (loss)/gain (6)

16

Total other income 2,932

24,860

1

Insurance income includes net income from Marac Insurance Limited (MIL), a subsidiary of HBL. MIL ceased writing insurance policies in 2020

with the periodic policies expected to expire in 2025.

2

Refer to Note 18 - Related party transactions and balances for further details.


P. 20

6 Operating expenses


Policy

Operating expenses are recognised as the underlying service is rendered or over a period in which an asset is consumed or a

liability is incurred.



$000's

June 2023 June 2022

Personnel expenses

1


60,213 53,826

Directors' fees

574 542

Superannuation

1,171 1,045

Depreciation - property, plant and equipment

1,756 2,342

Legal and professional fees

2


2,838 2,310

Advertising and public relations

1,803 2,814

Depreciation - right of use asset

2,150 2,122

Technology services

9,720 9,014

Telecommunications, stationery and postage

1,694 1,492

Customer administration costs

2,497 2,419

Customer onboarding costs

2,469 2,341

Occupancy costs

1,408 1,345

Amortisation of intangible assets

5,393 5,830

Other operating expenses

7,651 8,761

Total operating expenses 101,337 96,203

1

Excludes certain personnel expenses directly incurred in acquiring and developing software and capitalised as part of specific application

software.

2

Legal and professional fees include compensation of auditor which is disclosed in Note 7 - Compensation of auditor.


P. 21

7 Compensation of auditor


In accordance with the Amendments to FRS-44, adopted by the Banking Group from 1 July 2022, the Banking Group is required to

disclose the fees incurred for services received from its audit or review firm, with a description of each service, including audit or

review of the financial statements. Other services performed during the reporting period are required to be disclosed using the

following categories:


• audit or review related services;

• other assurance services and other agreed-upon procedures engagements;

• taxation services and;

• other services.


In accordance with HGH's external auditor independence policy, it is prohibited for the external auditor's firm to perform tax

compliance work. It is also the Banking Group's policy to engage the external auditor's firm on assignments additional to its

statutory audit duties only if they are not perceived to be in conflict with the role of external auditor. All services are approved by

the Board Audit and Risk Committee.


The fees payable to the current auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers New Zealand (PwC) and to the predecessor auditor, KPMG are

outlined in the below table:



$000's

June 2023 June 2022

Fees paid to current auditor - PwC


Audit and review of financial statements

1


660 -

Other assurance and agreed-upon procedure services paid to auditor

2


17

Other services paid to auditor

3


17 -

Total compensation to PwC 694 -

Fees paid to predecessor auditor - KPMG


Audit and review of financial statements

1


- 593

Other assurance and agreed-upon procedure services paid to auditor

2


- 20

Total compensation to KPMG - 613

Total compensation of auditor 694 613

1

Audit and review of the financial statements includes fees paid for both the audit of the annual financial statements and review of interim

financial statements.

2

Other assurance related services paid to the auditor comprise reasonable assurance engagement services for insurance solvency return, trust

deed reporting, supervisor and registry audits.

3

Other non-assurance services paid to PwC relates to actuarial services for reverse mortgages for the Banking Group carried out by PwC prior to

the appointment as external auditors and fees for executive reward survey report.


P. 22

8 Impaired asset expense



$000's

June 2023 June 2022

Individually impaired asset expense 13,033 10,782

Collectively impaired asset expense

11,757 6,665

Total impaired asset expense excluding recovery of amounts previously written off 24,790 17,447



Recovery of amounts previously written off to the income statement

(1,899) (2,755)

Total impaired asset expense 22,891 14,692


Refer to Note 22 – Asset quality for provision for impairment details.


9 Taxation


Policy

Income tax

Income tax expense for the year comprises current tax and movements in deferred tax balances, including any adjustment

required for prior years' tax expense. Income tax expense is recognised in profit and loss except to the extent that it relates to

items recognised directly in other comprehensive income, in which case it is recognised in equity or other comprehensive income.


Current tax

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively

enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustment to the tax payable or receivable in respect of previous years. Current tax for

current and prior years is recognised as a liability (or asset) to the extent that it is unpaid (or refundable).


Deferred tax

Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method, providing for temporary differences between the carrying

amounts of assets and liabilities for accounting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. As required by NZ IAS 12

Income Taxes, a deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that a future taxable profit will be available

to realise the asset.


Goods and services tax (GST)

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of GST. As the Banking Group is predominantly involved in providing financial

services, only a proportion of GST paid on inputs is recoverable. The non-recoverable proportion of GST is treated as an expense

or, if relevant, as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset.


P. 23

9 Taxation (continued)


Income tax expense


$000's

June 2023 June 2022

Income tax recognised in profit or loss

Current tax


Current year

30,353 40,104

Adjustments for prior year

(742) (748)



Deferred tax


Current year

(1,447) (2,895)

Adjustments for prior year

225 (393)

Total income tax expense recognised in profit or loss 28,389 36,068


Income tax recognised in other comprehensive income


Current tax


Investment securities at fair value in fair value reserve

(246) (5,271)

Fair value movements in derivatives held in cash flow hedge reserve

2,418 7,537

Total income tax expense recognised in other comprehensive income 2,172 2,266


Reconciliation of effective tax rate


Profit before income tax 102,891 132,059

Prima facie tax @ 28%

28,810 36,976

Adjusted tax effect of items not deductible

97 232

Adjustments for prior year

(518) (1,140)

Total income tax expense 28,389 36,068


Deferred tax assets comprise the following temporary differences:


$000's

June 2023 June 2022

Employee entitlements 1,370 1,234

Share based payment

616 501

Provision for impairment

14,622 14,176

Intangibles and property, plant and equipment

(1,530) (2,972)

Deferred acquisition costs

(55) (196)

Operating lease vehicles

451 680

Other temporary differences

1,286 2,116

Total deferred tax assets 16,760 15,538


Opening balance of deferred tax assets 15,538 12,251

Movement recognised in profit or loss

1,222 3,287

Closing balance of deferred tax assets 16,760 15,538










P. 24

Financial Position


10 Investments


Policy

Investments are classified into one of the following categories:


Fair value through profit or loss

Investments under this category include equity investments and are measured at fair value plus transaction costs. Changes in fair

value of these investments are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they occur.


Fair value through other comprehensive income

Investments under this category include bank bonds, floating rate notes, public securities and corporate bonds. These are initially

measured at fair value, including transaction costs, and subsequently carried at fair value. Changes in fair value of these

investments are recognised in other comprehensive income and presented within the fair value reserve.


Amortised cost

Investments under this category include bank deposits and are measured using effective interest rate method. They are held to

collect contractual cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.



$000's

June 2023 June 2022

Bank deposits, bank bonds and floating rate notes 305,310 261,258

Public sector securities and corporate bonds

9,882 12,953

Equity investments

1,819 1,503

Total investments 317,011 275,714



Refer to Note 19 - Fair value for details of the split between investments measured at fair value through profit or loss, fair value

through other comprehensive income and amortised cost.


P. 25

11 Derivative financial instruments


Policy

The Banking Group uses derivatives for risk management purposes. Derivatives held for risk management purposes are placed

into hedges that either meet hedge accounting requirements, or economic hedges not placed into an accounting hedge

relationship.


Derivatives are recognised at their fair value, with the derivatives being carried as assets when their fair value is positive and as

liabilities when their fair value is negative.


A hedged item is an asset, liability, firm commitment or highly probable forecast transaction that exposes the Banking Group to

risk of changes in fair value or cash flows, and that is designated as being hedged. The Banking Group applies fair value hedge

accounting to hedge movements in the value of fixed interest rate assets and liabilities subject to interest rate risk. The Banking

Group applies cash flow hedge accounting to hedge the variability in highly probable forecast future cash flows attributable to

interest rate risk on variable rate assets and liabilities.


Derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are held as economic hedges. Changes in the fair value of any

derivative instrument that does not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in the consolidated statement of

comprehensive income and disclosed within Other income.


Fair value hedge accounting

The criteria that must be met for a relationship to qualify for hedge accounting include:


x the hedging relationship must be formally designated and documented at inception of the hedge,


x effectiveness testing must be carried out on an on-going basis to ensure the hedge is effective, consistent with the originally

documented risk management strategy, and


x the instruments or counterparty must be a third party external to the Banking Group.


The Banking Group documents, at the inception of the transaction, the relationship between hedged items and hedging

instruments, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Banking Group

also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in

hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value of hedged items.


Subsequent to initial designation, changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify for fair value hedge

accounting are recorded through profit or loss alongside any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are

attributable to the hedged risk.


Where the hedged item is carried at amortised cost, the movement in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged

risk is made as an adjustment to the carrying value of the hedged asset or liability. When a hedging instrument expires or is sold,

or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the adjustment to carrying amount of a hedged item carried

at amortised cost is amortised to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income on an effective yield basis over the

remaining period to maturity of the hedged item. Where a hedged item carried at amortised cost is derecognised from the

balance sheet, the adjustment to the carrying amount of the asset or liability is immediately transferred to the consolidated

statement of comprehensive income.


Cash flow hedge accounting

The criteria that must be met for a relationship to qualify for hedge accounting include:


x the hedging relationship must be formally designated and documented at inception of the hedge,


x effectiveness testing must be carried out on an on-going basis to ensure the hedge is effective, consistent with the originally

documented risk management strategy, and


x the instruments or counterparty must be a third party external to the Banking Group.


P. 26

11 Derivative financial instruments (continued)


Cash flow hedge accounting (continued)

The Banking Group documents, at the inception of the transaction, the relationship between hedged items and hedging

instruments, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Banking Group

also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in

hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items.


A fair value gain or loss associated with the effective portion of a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge is recognised initially

in the hedging reserve. The ineffective portion of a fair value gain or loss is recognised immediately in the consolidated statement

of comprehensive income.


When a hedging derivative expires or is sold, the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, or the Banking Group

elects to revoke the hedge designation, the cumulative gain or loss on the hedging derivative remains in the cash flow hedging

reserve until the forecast transaction occurs and affects income, at which point it is transferred to the corresponding income or

expense line. If a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss on the hedging derivative

previously reported in the cash flow hedging reserve is immediately transferred to the consolidated statement of comprehensive

income.


The Banking Group actively manages interest rate risk by entering into derivative contracts to hedge against movements in

interest rates. As permitted by NZ IFRS 9, the Banking Group has elected to continue to apply the hedge accounting requirements

of NZ IAS 39.


The Banking Group's approach to managing market risk, including interest rate risk, is disclosed in Note 24 – Interest rate risk. The

Banking Group actively manages residual interest rate risk from the net exposure of its underlying assets and liabilities, associated

with the mismatch of the interest rate repricing profiles of its interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, by entering

into interest rate swaps to hedge against movements in interest rates.


Interest rate swaps are bilateral derivative contracts with commitments to exchange one set of cash flows for another resulting in

an economic exchange of interest rates (for example, fixed rate for floating rate) without exchange of principal. Interest rate swap

notional values indicate the volume of transactions outstanding at the end of the financial year and provide basis for comparison

with instruments recognised on the balance sheet but do not necessarily indicate the amounts of future cash flows involved,

therefore don't indicate the Banking Group's exposure to credit or market risks. The fair values of derivative instruments and their

notional values are set out in the below table.


June 2023 June 2022

Notional Fair Value Fair Value Notional

Fair Value

Fair Value

$000's

Principal Assets Liabilities Principal Assets Liabilities

Interest rate related contracts

Held as economic hedges 260,650 6,539 - 619,005 17,842 1,537

Designated as cash flow hedges 850,068 15,398 941 309,946 7,949 -

Designated as fair value hedges 543,200 15,045 6,683 549,200 18,696 4,798

Interest rate swaps 1,653,918 36,982 7,624 1,478,151 44,487 6,335

Total derivative financial instruments 1,653,918 36,982 7,624 1,478,151 44,487 6,335


P. 27

11 Derivative financial instruments (continued)


Micro cash flow hedge accounting is applied to interest rate swaps designated as hedges of the Banking Group's floating rate

domestic borrowings and deposits by using 'receive floating / pay fixed' interest rate swaps to fix the cost of floating interest rate

loans and deposits.


Micro fair value hedge accounting is applied to receive fixed interest rate swaps designated as hedges of interest rate risk arising

from fixed-rate subordinated notes and retail bond, and to pay fixed interest rate swaps designated as hedges of interest rate risk

arising from fixed-rate investment securities.


The Banking Group determines whether an economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument exists

based on an assessment of the qualitative characteristics of this hedged item and the hedged risk, supported by quantitative

analysis. Close alignment of the critical terms of the hedged item and hedging instrument is also considered a strong indication of

the presence of an economic relationship by the Banking Group.


The Banking Group establishes a hedge ratio by aligning the par amount of the exposure to be hedged and the notional amount of

the interest rate swap designated as a hedging instrument.


Retrospective testing for each reporting period uses a regression model, which compares the change in the fair value of the

hedged item and the change in the fair value of the hedging instrument. For a hedge to be deemed effective, the change in fair

values should be within 80% and 125% of each other. Should the result fall outside this range the hedge would be deemed

ineffective and recognised immediately through the income statement in line with each hedge relationship policy above.


The hedge relationship is reviewed on a monthly basis and the hedging instruments and hedged items are de-designated and re-

designated, if necessary, based on the effectiveness test results and changes in the hedged exposure.


Hedge ineffectiveness may arise from timing difference on repricing between the hedged item and the hedging instrument,

difference in timing of their cash flows, or due to changes in the counterparties' credit risk affecting the fair value of hedging

instruments.


The following table shows the maturity and interest rate risk profiles of the interest rate swaps as hedging instruments in

continuing fair value and cash flow hedge relationships.



0-6 6-12 1-2 2-5

5+


$000's

Months Months Years Years Years Total

June 2023



Interest rate risk

Cash flow hedge relationships

Pay fixed

Nominal amounts - 20,000 295,000 535,068 - 850,068

Average interest rate - 4.22% 3.78% 4.00% -

Fair value hedge relationships

Pay fixed

Nominal amounts 54,700 38,000 60,000 160,400 5,100 318,200

Average interest rate 1.17% 0.77% 0.88% 3.06% 1.51%

Receive fixed

Nominal amounts - 125,000 - 100,000 - 225,000

Average interest rate - 1.78% - 4.30% -

Total interest rate risk nominal amount 54,700 183,000 355,000 795,468 5,100 1,393,268


P. 28

11 Derivative financial instruments (continued)



0-6 6-12 1-2 2-5

5+


$000's

Months Months Years Years Years Total

June 2022



Interest rate risk

Cash flow hedge relationships

Pay fixed

Nominal amounts - - - 309,946 - 309,946

Average interest rate - - - 2.49% -


Fair value hedge relationships

Pay fixed

Nominal amounts 20,000 31,000 92,700 115,400 15,100 274,200

Average interest rate 1.20% 0.81% 1.00% 0.84% 1.45%

Receive fixed

Nominal amounts 150,000 - 125,000 - - 275,000

Average interest rate 4.50% - 1.78% - -

Total interest rate risk nominal amount 170,000 31,000 217,700 425,346 15,100 859,146


The following table sets out the accumulated fair value adjustments arising from the corresponding fair value hedge relationships

and the outcome of the changes in fair value of the hedged item as well as the hedging instruments used as the basis for

recognising effectiveness.


As at 30 June 2023 For the year ended

30 June 2023


Hedge

Accumulated

ineffectiveness

amount of fair

gain/(loss)

Carrying value hedge

recognised in

$000's

value adjustment

income statement


Interest rate risk

Investments 290,723 (14,893) 2,620

Other borrowings (219,959) 5,331 473

Total 70,764 (9,562) 3,093

Interest rate swaps 8,362 8,362 (3,133)

Hedge ineffectiveness of financial instruments recognised in

other income

(40)



P. 29

11 Derivative financial instruments (continued)


As at 30 June 2022 For the year ended

30 June 2022


Hedge



Accumulated

ineffectiveness



amount of fair

gain/(loss)

Carrying value hedge

recognised in

$000's

value adjustment

income statement



Interest rate risk

Investments 262,314 (16,914) (14,793)

Other borrowings (272,983) 4,858 11,543

Total (10,669) (12,056) (3,250)

Interest rate swaps 13,898 13,898 3,295

Hedge ineffectiveness of financial instruments recognised in

other income

45


The accumulated amount of fair value hedge adjustments included in the carrying amount of hedged items that have ceased to be

adjusted for hedging gains and losses is nil (2022: nil).


The balance of the cash flow hedge reserve, amounts recognised in the reserve, and amounts transferred out of the reserve are

shown in the following table.



$000's June 2023 June 2022

Cash flow hedge reserve


Balance at beginning of year

7,446 906

Transferred to the income statement (1,771) (641)

Net gains from change in fair value

11,453 10,036

Net movement before tax 9,682 9,395

Tax on net movement in cash flow hedge reserve (2,418) (2,855)

Balance at end of year 14,710 7,446


During the year ended 30 June 2023, a gain of $0.7 million was recognised in fair value gain on derivative financial instruments in

the consolidated statement of comprehensive income related to hedge ineffectiveness from cash flow hedge relationships (2022:

nil).


There were no transactions for which cash flow hedge accounting had to be ceased as a result of the highly probable cash flows

no longer being expected to occur (2022: nil).


There are $10.1 million (2022: $1.6 million) of balances recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve for which hedge accounting is

no longer applied on the basis that the associated variable cash flows are still expected to occur over the lifetime of the original

hedge relationships. The associated cash flow hedge reserve is being released over the period of the original hedge relationship

which has since been de-designated.


P. 30

12 Finance receivables


Policy

Finance receivables are initially recognised at fair value plus incremental direct transaction costs and are subsequently

measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment loss.


Fees and direct costs relating to loan origination, financing and loan commitments are deferred and amortised to interest

income over the life of the loan using the effective interest rate method. Lending fees not directly related to the origination of a

loan are recognised over the period of service.



$000's

June 2023 June 2022

Gross finance receivables at amortised cost 4,006,945 3,812,658

Less provision for impairment

1


(52,145) (50,427)

Net finance receivables at amortised cost 3,954,800 3,762,231


1

Refer to Note 22 - Asset quality for further details.


P. 31

13 Operating lease vehicles


Policy

Operating lease vehicles are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.


Operating lease vehicles are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their expected useful life after allowing for any residual

values. The estimated lives of these vehicles are between one and five years. Vehicles held for sale are not depreciated but are

tested for impairment.



$000's June 2023 June 2022

Cost

Opening balance 20,450 16,114

Additions 8,766 10,758

Disposals (6,303) (6,422)

Closing balance 22,913 20,450


Accumulated depreciation

Opening balance 5,289 5,249

Depreciation charge for the year 3,461 3,103

Disposals (2,803) (3,063)

Closing balance 5,947 5,289


Opening net book value 15,161 10,865

Closing net book value 16,966 15,161



The future minimum lease payments receivable under operating leases not later than one year is $4.086 million (2022: $3.057

million), within one to five years is $7.598 million (2022: $6.465 million) and over five years is nil (2022: nil).


14 Borrowings


Policy

Borrowings and deposits are initially recognised at fair value including incremental direct transaction costs. They are subsequently

measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.


The Banking Group hedges interest rate risk on certain debt issues. When fair value hedge accounting is applied to fixed rate debt

issues, the carrying values are adjusted for changes in fair value related to the hedged risks.



$000's June 2023 June 2022

Deposits 4,131,029 3,597,144

Total borrowings related to deposits 4,131,029 3,597,144


Unsubordinated notes 122,165 272,983

Subordinated notes

1

97,793

-

Securitised borrowings 227,054 267,779

Certificate of deposit 148,110 198,715

Money market borrowings 20,004 10,001

Total other borrowings 615,126 749,478

Total deposits and other borrowings 4,746,155 4,346,622


Due within one year 4,328,399 3,509,295

Due more than one year 417,756 837,327

Total deposits and other borrowings 4,746,155 4,346,622

1

Refer to Note 28 - Capital adequacy for further details.




Deposits and unsubordinated notes rank equally and are unsecured.


P. 32

14 Borrowings (continued)


The Banking Group has the following retail bonds on issue at balance sheet date:






Retail Bonds Frequency of interest

$000's repayments June 2023 June 2022 Maturity

$150 million Semi-annually - 145,142 21 September 2022

$125 million Semi-annually

122,165 127,841

12 April 2024

Total retail bonds 122,165 272,983


The Banking Group had the following securitised borrowings outstanding at balance sheet date:


Securitisation facility June 2023 June 2022

$000's Limit Drawn Limit Drawn Maturity

Heartland Auto Receivable Warehouse (HARWT) 400,000 227,054 400,000 267,779 26 August 2024

Total securitisation borrowings 227,054 267,779


HARWT notes issued to investors are secured over motor vehicle loans.


The Banking Group actively engages facility providers in commercial negotiations including tenor extensions, increase in facility

limits, refinancing arrangements, and other commercial terms. The Banking Group has a track record of extending or refinancing

funding arrangements as they fall due and does not anticipate any difficultly in doing so when the facilities above expire.


15 Share capital and dividends


Policy

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares and share options

are recognised as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effect.


June 2023 June 2022

Number of Number of

000's Shares Shares

Issued shares

Opening balance 565,430 565,430

Closing balance 565,430 565,430



There were nil new shares issued during the period (2022:nil).


The issued and fully paid ordinary share capital is included in Tier 1 capital of the Banking Group. Refer to Note 28 - Capital

adequacy for further details.


Dividends paid


June 2023 June 2022

Date Declared $000's Date Declared $000's

Dividend to HGH 22 August 2022 30,000 21 February 2022 35,500

Dividend to HGH 28 February 2023 30,000

Total dividends paid 60,000 35,500



P. 33

16 Other reserves



Defined Cash flow

Fair Value Benefit Hedge

$000's Reserve Reserve Reserve Total

June 2023

Balance as at 30 June 2022 (1,034) - 7,446 6,412

Movements attributable to fair value hedges (779) - - (779)

Movements attributable to cash flow hedges - - 9,682 9,682

Income tax effect 246 - (2,418) (2,172)

Balance as at 30 June 2023 (1,567) - 14,710 13,143

June 2022

Balance as at 30 June 2021 (322) 171 906 755

Movements attributable to fair value hedges (1,301) - - (1,301)

Movements attributable to cash flow hedges - - 9,395 9,395

Movement in defined benefit reserve - (171) - (171)

Income tax effect 589 - (2,855) (2,266)

Balance as at 30 June 2022 (1,034) - 7,446 6,412


Fair value reserve

Includes changes in the fair value of investment securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, net of

tax. For debt securities, these changes are reclassified to the profit or loss when the asset is disposed.


Defined benefit reserve

Includes predetermined retirement benefits calculated for employees of a historical amalgamated entity which was wound up

during the prior financial year.


Cash flow hedge reserve

This includes fair value gains and losses associated with the effective portion of the designated cash flow hedging instruments, net

of tax.


17 Other balance sheet items


Policy

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment (if any). Depreciation is

calculated on a straight line basis to write off the net cost or revalued amount of each asset over its expected life to its estimated

residual value.



$000's June 2023 June 2022

Other assets

Trade receivables 381 -

GST receivables 275 1,506

Prepayments 4,280 4,697

Property, plant and equipment

1

13,993 6,960

Other receivables 668 175

Total other assets 19,597 13,338

1

Property, plant and equipment include rural property worth $7.8 million acquired during the year.




P. 34

17 Other balance sheet items (continued)


Policy

Intangible assets

Intangible assets with finite useful lives

Software acquired or internally developed by the Banking Group is stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and any

accumulated impairment losses. Expenditure on software assets is capitalised only when it increases the future economic value of

that asset. Certain internal and external costs directly incurred in acquiring and developing software are capitalised when specific

criteria are met. Costs incurred on planning or evaluating software proposals during the research phase or on maintaining systems

after implementation are not capitalised. Amortisation of software is on a straight line basis, at rates which will write off the cost

over the assets’ estimated useful lives. The expected useful life of the software varies up to ten years.


Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) arrangements

SaaS arrangements are service agreements that grant the Banking Group the right to access the cloud provider’s application

software over the contract period. Costs associated with configuring or customising the software, along with ongoing fees for

accessing the cloud provider's application, are recognised as operating expenses when the services are received.


Some of these costs pertain to developing software code that enhances or modifies, or creates additional capability to, existing

on-premise systems and qualifies as an intangible asset based on its definition and recognition criteria.


The Banking Group capitalises costs incurred in configuring or customising certain suppliers’ application software within specific

cloud computing arrangements as intangible assets as the Banking Group considers that it would benefit from those costs to

implement the cloud-based software over the expected terms of the cloud computing arrangements. However, such

capitalisation occurs only if the activities result in creating an intangible asset that the Banking Group has control over and meets

the necessary recognition criteria. Costs that do not meet the criteria for capitalisation as intangible assets are expensed as

incurred unless they are paid to the suppliers (or subcontractors of the supplier) of the cloud-based software to significantly

customise the cloud-based software for the Banking Group (i.e., such services are not distinct from the Banking Group’s right to

receive access to the supplier’s cloud-based software). In the latter case, the upfront costs are recorded as prepayments for

services and amortised over the expected terms of the cloud computing arrangements.


Goodwill

Goodwill arising on acquisition represents the excess of the cost of the acquisition over the Banking Group’s interest in the fair

value of the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill that has an indefinite useful life is not subject to amortisation and is tested

for impairment annually. Goodwill is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses.



$000's June 2023 June 2022

Computer software

Software - cost 46,714 43,482

Software under development 26,664 11,295

Accumulated amortisation 31,542 26,158

Net carrying value of computer software 41,836 28,619

Goodwill

Cost 29,799 29,799

Net carrying value of goodwill 29,799 29,799

Total intangible assets 71,635 58,418


For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to cash generating units. A Cash Generating Unit (CGU) is the

smallest identifiable group of assets that generate independent cash inflows. The Banking Group has assessed that goodwill

should be allocated to Heartland Bank Limited as the smallest identifiable CGU.



P. 35

17 Other balance sheet items (continued)


The recoverable amount of the business was determined on a value in use basis using a discounted cash flow methodology. The

model uses a five-year cash flow forecast based on the latest budget approved by the board and extended out based on long term

growth rates. The long-term growth rate applied to the future cash flows after year five of the forecast was 2.0% (2022: 2.0%) and

a discount rate of 10.0% (2022: 10.0%) was applied which reflect both past experience and external sources of information. The

goodwill impairment assessment indicates significant headroom, and that no foreseeable adjustments to key assumptions such as

growth rate or discount rate would lead to impairment.


There was no indication of impairment and no impairment losses have been recognised against the carrying amount of goodwill

for the year ended 30 June 2023 (2022: nil).


Policy

Employee benefits

Annual leave entitlements are accrued at amounts expected to be paid. Long service leave is accrued by calculating the probable

future value of the entitlements and discounting back to present value. Obligations to defined contribution superannuation

schemes are recognised as an expense when the contribution is paid.


$000's June 2023 June 2022

Trade and other payables

Trade payables 12,439 13,329

Insurance liability 915 1,840

Employee benefits 6,158 5,810

Other tax payables 3,829 1,132

Collateral received on derivatives

1

27,609 32,341

Total trade and other payables 50,950 54,452

1

The Banking Group has accepted collateral arising from derivative transactions, included in Cash and cash equivalents.



Policy

Leases

The Banking Group leases office space and car parks. Rental contracts are typically made for fixed periods but may have extension

options. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different terms and conditions.


In determining the lease term, all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option are

considered. Extension options are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended.


Lease liabilities are measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments and discounted using the Banking Group's

incremental borrowing rate (IBR). Carrying amounts are remeasured only upon reassessments and lease modifications.


Right of use assets are depreciated at the shorter of lease term or the Banking Group’s depreciation policy for that asset class.


$000's June 2023 June 2022

Right of use assets

Balance at beginning of year 13,660 15,654

Depreciation charge for the year, included within depreciation expense in the income statement (2,150) (2,122)

Additions to right of use assets - 128

Total right of use assets 11,510 13,660


Lease liability

Current 2,357 3,181

Non-current 11,121 12,545

Total lease liability 13,478 15,726


Interest expense relating to lease liability 434 470


P. 36

18 Related party transactions and balances


Policy

A person or entity is a related party under the following circumstances:


a) A person or a close member of that person's family if that person:

i) has control or joint control over the Bank;

ii) has significant influence over the Bank; or

iii) is a member of the key management personnel of the Bank.


b) An entity is related to the Bank if any of the following conditions applies:

i) The entity and the Bank are members of the same group;

ii) One entity is an associate or joint venture of the other entity;

iii) Both entities are joint ventures of the same third party;

iv) One entity is a joint venture of a third entity and the other entity is an associate of the third entity;

v) The entity is a post-employment benefit plan for the benefit of employees of either the reporting entity or an entity

related to the bank;

vi) The entity is controlled, or jointly controlled by a person identified in (a); and

vii) A person identified in (a)(i) has significant influence over the entity or is a member of the key management personnel of

q the entity (or of a parent of the entity).


(a) Transactions with key management personnel


Key management personnel (KMP), are those who, directly or indirectly, have authority and responsibility for planning, directing

and controlling the activities of HGH and HBL. This includes all executive staff and Directors.


KMP receive personal banking and financial investment services from the Bank in the ordinary course of business. The terms and

conditions, for example interest rates and collateral, and the risks to the Bank are comparable to transactions with other

employees and do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavourable features.


All other transactions with KMPs and their related parties are conducted in the ordinary course of business on commercial terms

and conditions.



$000's June 2023 June 2022

Transactions with key management personnel

Interest income 123 26

Interest expense (43) (24)

Key management personnel compensation

Short-term employee benefits (1,441) (2,373)

Short-term employee benefits - HGH parent (6,642) (6,417)

Share-based plan benefit/(expense) 14 (1,915)

Total transactions with key management personnel (7,989) (10,703)


Due from/(to) key management personnel

Lending 4,428 229

Borrowings - deposits (855) (508)

Total due from/(to) key management personnel 3,573 (279)




P. 37

18 Related party transactions and balances (continued)


(b) Transactions with related parties


The Banking Group's ultimate parent company is HGH.


The Bank has regular transactions with its ultimate parent company, fellow subsidiaries and subsidiaries (collectively known as the

Heartland Group) on agreed terms. The transactions include the provision of tax and administrative services and customer

operations. Banking facilities are provided by HBL to other Banking Group entities on normal commercial terms as with other

customers. There is no lending from the Banking Group to HGH.


Related party transactions between the Banking Group eliminate on consolidation. Related party transactions outside of the

Banking Group are as follows:



$000's June 2023 June 2022

Heartland Group Holdings Limited (HGH)

Interest expense 122 68

Deposits/(withdrawals) (4,754) (31,500)

Dividends paid to HGH 60,000 35,500

Management fees paid to HGH 11,013 8,327

Management fees received from HGH 4,596 2,164




$000's June 2023 June 2022

Australian Seniors Finance Pty Limited (ASF)

Management fees paid to ASF

5 -

Management fees received from ASF

4,517 2,752


Heartland Trust (HT)


Unclaimed monies paid to HT

20 -

Payment to HT for providing goods and services

10 -



(c) Due from/to related parties



$000's June 2023 June 2022

Due from

Australian Seniors Finance Pty Limited

- 1,540

Total due from related parties - 1,540


Due to


Heartland Group Holdings Limited

6,956 1,535

Australian Seniors Finance Pty Limited

217 -

Total due to related parties 7,173 1,535



(d) Other balances with related parties



$000's June 2023 June 2022

Heartland Group Holdings Limited

Retail deposits owing to HGH 4 4,636



P. 38

19 Fair value


Policy

Fair value is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between

market participants at the measurement date.


On initial recognition, the transaction price generally represents the fair value of the financial instrument, unless there is

observable information from an active market that provides a more appropriate fair value.


The fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities that are traded in active markets are based on quoted market prices or

dealer price quotations. For all other financial instruments, the Banking Group determines fair value using other valuation

techniques.


The Banking Group measures fair values using the following fair value hierarchy, which reflects the observability of the inputs

used in measuring fair value:


Level 1 - Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.


Level 2 - Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that

is, as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices).


Level 3 - Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).


The Banking Group recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy as at the end of the reporting period during

which the change has occurred.


(a) Financial instruments measured at fair value


The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial asset and liability measured

at fair value on a recurring basis in the consolidated statement of financial position.


The Banking Group has an established framework in performing valuations required for financial reporting purposes including

Level 3 fair values. The Banking Group regularly reviews and calibrates significant unobservable inputs and valuation adjustments

in accordance with market participants’ views. If external valuation specialists are engaged to measure fair values, the Banking

Group assesses the evidence obtained from these specialists to support the conclusion of these valuations. All significant

valuations are reported to the Banking Group's Board Audit Committee for approval prior to its adoption in the financial

statements.


Investments in debt securities


Investments in public sector securities and corporate bonds are stated at FVOCI with the fair value being based on quoted market

prices (Level 1 under the fair value hierarchy) or modelled using observable market inputs (Level 2 under the fair value hierarchy).

Refer to Note - 10 Investments for more details.


Investments valued under Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy are valued either based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes for

similar instruments, or discounted cash flows analysis.


Investments in equity securities


Investments in equity securities are classified at FVTPL unless an irrevocable election is made by the Banking Group to measure at

FVOCI. Investment in listed securities traded in liquid, active markets where prices are readily observable are measured under

Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy with no modelling or assumptions used in the valuation. Investments in unlisted equity

securities are measured under Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy with the fair value being based on unobservable inputs using

market accepted valuation techniques. Where appropriate, the Banking Group may apply adjustments to the above-mentioned

techniques to determine fair value of an equity security to reflect the underlying characteristics. These adjustments are reflective

of market participant considerations in valuing the said security.





P. 39

19 Fair value (continued)


(a) Financial instruments measured at fair value (continued)


Finance receivables - reverse mortgages


The reverse mortgage portfolio is classified and measured at FVTPL under NZ IFRS 9 Financial instruments (NZ IFRS 9). NZ IFRS 4

Insurance contracts (NZ IFRS 4) requires entities to account for insurance components of lifetime mortgage contracts. The review

of the reverse mortgage portfolio valuation determined that the terms and conditions of these loan contracts do not contain a

component of significant insurance risk, therefore they continue to be treated under NZ IFRS 9 Financial Instruments classified at

FVTPL under NZ IFRS. Application of NZ IFRS 17 going forward will have a policy choice to continue applying NZ IFRS 9 for these

instruments.


On initial recognition the Banking Group considers the transaction price to represent the fair value of the loan, on the basis that

no reliable fair value can be estimated as there is no relevant active market and fair value cannot be reliably measured using other

valuation techniques under NZ IFRS 13 Fair value measurement.


For subsequent measurement, and at balance date, the Banking Group considered whether the fair value can be determined by

reference to a relevant active market or using a valuation technique that incorporates observable inputs but has concluded

relevant support is not currently available. In the absence of such market evidence the Banking Group has used an actuarial

valuation to determine a proxy for the fair value that incorporates changes in the portfolio risk and expectations of the portfolio

performance. The actuarial valuation includes inputs such as mortality and potential move into care, voluntary exits, house price

changes, interest rate margin and the no equity guarantee. This estimate is highly subjective and a wide range of plausible values

are possible. The estimate provides an indication of whether the transaction value is overstated.


The Banking Group does not consider that the actuarial estimate has moved outside of the original expectation range on initial

recognition. There has been no fair value movement recognised in profit or loss during the period (2022: nil). Fair value is not

sensitive to the above assumptions due to the nature of reverse mortgage loans. In particular, given conservative origination loan-

to-value ratio and security criteria, a material deterioration in house prices combined with a material increase in interest rates

over a sustained period of time would likely need to occur before any potential impact to fair value.


The Banking Group will continue to reassess the existence of a relevant active market and movements in expectations on an on-

going basis.


Derivative financial instruments


Interest rate contracts are recognised in the financial statements at fair value. Fair values are determined from observable market

prices as at the reporting date, discounted cash flow models or option pricing models as appropriate (Level 2 under the fair value

hierarchy).


The following table analyses financial instruments measured at fair value at the reporting date by the level in the fair value

hierarchy into which each fair value measurement is categorised. The amounts are based on the values recognised in the

consolidated statement of financial position.


















P. 40

19 Fair value (continued)


(a) Financial instruments measured at fair value (continued)



$000's Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total

June 2023


Assets

Investments 315,192 - 1,819 317,011

Derivative financial instruments - 36,982 - 36,982

Finance receivables - reverse mortgages - - 888,600 888,600

Total financial assets measured at fair value 315,192 36,982 890,419 1,242,593


Liabilities

Derivative financial instruments - 7,624 - 7,624

Total financial liabilities measured at fair value - 7,624 - 7,624



June 2022


Assets

Investments 271,790 - 1,503 273,293

Derivative financial instruments - 44,487 - 44,487

Finance receivables - reverse mortgages - - 721,264 721,264

Total financial assets measured at fair value 271,790 44,487 722,767 1,039,044


Liabilities

Derivative financial instruments - 6,335 - 6,335

Total financial liabilities measured at fair value - 6,335 - 6,335


There were no transfers between levels in the fair value hierarchy in the year ended 30 June 2023 (2022: nil).


The movement in Level 3 assets measured at fair value are below:


Finance Receivables

$000's

- Reverse Mortgage Investments Total

June 2023



As at 30 June 2022

721,264 1,503 722,767

New loans

193,845 - 193,845

Repayments

(96,753) - (96,753)

Capitalised Interest and fees

70,168 - 70,168

Purchase of investments

- 316 316

Other

76 - 76

As at 30 June 2023 888,600 1,819 890,419



June 2022




As at 30 June 2021

601,505 1,818 603,323

New loans

162,166 - 162,166

Repayments

(83,629) - (83,629)

Capitalised Interest and fees

41,864 - 41,864

Fair value (loss) on investment

- (315) (315)

Other

(642) - (642)

As at 30 June 2022 721,264 1,503 722,767





P. 41

19 Fair value (continued)


(b) Financial instruments not measured at fair value


The following assets and liabilities of the Banking Group are not measured at fair value in the consolidated statement of financial

position.


Cash and cash equivalents


Cash and cash equivalents are measured at amortised cost and their carrying value is considered equivalent to their fair value due

to their short term nature.


Investments


Investments not measured at fair value include bank deposits and are measured using the effective interest rate method. They

are held to support the Banking Group’s contractual cash flows rather than selling prior to contractual maturity to realise changes

in fair value.


Finance receivables


The fair value of the Banking Group's finance receivables is calculated using a valuation technique which assumes the Banking

Group's current weighted average lending rates for loans of a similar nature and term.


The current weighted average lending rate used to fair value finance receivables with a fixed interest rate was 10.25% (2022:

7.77%). Finance receivables with a floating interest rate are deemed to be at current market rates. The current amount of credit

provisioning has been deducted from the fair value calculation of finance receivables as a proxy for future losses.


Borrowings


The fair value of deposits, bank borrowings and other borrowings is the present value of future cash flows and is based on the

current market interest rates payable by the Banking Group for debt of similar maturities. The average current market rate used

to fair value other borrowings was 6.66% (2022: 3.57%).


Due to and from related parties


The fair value of amounts due to and from related parties is considered equivalent to their carrying value due to their short term

nature.


P. 42

19 Fair value (continued)


(b) Financial instruments not measured at fair value (continued)


Other financial assets and financial liabilities


The fair value of financial instruments such as short-term trade receivables and payables is considered equivalent to their carrying

value due to their short-term nature.


The following table sets out financial instruments not measured at fair value where the carrying value does not approximate fair

value, compares their carrying value against their fair value and analyses them by level in the fair value hierarchy.


June 2023 June 2022

Total Total

Fair Value Total Fair Carrying Fair Value Total Fair Carrying

$000's Hierarchy Value Value Hierarchy Value Value

Assets

Investments Level 2 - - Level 2 2,418 2,421

Finance receivables Level 3 3,700,196 3,954,800 Level 3 3,701,694 3,762,231

Total financial assets 3,700,196 3,954,800 3,704,112 3,764,652


Liabilities

Deposits Level 2 4,130,330 4,131,029 Level 2 3,595,554 3,597,144

Other borrowings Level 2 615,061 615,126 Level 2 749,478 749,478

Total financial liabilities 4,745,391 4,746,155 4,345,032 4,346,622




P. 43

19 Fair value (continued)


(c) Classification of financial instruments


The following tables summarise the categories of financial instruments and the carrying value of all financial instruments of the

Banking Group:


FVOCI Total

Debt Amortised Carrying

$000's Securities FVTPL Cost Value

June 2023


Assets

Cash and cash equivalents - - 216,044 216,044

Investments 315,192 1,819 - 317,011

Finance receivables - - 3,954,800 3,954,800

Finance receivables - reverse mortgages - 888,600 - 888,600

Derivative financial instruments - 36,982 - 36,982

Other financial assets - - 1,050 1,050

Total financial assets 315,192 927,401 4,171,894 5,414,487


Liabilities

Deposits - - 4,131,029 4,131,029

Other borrowings - - 615,126 615,126

Derivative financial instruments - 7,624 - 7,624

Due to related parties - - 7,173 7,173

Other financial liabilities - - 40,963 40,963

Total financial liabilities - 7,624 4,794,291 4,801,915



June 2022


Assets

Cash and cash equivalents - - 221,469 221,469

Investments 271,790 1,503 2,421 275,714

Finance receivables - - 3,762,231 3,762,231

Finance receivables - reverse mortgages - 721,264 - 721,264

Derivative financial instruments - 44,487 - 44,487

Due from related parties - - 1,540 1,540

Other financial assets - - 175 175

Total financial assets 271,790 767,254 3,987,836 5,026,880


Liabilities

Deposits - - 3,597,144 3,597,144

Other borrowings - - 749,478 749,478

Derivative financial instruments - 6,335 - 6,335

Due to related parties - - 1,535 1,535

Other financial liabilities - - 47,510 47,510

Total financial liabilities - 6,335 4,395,667 4,402,002


P. 44

Risk Management


20 Enterprise risk management program


The board of directors (the Board) sets and monitors the Banking Group’s risk appetite across the primary risk domains of credit,

capital, liquidity, market (including interest rate), operational and compliance and general business risk. Management is, in turn,

responsible for ensuring appropriate structures, policies, procedures and information systems are in place to actively manage

these risk domains, as outlined within the Enterprise Risk Management Framework (ERMF). Collectively, these processes are

known as the Bank's Enterprise Risk Management Program (RMP).


Role of the Board and the Board Risk Committee


The Board, through its Board Risk Committee (BRC) is responsible for oversight and governance of the development of the RMP.

The role of the BRC is to assist the Board to formulate its risk appetite, and to monitor the effectiveness of the RMP. The BRC has

the following specific responsibilities:


x The Board's Risk Appetite Statement.


x Heartland’s Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Program (ICAAP) including appropriate stress testing scenarios.


x The effectiveness of the ERMF and internal compliance and risk related policies, including approval or variation of policies,

procedures and standards.


x Respond to changes anticipated in the economic, business and regulatory environment.


x Conduct, culture and customer outcomes, including emerging risks and any areas of concern.


x Credit exposures of the Bank, including the Delegated Lending Authority Policy and Framework.


x New products, including the process for approval of new products.


The BRC consists of three non-executive directors. Two members of the BRC sit on the Board Audit Committee (BAC). In addition,

the HBL CEO, CRO, Head of Internal Audit and the CFO of Heartland Group Holdings Limited (or their nominee, subject to the

Chair’s prior approval) attend the BRC meetings, and the directors who are not members of the BRC are entitled to attend

meetings and to receive copies of the BRC papers.


Board Audit Committee


The BAC focuses on financial reporting and application of accounting policies as part of the internal control and risk assessment

framework. The BAC monitors the identification, evaluation and management of all significant risks through the Banking Group.

This work is supported by Internal Audit, which provides an independent assessment of the design, adequacy and effectiveness of

internal controls. The BAC receives regular reports from Internal Audit.


Charters for both the BRC and the BAC ensure suitable cross representation to allow effective communication pertaining to

identified issues with oversight by the Board. The CRO has a direct reporting line to the Chair of the BRC. The Head of

Internal Audit has a direct reporting line to the Chair of the BAC.


Internal Audit


The Banking Group has an Internal Audit function, the objective of which is to provide independent, objective assurance over the

internal control environment. In certain circumstances, Internal Audit will provide risk and control advice to Management

provided the work does not impede the independence of the Internal Audit function. The function assists The Banking Group in

accomplishing its objectives by bringing a systematic and disciplined approach to evaluate and improve the effectiveness of ris

k

management, control, and governance processes.


Internal Audit is allowed full, free and unfettered access to any and all of the organisation’s records, personnel and physical

properties deemed necessary to accomplish its activities.


P. 45

20 Enterprise risk management program (continued)


Internal Audit (continued)



A regular cycle of review has been implemented to cover all areas of the business, focused on assessment, management and

control of risks identified. The audit plan takes into account cyclical review of various business units and operational areas, as

well as identified areas of higher identified risk. The audit methodology is designed to meet the International Standards for the

Professional Practice of Internal Auditing of The Institute of Internal Auditors.


Each audit has specific audit procedures tailored to the area of business that is being reviewed. The audit procedures are

updated during each audit to reflect any process changes. Audit work papers are completed to evidence the testing performed in

accordance with the audit procedures.


A schedule of all outstanding internal control issues is maintained and presented to the BAC to assist the BAC to track the

resolution of previously identified issues. Any issues raised that are categorised as high risk are specifically reviewed by Internal

Audit during a follow-up review once the issue is considered closed by management. The follow-up review is performed with a

view to formally close out the issue.


Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO)


The ALCO is a group management committee comprising the CEO of HBL, CFO of HGH, CRO of HBL, Head of Retail and Financial

Controller of HBL. The ALCO has responsibility for overseeing aspects of risk management of the Banking Group's financial

position. The ALCO usually meets monthly, and provides reports to HBL Audit and Risk Committees. ALCO's specific

responsibilities include decision making and oversight of risk matters in relation to:


x Market risk covering Foreign exchange risk and Interest rate risk (including non-traded interest rate risk and the investment

of capital).


x Liquidity risk (including funding).


x Balance sheet structure.


x Capital management.


Executive Risk Committee (ERC)


The ERC comprises the CEO of HBL, CRO of HBL, CFO of HGH, Financial Controller of HBL and Head of Internal Audit. The ERC has

responsibility for overseeing risk aspects including internal control environment to ensure that residual risk is consistent with the

Banking Group’s risk appetite. The ERC generally meets monthly and minutes are made available to the BRC. ERC’s specific

responsibilities include decision making and oversight of operational risk, compliance risk and credit risk.


Climate-related risks


Climate change risks are managed in accordance with the Banking Group’s RMP and supported by the environmental

sustainability framework.


The Banking Group considers the impact of climate-related risks on its financial position and performance (and in this regard, the

Board is currently in the process of establishing a new Board Committee to assist it in managing its climate related risks). While

the effects of climate change represent a source of uncertainty, the Banking Group has concluded that climate-related risks do

not have a material impact on the judgements, assumptions and estimates for the year ended 30 June 2023.


P. 46

20 Enterprise risk management program (continued)


Operational and compliance risk


Operational and compliance risk is the risk arising from day to day operational activities in the execution of the Banking Group's

strategy which may result in direct or indirect loss. Operational and compliance risk losses can occur as a result of fraud, human

error, missing or inadequately designed processes, failed systems, damage to physical assets, improper behaviour or from

external events. The losses range from direct financial losses, to reputational damage, unfavourable media attention, injury to or

loss of staff or clients or as a breach of laws or banking regulations. Where appropriate, risks are mitigated by insurance.


To ensure appropriate responsibility is allocated for the management, reporting and escalation of operational and compliance

risk, the Banking Group operates a “three lines of defence” model which outlines principles for the roles, responsibilities and

accountabilities for operational and compliance risk management:


x The first line of defence is the business line management of the identification, management and mitigation of the risks

associated with the products and processes of the business. This accountability includes regular testing and attestation of the

adequacy and effectiveness of controls and compliance with the Banking Group's policies.


x The second line of defence is the Risk and Compliance function, responsible for the design and ownership of the Operational

Risk Management Framework. It incorporates key processes including Risk and Control Self-Assessment (RCSA), incident

management, independent evaluation of the adequacy and effectiveness of the internal control framework and the

attestation process.


x The third line of defence is Internal Audit which is responsible for independently assessing how effectively the Banking Group

is managing its risk according to its stated risk appetite.


The Banking Group’s exposure to operational and compliance risk is governed by a risk appetite statement approved by the Board

and is used to guide management activities. This statement sets out the nature of risk which may be taken and aggregate risk

limits, which are monitored by the ERC.


Market risk


Market risk is the possibility of experiencing losses or gains due to factors affecting the overall performance of financial markets

in which the Banking Group is exposed. The primary market risk exposures for the Banking Group are interest rate risk and

foreign exchange risk. The risk being that market interest rates or foreign exchange rates will change and adversely impact on the

Banking Group’s earnings due to either adverse moves in foreign exchange market rates or in the case of interest rate risks

mismatches between repricing dates of interest bearing assets and liabilities and/or differences between customer pricing and

wholesale rates.


P. 47

20 Enterprise risk management program (continued)


Interest rate risk


Interest rate risk refers to exposure of an entity’s earnings and / or capital because of a mismatch between the interest rate

exposures of its assets and liabilities. Interest rate risk for the Banking Group arises from the provision of non-traded retail

banking products and services and from traded wholesale transactions entered into to reduce aggregate interest rate risk (known

as hedges). This risk arises from four key sources:


x Mismatches between the repricing dates of interest bearing assets and liabilities (yield curve and repricing risk);


x Banking products repricing differently to changes in wholesale market rates (basis risk);


x Loan prepayment or deposit early withdrawal behaviour from customers that deviates from the expected or contractually

agreed behaviour (optionality risk); and


x The effect of internal or market forces on a bank’s net interest margin where, for example, in a low rate environment any fall

in rates will further decrease interest income earned on the assets whereas funding cost cannot be reduced as it is already at

the minimum level (margin compression risk).


Refer to Note 24 - Interest rate risk for further details regarding interest rate risk.


Counterparty Credit Risk


The Banking Group has on-going credit exposure associated with:


x Cash and cash equivalents;


x Finance receivables;


x Holding of investment securities; and


x Payments owed to the Banking Group from risk management instruments.


Counterparty credit risk is managed against limits set in the Market Risk Policy including credit exposure on derivative contracts,

bilateral set-off arrangements, cash and cash equivalents and investment securities.


P. 48

21 Credit risk exposure


Credit risk is the risk that a borrower will default on any type of debt by failing to make payments which it is obligated to make.

The risk is primarily that of the lender and includes loss of principal and interest, disruption to cash flows and increased collection

costs.


Credit risk is managed to achieve sustainable risk-reward performance whilst maintaining exposures within acceptable risk

“appetite” parameters. This is achieved through the combination of governance, policies, systems and controls, underpinned by

commercial judgement as described below.


To manage this risk the ERC oversees the formal credit risk management strategy. The ERC reviews the Banking Group's credit risk

exposures typically on a monthly basis. The credit risk management strategies aim to ensure that:


x Credit origination meets agreed levels of credit quality at point of approval;


x Sector concentrations are monitored;


x Maximum total exposure to any one debtor is actively managed;


x Changes to credit risk are actively monitored with regular credit reviews.


The BRC also oversees the Banking Group's credit risk exposures to monitor overall risk metrics having regard to risk appetite set

by the Board.


The BRC has authority from the Board for approval of all credit exposures. Lending authority has been provided by the BRC to the

Banking Group's Credit Committee, and to the business units under a detailed Delegated Lending Authority framework.

Application of credit discretions in the business operation are monitored through a defined review and hindsight structure as

outlined in the Credit Risk Oversight Policy. Delegated Lending Authorities are provided to individual officers with due cognisance

of their experience and ability. Larger and higher risk exposures require approval of senior management, the Credit Committee

and ultimately through to the BRC.


The Banking Group employs a credit risk oversight process of hindsighting loans to ensure that credit policies and the quality of

credit processes are maintained.


P. 49

21 Credit risk exposure (continued)


Reverse mortgage loans and negative equity risk


Reverse mortgage loans are a form of mortgage lending designed for the needs of people over 60 years of age. These loans differ

to conventional mortgages in that they typically are not repaid until the borrower ceases to reside in the property. Further,

interest is not required to be paid, it is capitalised into the loan balance and is repayable on termination of the loan. As such,

there are no incoming cash flows and therefore no default risk to manage during the term of the loan. Negative equity risk arises

from the promise by the Banking Group that the maximum repayment amount is limited to the net sale proceeds of the

borrowers' property.


The Banking Group’s exposure to negative equity risk is managed via lending standards specific for this product. In addition to

usual criteria regarding the type, and location, of security property that the Banking Group will accept for reverse mortgage

lending, a key aspect of the Banking Group's policy is that a borrower’s age on origination of the reverse mortgage loan will

dictate the loan-to-value ratio of the reverse mortgage on origination.


Business Finance Guarantee Scheme (BFGS)


In April 2020, the Bank along with other registered banks in New Zealand, entered into a Deed of Indemnity with the New Zealand

Government to implement the New Zealand Government's Business Finance Guarantee Scheme (the Scheme). The purpose of the

Scheme was to provide short term credit to eligible small and medium size businesses, who had been impacted by the economic

effects of COVID-19. The Scheme allowed banks to lend to a maximum of $5 million for a five-year term. The New Zealand

Government guaranteed 80% of any loss incurred (credit risk) with the Bank holding the remaining 20%. The Scheme concluded

on 30 June 2021. As at 30 June 2023 the Bank had a total exposure of $54.8 million (2022: $64.8 million) to its customers under

this Scheme.


Maximum exposure to credit risk at the relevant reporting dates


The following table represents the maximum credit risk exposure, without taking account of any collateral held. The on balance

sheet exposures set out below are based on net carrying amounts as reported in the consolidated statement of financial position.



$000's June 2023 June 2022

On balance sheet:

Cash and cash equivalents 216,044 221,469

Investments 315,192 274,211

Finance receivables 3,954,800 3,762,231

Finance receivables - reverse mortgages 888,600 721,264

Derivative financial assets 36,982 44,487

Due from related parties - 1,540

Other financial assets 1,050 175

Total on balance sheet credit exposures 5,412,668 5,025,377


Off balance sheet:

Letters of credit, guarantee commitments and performance bonds 7,378 8,969

Undrawn facilities available to customers 310,423 272,735

Conditional commitments to fund at future dates 24,873 34,791

Total off balance sheet credit exposures 342,674 316,495


Total credit exposures 5,755,342 5,341,872




P. 50

21 Credit risk exposure (continued)


Concentration of credit risk by geographic region



$000's June 2023 June 2022

New Zealand 5,538,346 5,176,026

Australia 1,137 3,520

Rest of the world

1

268,004 212,753

5,807,487 5,392,299


Provision for impairment (52,145) (50,427)

Total credit exposures 5,755,342 5,341,872

1

These overseas assets are primarily NZD-denominated investments in AA+ (Standard & Poor's) and high quality investment grade securities

issued by offshore supranational agencies ("Kauri Bonds").




Concentration of credit risk by industry sector


The Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification (ANZSIC) codes have been used as the basis for categorising

customer and investee industry sectors.



$000's June 2023 June 2022

Agriculture 781,065 747,618

Forestry and fishing 130,055 148,797

Mining 8,266 12,524

Manufacturing 80,729 78,432

Finance and insurance 722,404 685,938

Wholesale trade 46,053 41,986

Retail trade and accommodation 402,146 423,975

Households 2,432,860 2,134,097

Other business services 198,377 189,860

Construction 336,333 291,971

Rental, hiring and real estate services 205,079 199,388

Transport and storage 359,865 323,732

Other 104,255 113,981

5,807,487 5,392,299


Provision for impairment (52,145) (50,427)

Total credit exposures 5,755,342 5,341,872



Credit exposures to connected persons


The Banking Group's methodology for calculating credit exposure concentrations is on the basis of actual credit exposures and

calculated on a gross basis (net of individual credit impairment allowances and excluding advances of a capital nature) in

accordance with the Bank's conditions of registration and the Reserve Bank's Connected Exposures Policy (BS8). Peak end-of-day

credit exposures to non-bank connected persons are calculated using the Banking Group’s Tier 1 capital at the end of the

reporting period.


P. 51

21 Credit risk exposure (continued)


Credit exposures to connected persons (continued)


In accordance with its conditions of registration, the Banking Group's aggregate credit exposures to all connected persons must

not exceed its rating contingent limit of 15% of tier one capital. Within the overall rating contingent limit, there is a sub-limit of

15% of tier one capital which applies to the aggregate credit exposures to non-bank connected persons. There have been no

rating-contingent limit changes during the accounting period.


Peak End-of-Day for

As at June 2023 Year Ended June 2023

Credit exposures to connected persons ($000's) - 2,660

As a percentage of Tier 1 capital of the Banking Group at end of the year (%) 0.00% 0.44%

Credit exposures to non-bank connected persons ($000's) - 2,660

As a percentage of Tier 1 capital of the Banking Group at end of the year (%) 0.00% 0.44%



As at 30 June 2023, the Banking Group had no aggregate contingent exposures to connected persons arising from risk lay-off

arrangements in respect of credit exposures to counterparties (excluding counterparties that are connected persons). The

aggregate amount of the Banking Group's individual credit provisions provided against credit exposure to connected persons was

nil at 30 June 2023.


Credit exposure to individual counterparties


The Banking Group’s aggregate concentration of credit exposure to individual counterparties is calculated based on the actual

credit exposure. Credit exposures to connected persons, the central government or central bank of any country with a long term

credit rating of A- or A3 or above, or its equivalent, and any supranational or quasi-sovereign agency with a long-term credit

rating of A- or A3 or above, or its equivalent are excluded.


The peak end-of-day aggregate concentration of credit exposure to individual counterparties has been calculated by determining

the maximum end-of-day aggregate amount of credit exposure over the relevant six-month period and then dividing the amount

by the Banking Group’s common equity tier one capital as 30 June 2023.


Number of Exposures

Number of Exposures Peak End-of-Day over


As at June 2023

6 Months to June 2023

Exposures to banks

With a long-term credit rating of A- or A3 or above, or its equivalent:

10% to less than 15% of CET1 capital - -

15% to less than 20% of CET1 capital 1 2

20% to less than 25% of CET1 capital 1 1

25% to less than 30% of CET1 capital - -

With a long-term credit rating of at least BBB- or Baa3, or its equivalent, and at

most BBB+ or Baa1, or its equivalent

- -

Exposures to non-banks

Total number of exposures to non-banks that are greater than 10% to less than

15% of CET1 capital that do not have a long-term credit rating.

1 1





P. 52

21 Credit risk exposure (continued)


Collateral held


The Banking Group employs a range of policies and practices to mitigate credit risk and has internal policies on the acceptability of

specific classes of collateral. Collateral is held as security to support credit risk on finance receivables and enforced in satisfying

the debt in the event contractual repayment obligations are not met. The collateral held for mitigating credit risk for the Banking

Group’s lending portfolios is outlined below.



Reverse mortgage and Residential mortgage loans

Reverse mortgage loans are secured by a first mortgage over a residential property which is typically a customer’s primary

residential dwelling, residential investment property or holiday home. Residential mortgage loans are secured by a residential

mortgage over an owner-occupied property located in an approved urban area.


Corporate lending

Business lending including rural lending is typically secured by way of a charge over property and/or specific security agreement

over relevant business assets, and, where considered appropriate, a general security agreement to provide the ability to control

cash flows.


Other lending

Other lending comprises personal loans, primarily motor loans, which are secured by a motor vehicle or a boat; and other shorter

term smaller personal loans which are predominantly unsecured.


The Banking Group analyses the coverage of the loan portfolio which is secured by the collateral it holds.


Coverage is measured by the value of security as a proportion of loan balance outstanding and classified as follows:


Fully secured Greater or equal to 100%

Partially secured 1% - 99.9%

Unsecured No security held


The Banking Group’s loan portfolio have the following coverage from collateral held:




Corporate Residential All Other

June 2023


Fully Secured 91% 100% 73%

Partially Secured 4% - 12%

Unsecured 5% - 15%

Total 100% 100% 100%


June 2022


Fully Secured 92% 100% 71%

Partially Secured 6% - 14%

Unsecured 2% - 15%

Total 100% 100% 100%


P. 53

22 Asset quality


The disclosures in this note are categorised by the following credit risk concentrations:


Corporate Business lending including rural lending.


Residential Lending secured by a first ranking mortgage over a residential property used primarily for residential purposes

either by the mortgagor or a tenant of the mortgagor

.


All Other This relates primarily to consumer lending to individuals.


Information is not presented in respect of other financial assets or credit related contingent liabilities as the related allowances

for ECL are not material to the Banking Group.


(a) Past due but not individually impaired




$000's Corporate Residential All Other Total

June 2023


Less than 30 days past due 4,515 151 4,685 9,351

At least 30 but less than 60 days past due 31,739 - 12,358 44,097

At least 60 but less than 90 days past due 6,514 300 4,543 11,357

At least 90 days past due 35,775 401 36,162 72,338

Total past due but not individually impaired 78,543 852 57,748 137,143


June 2022


Less than 30 days past due 4,147 171 3,249 7,567

At least 30 but less than 60 days past due 15,320 263 10,751 26,334

At least 60 but less than 90 days past due 4,621 85 5,071 9,777

At least 90 days past due 15,276 131 25,872 41,279

Total past due but not individually impaired 39,364 650 44,943 84,957



(b) Credit risk grading


The Banking Group's finance receivables are monitored either by account behaviour (Behavioural portfolio) or a regular

assessment of their credit risk grade based on an objective review of defined risk characteristics (Judgemental portfolio).


Finance receivables - reverse mortgages have no arrears characteristics and are assessed on origination against a pre-determined

criteria.


The Judgemental portfolio consists mainly of business and rural lending where an on-going and detailed working relationship with

the customer has been developed while the Behavioural portfolio consists of consumer, retail and smaller business receivables.


Judgemental loans are individually risk graded based on loan status, financial information, security and debt servicing ability.

Exposures in the Judgemental portfolio are credit risk graded by an internal risk grading mechanism where grade 1 is the

strongest risk. Grade 8 and grade 9 are the weakest risk grades where a loss is probable. Behavioural loans are managed based on

their arrears status.


P. 54

22 Asset quality (continued)


(b) Credit risk grading (continued)


All loans past due but not impaired have been categorised into three impairments stages (refer to Note 22 – Asset quality (c))

which are in most cases based on arrears status. If a Judgemental loan is risk graded 6 or above it will be classified as stage 2 as a

minimum and carry a provision based on lifetime expected credit losses.





Collectively Assessed Individually

$000's

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Assessed Total

June 2023


Judgemental portfolio

Grade 1 - Very Strong 25 - - - 25

Grade 2 - Strong 3,658 - - - 3,658

Grade 3 - Sound 41,887 477 - - 42,364

Grade 4 - Adequate 637,993 9,975 3,477 - 651,445

Grade 5 - Acceptable 1,016,113 5,492 602 - 1,022,207

Grade 6 - Monitor - 64,946 6,763 - 71,709

Grade 7 - Substandard - 76,955 13,725 - 90,680

Grade 8 - Doubtful - - - 51,284 51,284

Grade 9 - At risk of loss - - - 1,671 1,671

Total Judgemental portfolio 1,699,676 157,845 24,567 52,955 1,935,043

Total Behavioural portfolio 1,990,888 24,335 56,679 - 2,071,902

Gross finance receivables 3,690,564 182,180 81,246 52,955 4,006,945

Provision for impairment (12,250) (2,444) (21,320) (16,131) (52,145)

Total finance receivables 3,678,314 179,736 59,926 36,824 3,954,800

Undrawn facilities available to customers 57,471 77,150 123,248 - 257,869



June 2022


Judgemental portfolio

Grade 1 - Very Strong 26 - - - 26

Grade 2 - Strong 10,859 - - - 10,859

Grade 3 - Sound 53,756 - - - 53,756

Grade 4 - Adequate 697,590 5,382 1,052 - 704,024

Grade 5 - Acceptable 994,079 1,823 53 - 995,955

Grade 6 - Monitor - 25,106 2,308 - 27,414

Grade 7 - Substandard - 64,203 4,727 - 68,930

Grade 8 - Doubtful - - - 62,672 62,672

Grade 9 - At risk of loss - - - 3,511 3,511

Total Judgemental portfolio 1,756,310 96,514 8,140 66,183 1,927,147

Total Behavioural portfolio 1,827,025 21,001 37,485 - 1,885,511

Gross finance receivables 3,583,335 117,515 45,625 66,183 3,812,658

Provision for impairment (19,201) (1,863) (14,362) (15,001) (50,427)

Total finance receivables 3,564,134 115,652 31,263 51,182 3,762,231

Undrawn facilities available to customers 52,949 73,175 110,495 - 236,619




P. 55

22 Asset quality (continued)


(c) Provision for impairment


Policy

Impairment of finance receivables

At each reporting date, the Banking Group applies a three stage approach to measuring ECL to finance receivables not carried at

fair value. The ECL model assesses whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition.


Exposures are assessed on a collective basis in each stage unless there is sufficient evidence that one or more events associated

with an exposure could have a detrimental impact on estimated future cash flows. Where such evidence exists, the exposure is

assessed on an individual basis.


For the purposes of a collective evaluation of impairment, finance receivables are grouped based on shared credit risk

characteristics, credit risk ratings, contractual term, date of initial recognition, remaining term to maturity, customer type and

other relevant factors.


The ECL model is a forward-looking model where impairment allowances are recognised before losses are actually incurred. On

initial recognition, an impairment allowance is required, based on events that are possible in the next 12 months.


Assets may migrate between the following stages based on their change in credit quality:


Stage 1 - 12 months ECL (past due 30 days or less)


Where there has been no evidence of increased credit risk since initial recognition, and finance receivables are not credit impaired

upon origination, the portion of the lifetime ECL associated with the probability of default events occurring within the next 12

months is recognised.


Stage 2 - Lifetime ECL not credit impaired (greater than 30 but less than 90 days past due)


Where there has been a significant increase in credit risk.


Stage 3 - Lifetime ECL credit impaired (90 days past due or more)


Objective evidence of impairment, are considered to be in default or otherwise credit impaired.


Credit quality of financial assets

The Banking Group internally computes probability of default using historical default data, to assess the potential risk of default of

the lending, or other financial services products, provided to counterparties or customers. The Banking Group has defined

counterparty probabilities of default across consumer, retail, business and rural portfolios.


The Banking Group considers a receivable to be in default when contractual payments are 90 days or more past due, or when it is

considered unlikely that the credit obligation to the Banking Group will be paid in full without recourse to actions, such as

realisation of security.


Finance receivables are written off against the related impairment allowance when there is no reasonable expectation of

recovery. Any recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited to credit impairment expense in profit or loss.


In determining whether credit risk has increased all available information relevant to the assessment of economic conditions at

the reporting date are taken into consideration. To do this the Banking Group considers its historical loss experience and adjusts

this for current observable data. In addition to this the Banking Group uses reasonable and supportable forecasts of future

economic conditions including experienced judgement to estimate the amount of an expected impairment loss. Future economic

conditions consider macroeconomic factors such as unemployment, interest rate, gross domestic product, and inflation, and

requires an evaluation of both the current and forecast direction of the economic cycle. The methodology and assumptions

including any forecasts of future economic conditions are reviewed regularly as incorporating forward-looking information

increases the level of judgement as to how changes in these macroeconomic factors will affect the ECL.


The calculation of expected credit loss is modelled for portfolios of like assets. For portfolios which are either new or too small to

model, judgement is used to determine impairment provisions.


P. 56

22 Asset quality (continued)


Policy (continued)

Credit quality of financial assets (continued)

For assets that are individually assessed for ECL, the allowance for ECL is calculated directly as the difference between the

defaulted assets carrying value and the recoverable amount (being the present value of expected future cash flows, including cash

flows from the realisation of collateral or guarantees, where applicable).


Modification of contractual cash flows

The Banking Group sometimes modifies the terms of loans provided to customers due to commercial re-negotiations, or for

distressed loans, with a view to maximising recovery.


Such restructuring activities include extended payment term arrangements, payment holidays and payment forgiveness.

Restructuring policies and practices are based on indicators or criteria which, in the judgement of management, indicate that

payment will most likely continue.


These policies are kept under continuous review. Restructuring is most commonly applied to term loans.


The Banking Group’s models for estimating ECL for each of its portfolios are based on the historic credit experience of those

portfolios. The models assume that economic conditions remain static over time. If the Banking Group forecasts that economic

conditions may change in the foreseeable future, the Banking Group applies judgement to determine whether the modelled

output should be subject to an economic overlay. Judgement is required to establish clear correlation between key economic

indicators and the credit performance of the Banking Group’s unique portfolios.


The most significant and judgemental provision for impairment is on motor vehicle lending with a collective ECL of $15.1 million at

30 June 2023 (2022: $9.5 million). There are fewer judgements on the other remaining lending portfolios.


The motor vehicle lending impairment allowance is sensitive to changes in the level of unemployment. The modelled provision for

motor vehicle lending is a probability weighted estimate based on three scenarios. The forecast of unemployment across all three

scenarios uses consensus external data obtained from external economic experts.


The forecast assumes the following for unemployment for all three scenarios:


2024 2025 2026

Upside 4.00% 4.80% 4.40%

Central 4.60% 5.20% 5.00%

Downside 5.96% 6.13% 5.70%


The probability weights assigned to each scenario are based on management’s estimate of their relative likelihood. The following

table indicates the weightings applied by the Banking Group as at 30 June 2023:


Upside 15%

Central 50%

Downside 35%


The following sensitivity table shows the provision for impairment based on the probability weighted scenarios and what the

impairment allowance for motor vehicle lending would be assuming a 100% weighting is applied to the three scenarios with all

other assumptions held constant.


Reported probability weighted impairment allowance $15.1 million

100% Upside $9.7 million

100% Central $12.4 million

100% Downside $21.2 million


P. 57

22 Asset quality (continued)


(c) Provision for impairment (continued)



Collectively Assessed Individually

$000's Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Assessed Total

June 2023


Corporate

Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2022 19,353 901 4,941 15,001 40,196

Changes in loss allowance

Transfer between stages

1

(7,738) (1,940) 1,346 8,332 -

New and increased provision (net of provision

releases)

1


(526) 2,376 4,653 4,701 11,204

Credit impairment charge (8,264) 436 5,999 13,033 11,204

Write-offs - - (2,410) (11,903) (14,313)

Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2023 11,089 1,337 8,530 16,131 37,087

Residential

Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2022 115 - - - 115

Changes in loss allowance

Transfer between stages

1

- - - - -

New and increased provision (net of provision

releases)

1


12 - - - 12

Credit impairment charge 12 - - - 12

Write-offs - - - - -

Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2023 127 - - - 127

All Other

Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2022 (267) 966 9,417 - 10,116

Changes in loss allowance

Transfer between stages

1

(459) (1,883) 2,342 - -

New and increased provision (net of provision

releases)

1


1,760 2,028 9,786 - 13,574

Credit impairment charge 1,301 145 12,128 - 13,574

Write-offs - - (8,759) - (8,759)

Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2023 1,034 1,111 12,786 - 14,931

Total

Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2022 19,201 1,863 14,362 15,001 50,427

Changes in loss allowance

Transfer between stages

1

(8,197) (3,823) 3,688 8,332 -

New and increased provision (net of provision

releases)

1


1,246 4,404 14,439 4,701 24,790

Credit impairment charge (6,951) 581 18,127 13,033 24,790

Write-offs - - (11,169) (11,903) (23,072)

Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2023 12,250 2,444 21,320 16,131 52,145

1

The increase in provision when a loan moves to a higher stage is included in New and increased provision (net of provision releases) in the

higher stage to which the loan moved. The decrease in provision when a loan moves to a lower stage is included in New and increased provision

(net of provision releases) in the higher stage from which the loan moved.


P. 58

22 Asset quality (continued)


(c) Provision for impairment (continued)





Collectively Assessed Individually


$000's

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Assessed Total



June 2022




Corporate

Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2021

16,586 1,218 4,844 7,629 30,277

Changes in loss allowance

Transfer between stages

1


(3,614) (1,060) (601) 5,275 -

New and increased provision (net of provision

releases)

1


6,381 739 4,164 5,507 16,791

Credit impairment charge 2,767 (321) 3,563 10,782 16,791

Write-offs

- - (3,462) (3,410) (6,872)

Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2022 19,353 897 4,945 15,001 40,196


Residential

Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2021

88 - - - 88

Changes in loss allowance

Transfer between stages

- - - - -

New and increased provision (net of provision

releases)

1


27 - - - 27

Credit impairment charge 27 - - - 27

Write-offs

- - - - -

Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2022 115 - - - 115


All Other

Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2021

7,758 1,138 11,787 - 20,683

Changes in loss allowance

Transfer between stages

1


(192) (1,440) 1,632 - -

New and increased provision (net of provision

releases)

1


(7,833) 1,268 7,194 - 629

Credit impairment charge (8,025) (172) 8,826 - 629

Write-offs

- - (11,196) - (11,196)

Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2022 (267) 966 9,417 - 10,116


Total

Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2021

24,432 2,356 16,631 7,629 51,048

Changes in loss allowance

Transfer between stages

1


(3,806) (2,500) 1,031 5,275 -

New and increased provision (net of provision

releases)

1


(1,425) 2,007 11,358 5,507 17,447

Credit impairment charge (5,231) (493) 12,389 10,782 17,447

Write-offs

- - (14,658) (3,410) (18,068)

Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2022 19,201 1,863 14,362 15,001 50,427

1

The increase in provision when a loan moves to a higher stage is included in New and increased provision (net of provision releases) in the

higher stage to which the loan moved. The decrease in provision when a loan moves to a lower stage is included in New and increased provision

(net of provision releases) in the higher stage from which the loan moved.


P. 59

22 Asset quality (continued)


(d) Impact of changes in gross finance receivables held at amortised cost on allowance for ECL




Collectively Assessed Individually

$000's Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Assessed Total

June 2023


Corporate

Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2022 2,289,350 99,514 21,306 66,183 2,476,353

Transfer between stages (180,762) 139,860 29,179 11,723 -

Additions 711,378 - - 9,326 720,704

Deletions (509,932) (80,418) (2,685) (15,194) (608,229)

Write-offs - - (3,091) (19,083) (22,174)

Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2023 2,310,034 158,956 44,709 52,955 2,566,654


Residential

Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2022 285,844 - - - 285,844

Transfer between stages - - - - -

Additions 42,721 - - - 42,721

Deletions (6,079) - - - (6,079)

Write-offs - - - - -

Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2023 322,486 - - - 322,486


All Other

Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2022 1,008,141 18,001 24,319 - 1,050,461

Transfer between stages (56,358) 21,943 34,415 - -

Additions 642,266 - - - 642,266

Deletions (536,005) (16,720) (14,046) - (566,771)

Write-offs - - (8,151) - (8,151)

Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2023 1,058,044 23,224 36,537 - 1,117,805


Total

Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2022 3,583,335 117,515 45,625 66,183 3,812,658

Transfer between stages (237,120) 161,803 63,594 11,723 -

Additions 1,396,365 - - 9,326 1,405,691

Deletions (1,052,016) (97,138) (16,731) (15,194) (1,181,079)

Write-offs - - (11,242) (19,083) (30,325)

Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2023 3,690,564 182,180 81,246 52,955 4,006,945



P. 60

22 Asset quality (continued)


(d) Impact of changes in gross finance receivables held at amortised cost on allowance for ECL (continued)




Collectively Assessed Individually

$000's Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Assessed Total

June 2022


Corporate

Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2021 1,897,900 158,218 27,565 38,143 2,121,826

Transfer between stages (72,300) 13,380 3,526 55,394 -

Additions 1,326,598 - - 3,002 1,329,600

Deletions (862,848) (72,084) (7,191) (26,946) (969,069)

Write-offs - - (2,594) (3,410) (6,004)

Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2022 2,289,350 99,514 21,306 66,183 2,476,353


Residential

Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2021 62,534 - - - 62,534

Transfer between stages - - - - -

Additions 242,672 - - - 242,672

Deletions (19,362) - - - (19,362)

Write-offs - - - - -

Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2022 285,844 - - - 285,844


All Other

Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2021 1,056,137 6,510 17,634 - 1,080,281

Transfer between stages (36,751) 11,491 25,260 - -

Additions 489,911 - - - 489,911

Deletions (501,156) - (6,150) - (507,306)

Write-offs - - (12,425) - (12,425)

Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2022 1,008,141 18,001 24,319 - 1,050,461


Total

Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2021 3,016,571 164,728 45,199 38,143 3,264,641

Transfer between stages (109,051) 24,871 28,786 55,394 -

Additions 2,059,181 - - 3,002 2,062,183

Deletions (1,383,366) (72,084) (13,341) (26,946) (1,495,737)

Write-offs - - (15,019) (3,410) (18,429)

Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2022 3,583,335 117,515 45,625 66,183 3,812,658


Impact of changes in gross exposures on loss allowances - Corporate exposures


Overall credit impairment provisions for corporate exposures decreased by $3.1 million (7.7%) for the year ended 30 June 2023,

mainly due to increase in the corporate exposure portfolio of $90.3 million (3.6%) which was partially offset by the release of

provisions previously held against assets written off during the year.


Impact of changes in gross exposures on loss allowances – All other exposures


Overall credit impairment provisions for All other exposures increased by $4.8 million (47.6%) for the year ended 30 June 2023,

mainly due to increase in the All other portfolio of $67.4 million (6.4%) and movement of exposures into more advanced stages.

This is offset by reduction in loss given default from more effective arrears management.


(e) Other asset quality information


As at 30 June 2023 there were nil undrawn lending commitments available to counterparties for whom drawn balances are

classified as individually impaired (2022: $0.003 million). As at 30 June 2023, the Banking Group had $0.349 million assets under

administration (2022: $1.015 million).


As at 30 June 2023, the contractual amount outstanding on loans to customers written off during the year and are still subject to

enforcement activity was nil (2022:nil).


P. 61


23 Liquidity risk


Liquidity risk is the risk that the Banking Group is unable to meet its payment obligations as they fall due. The timing mismatch of

cash flows and the related liquidity risk in all banking operations is closely monitored by the Banking Group.


Measurement of liquidity risk is designed to ensure that the Banking Group has the ability to generate or obtain sufficient cash in

a timely manner and at a reasonable price to meet its financial commitments on a daily basis.


The Banking Group’s exposure to liquidity risk is governed by a policy approved by the Board and managed by the ALCO. This

policy sets out the nature of the risk which may be taken and aggregate risk limits, and the ALCO must observe. Within this, the

objective of the ALCO is to derive the most appropriate strategy for the Banking Group in terms of a mix of assets and liabilities

given its expectations of future cash flows, liquidity constraints and capital adequacy. The ALCO employs asset and liability cash

flow modelling to determine appropriate liquidity and funding strategies.


Reserve Bank of New Zealand facilities


In March 2020, the Bank was onboarded by the RBNZ as an approved counterparty and executed a 2011 Global Master Repo

Agreement providing an additional source for intra-day liquidity for the Banking Group if required.


The Banking Group holds the following liquid assets and committed funding sources for the purpose of managing liquidity risk:



$000's June 2023 June 2022

Cash and cash equivalents 216,044 221,469

Investments 315,192 274,211

Total liquid assets 531,236 495,680

Undrawn committed bank facilities 172,946 132,221

Total liquid assets and committed undrawn funding 704,182 627,901





P. 62

23 Liquidity risk (continued)


Contractual liquidity profile of financial liabilities


The following tables present the Banking Group's financial liabilities by relevant maturity groupings based upon contractual

maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the tables represent undiscounted future principal and interest cash flows. As a result,

the amounts in the tables below may differ to the amounts reported on the consolidated statement of financial position.


The contractual cash flows presented below may differ significantly from actual cash flows. This occurs as a result of future

actions by the Banking Group and its counterparties, such as early repayments or refinancing of term loans and borrowings.

Deposits and other public borrowings include customer savings deposits and transactional accounts, which are at call. These

accounts provide a stable source of long term funding for the Banking Group.


On 0-6 6-12 1-2 2-5 5+

$000's Demand Months Months Years Years Years Total

June 2023

Non-derivative financial liabilities

Deposits 782,775 2,313,983 1,015,525 62,618 42,186 - 4,217,087

Other borrowings - 184,397 138,217 237,138 22,551 136,274 718,577

Due to related parties - 7,173 - - - - 7,173

Lease liabilities - 1,356 1,368 2,643 6,615 2,731 14,713

Other financial liabilities - 40,963 - - - - 40,963

Total non-derivative financial liabilities 782,775 2,547,872 1,155,110 302,399 71,352 139,005 4,998,513


Derivative financial liabilities

Inflows from derivatives - 3,583 3,552 4,799 13,469 - 25,403

Outflows from derivatives - 6,644 6,796 5,773 13,125 - 32,338

Total derivative financial liabilities - 3,061 3,244 974 (344) - 6,935

Undrawn facilities available to customers 310,423 - - - - - 310,423


June 2022

Non-derivative financial liabilities

Deposits 892,612 2,028,225 561,468 103,192 41,655 - 3,627,152

Other borrowings - 368,926 7,251 397,859 - - 774,036

Due to related parties - 1,535 - - - - 1,535

Lease liabilities - 1,282 1,292 2,615 6,985 4,911 17,085

Other financial liabilities - 47,510 - - - - 47,510

Total non-derivative financial liabilities 892,612 2,447,478 570,011 503,666 48,640 4,911 4,467,318


Derivative financial liabilities

Inflows from derivatives - 5,007 1,759 3,505 813 - 11,084

Outflows from derivatives - 3,893 3,227 6,621 839 - 14,580

Total derivative financial liabilities - (1,114) 1,468 3,116 26 - 3,496


Undrawn facilities available to customers 272,735 - - - - - 272,735


P. 63

24 Interest rate risk


The Banking Group's market risk is derived primarily of exposure to interest rate risk, predominantly from raising funds through

the retail and wholesale deposit market, the debt capital markets and committed and uncommitted bank funding, securitisation

of receivables, and offering loan finance products to the commercial and consumer market in New Zealand and Australia.


The Banking Group’s exposure to market risk is governed by a policy approved by the Board and managed by the ALCO. This

policy sets out the nature of risk which may be taken and aggregate risk limits, and the ALCO must conform to this. The objective

of the ALCO is to derive the most appropriate strategy for the Banking Group in terms of the mix of assets and liabilities given its

expectations of the future and the potential consequences of interest rate movements, liquidity constraints and capital

adequacy.


The objective of the Banking Group’s interest rate risk policies is to limit underlying net profit after tax (NPAT) volatility. The

measurement comprises net interest income the Banking Group generates from its interest earning assets and interest bearing

liabilities.


The exposure to net interest income comes from a reduction in margins on interest earning assets or interest bearing liabilities

and is managed when setting rates by taking into consideration wholesale rates, liquidity premiums, as well as appropriate

lending credit margins.


An analysis of the Banking Group’s sensitivity to an increase (+) or decrease (-) in market interest rates by 100 basis points (BP) is

as follows. An (+)/(-) to market interest rates of 100 BP would result in a $0.2 million (+)/(-) to NPAT (2022: $0.7 million (+)/(-))

with a corresponding impact to equity.


The Banking Group also manages interest rate risk by:


x Monitoring maturity profiles and seeking to match the re-pricing of assets and liabilities;


x Monitoring interest rates daily and regularly (at least monthly) reviewing interest rate exposures; and


x Entering into derivatives to hedge against movements in interest rates.


P. 64

24 Interest rate risk (continued)


Contractual repricing analysis


The interest rate risk profile of financial assets and liabilities that follows has been prepared on the basis of maturity or next

repricing date, whichever is earlier.


Non-

0-3 3-6 6-12 1-2 2+ Interest

$000's Months Months Months Years Years Bearing Total

June 2023


Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents 216,040 - - - - 4 216,044

Investments 29,828 24,963 37,767 55,460 167,174 1,819 317,011

Derivative financial assets - - - - - 36,982 36,982

Finance receivables 1,675,775 302,005 520,923 766,532 689,565 - 3,954,800

Finance receivables - reverse mortgages 888,600 - - - - - 888,600

Other financial assets - - - - - 1,050 1,050

Total financial assets 2,810,243 326,968 558,690 821,992 856,739 39,855 5,414,487


Financial liabilities

Deposits 2,259,258 795,536 962,205 59,026 35,216 19,788 4,131,029

Other borrowings 345,859 49,598 121,195 - 98,474 - 615,126

Derivative financial liabilities - - - - - 7,624 7,624

Due to related parties - - - - - 7,173 7,173

Lease liabilities - - - - - 13,478 13,478

Other financial liabilities - - - - - 40,963 40,963

Total financial liabilities 2,605,117 845,134 1,083,400 59,026 133,690 89,026 4,815,393

Effect of derivatives held for risk

management

1,084,971 (66,798) (41,181) (556,676) (420,316) - -

Net financial assets/(liabilities) 1,290,097 (584,964) (565,891) 206,290 302,733 (49,171) 599,094




P. 65

24 Interest rate risk (continued)


Contractual repricing analysis (continued)


Non-

0-3 3-6 6-12 1-2 2+ Interest

$000's Months Months Months Years Years Bearing Total


June 2022


Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents 221,460 - - - - 9 221,469

Investments 1,568 854 51,144 91,974 128,672 1,502 275,714

Derivative financial assets - - - - - 44,487 44,487

Finance receivables 1,736,646 185,858 334,715 576,037 928,975 - 3,762,231

Finance receivables - reverse mortgages 721,264 - - - - - 721,264

Due from related parties - - - - - 1,540 1,540

Other financial assets - - - - - 175 175

Total financial assets 2,680,938 186,712 385,859 668,011 1,057,647 47,713 5,026,880


Financial liabilities

Deposits 2,201,740 684,378 546,718 99,196 38,325 26,787 3,597,144

Other borrowings 548,488 78,911 - 121,191 - 888 749,478

Derivative financial liabilities - - - - - 6,335 6,335

Due to related parties - - - - - 1,535 1,535

Lease liabilities - - - - - 15,726 15,726

Other financial liabilities - - - - - 47,510 47,510

Total financial liabilities 2,750,228 763,289 546,718 220,387 38,325 98,781 4,417,728

Effect of derivatives held for risk

management

986,194 (76,349) (127,004) (309,781) (473,060) - -

Net financial assets/(liabilities) 916,904 (652,926) (287,863) 137,843 546,262 (51,068) 609,152


The tables above illustrate the periods in which the cash flows from interest rate swaps are expected to occur and affect profit or

loss.


25 Concentrations of funding


(a) Regulatory liquidity ratios (unaudited)


RBNZ requires banks to hold minimum amounts of liquid assets to help ensure that they are effectively managing their liquidity

risks. The mismatch ratio is a measure of a bank’s liquid assets, adjusted for contractual cash inflows and outflows during a one-

month or one-week period of stress. It is expressed as a ratio over the bank’s total funding. The Banking Group must maintain its

one-month and one-week mismatch ratios above zero on a daily basis. The below one-month and one-week mismatch ratios are

averaged over the quarter.


RBNZ requires banks to hold a minimum amount of funding from stable sources called core funding. The minimum amount of

core funding is 75% of a bank's total loans. The Banking Group must maintain its core funding ratio above the regulatory minimum

on a daily basis. The below measure of the core funding ratio is averaged over the quarter.


Average for the 3 Months

Ended 30 June 2023

Average for the 3 Months

Ended 31 March 2023

One-week mismatch ratio 8.29 8.69

One-month mismatch ratio 7.96 8.42

Core funding ratio 90.32 90.17


P. 66

25 Concentrations of funding (continued)


(b) Concentration of funding by industry


The Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification codes have been used as the basis for categorising customer

and investee industry sectors.



$000's June 2023 June 2022

Agriculture 113,341 113,848

Forestry and fishing 21,944 14,391

Mining 291 1,524

Manufacturing 19,185 18,643

Finance and insurance 1,009,291 960,175

Wholesale trade 7,634 5,854

Retail trade and accommodation 25,136 19,491

Households 3,215,828 2,754,452

Rental, hiring and real estate services 59,720 43,797

Construction 36,868 28,449

Other business services 66,763 66,731

Transport and storage 7,807 4,598

Other 40,182 41,686

Total 4,623,990 4,073,639


Unsubordinated notes 122,165 272,983

Total borrowings 4,746,155 4,346,622



(c) Concentration of funding by geographical area



$000's June 2023 June 2022

New Zealand 4,634,937 4,241,026

Overseas 111,218 105,596

Total borrowings 4,746,155 4,346,622


P. 67

Other Disclosures


26 Significant subsidiaries


Proportion of ownership and

voting power held

Significant Subsidiaries Country of Incorporation

and Place of business

Nature of business

June 2023


June 2022

VPS Properties Limited New Zealand Investment property holding company 100% 100%

Marac Insurance Limited New Zealand Insurance services 100% 100%


27 Structured entities


A structured entity is one which has been designed such that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who

controls the entity. Structured entities are created to accomplish a narrow and well-defined objective such as the securitisation or

holding of particular assets, or the execution of a specific borrowing or lending transaction. Structured entities are consolidated

where the substance of the relationship is that the Banking Group controls the structured entity.


(a) Heartland Cash and Term PIE Fund (Heartland PIE Fund)


The Banking Group controls the operations of the Heartland PIE Fund which is a portfolio investment entity that invests in the

Banking Group's deposits. Investments of Heartland PIE Fund are represented as follows:



$000's June 2023 June 2022

Deposits 244,258 149,824



(b) Heartland Auto Receivable Warehouse Trust 2018-1 (HARWT)


HARWT securitises motor vehicle loan receivables as a source of funding.


The Banking Group continues to recognise the securitised assets and associated borrowings in the consolidated statement of

financial position as the Banking Group remains exposed to and has the ability to affect variable returns from those assets and

liabilities. Although the Banking Group recognises those interests in HARWT, the loans sold to HARWT are set aside for

the benefit of investors in HARWT. Other depositors and lenders to the Banking Group have no recourse to those

assets.



$000's June 2023 June 2022

Cash and cash equivalents 16,874 20,197

Finance receivables 254,735 312,239

Other borrowings (258,256) (315,308)


P. 68

28 Capital adequacy - unaudited


The Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ) minimum regulatory capital requirements for banks have been established under the

RBNZ Capital Adequacy Framework, outlined in the "Banking Prudential Requirements" (BPRs) documents. These documents are

based on the international framework developed by the Bank for Internal Settlements Committee on Banking Supervision,

commonly known as Basel III. These requirements define what is acceptable as capital and provide methods for measuring risks

incurred by the banks in New Zealand. Basel III consists of three pillars:


x Pillar One covers the capital requirements for banks for credit, operational, and market risks;

x Pillar Two covers all other material risks not already included in Pillar One; and

x Pillar Three relates to market disclosure.


RBNZ Capital Adequacy Framework


The Banking Group has calculated its Risk Weighted Exposures (RWEs) and minimum regulatory capital requirements in

accordance with the BPR documents. In doing so, the Banking Group has applied the standardised methodology to Risk Weighted

Assets (RWAs) as per BPR 131: Standardised credit RWA’s, standardised operational risk as per BPR150: Standardised Operational

risk, and market risk as per BPR140: Market Risk.


Total regulatory capital is divided into Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. Tier 1 capital comprises Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital and

Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital. Tier 1 capital primarily consists of shareholder's equity and other capital instruments acceptable to

the RBNZ as per BPR110: Capital Definitions, less intangible assets, cash flow hedge reserves, deferred tax assets, and other

prescribed deductions. Tier 2 as per BPR110: Capital Definitions comprises eligible subordinated debt securities.


Regulatory capital adequacy ratios are calculated by expressing capital as a percentage of risk weighted exposures. As a Condition

of Registration, the Bank must comply with the following minimum requirements set by the RBNZ:


x Total capital must not be less than 8% of RWE

x Tier 1 capital must not be less than 6% of RWE

x CET1 capital must not be less than 4.5% of RWE

x Capital must not be less than NZ$30m


In addition, if the Prudential Buffer Ratio (PCR) is less than 2.5%, the Bank must limit aggregate distributions, other than

discretionary payments payable to holders of AT1 capital instruments, to the limits set out within the Banks Conditions of

Registration.


Including the PCR, the Banking Group's minimum total capital requirement is 10.5%. On 5 December 2019 the RBNZ finalised their

revised Capital Framework for banks which were not domestic systematically important banks (non D-SIB). This requires non D-

SIB banks in New Zealand to gradually increase their Total Capital ratio to 16% by July 2028. The Banking Group's Total Capital

ratio is 14.69% as at 30 June 2023. This means the revised Framework requires the Banking Group to increase its Total Capital

ratio by 1.31% over the transitional period.


Capital management


The Board has overall responsibility for ensuring the Banking Group has adequate capital in relation to its risk profile and

establishes minimum internal capital levels and limits above the regulatory minimum.


The Banking Group's objectives for the management of capital are to:


x

Comply at all times with the regulatory capital requirements set by the RBNZ;

x Maintain a strong capital base to cover the inherent risks of the business in excess of that required by credit ratings agencies

to maintain a strong credit rating; and

x Support the future development and growth of the business.


The Bank's Capital Management Framework includes its:


x Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP);

x Capital Stress Testing Policy; and

x Capital Management Plan (CMP)


P. 69

28 Capital adequacy (continued) - unaudited


Capital management (continued)


The Banking Group has an ICAAP which complies with the requirements set out in BPR100 and is in accordance with its Conditions

of Registration. The ICAAP identifies the capital required to be held against other material risks, being strategic business risk,

reputational risk, regulatory risk and additional credit risk which is assisted through stress testing conducted in accordance with

the Capital Stress Testing policy.


The Banking Group actively monitors its capital adequacy through ALCO and reports this on a regular basis to the Board. This

includes forecasting capital requirements to ensure any future capital requirements can be executed in a timely manner. The

Banking Group uses a mix of capital instruments to reduce single source reliance and to optimise the Banking Group's mix of

capital. ICAAP, CMP and Capital Stress Testing Policy are reviewed annually by the Board.


The capital adequacy tables set out below summarise the composition of regulatory capital and the capital adequacy ratios for the

Banking group for the year ended 30 June 2023.


(a) Capital



$000's June 2023

Tier 1 Capital

CET1 capital

Paid-up ordinary shares issued by the Banking Group plus related share premium 553,239

Retained earnings (net of appropriations) 162,354

Accumulated other comprehensive income and other disclosed reserves 13,143

Less deductions from CET1 capital

Intangible assets (71,650)

Deferred tax assets (16,760)

Cash flow hedge reserve (14,710)

Total CET1 capital 625,616


AT1 capital -

Total Tier 1 capital 625,616


Tier 2 Capital



Tier 2 capital instrument

1

100,000

Total Tier 2 capital 100,000


Total capital 725,616

1

Classified as a liability under NZ GAAP and excludes capitalised transaction costs.



(b) Capital structure


The following details summarise each instrument included within Total Capital. None of these instruments are subject to phase-

out from eligibility as capital under the RBNZ's Basel III transitional arrangements.


Ordinary shares


In accordance with BPR110, ordinary share capital is classified as CET1 capital. The ordinary shares have no par value. Each

ordinary share of the Bank carries the right to vote on a poll at meetings of shareholders, the right to an equal share in dividends

authorised by the Board and the right to an equal share in the distribution of the surplus assets of the Bank in the event of

liquidation.



P. 70

28 Capital adequacy (continued) - unaudited


Retained earnings


Retained earnings is the accumulated profit or loss that has been retained in the Banking Group. Retained earnings is classified as

CET1 capital.


Reserves classified as CET1 capital


Fair value reserve The fair value reserve comprises the changes in the fair value of investments, net of tax.


Cash flow hedge reserve The hedging reserve comprises the fair value gains and losses associated with the effective portion of

designated cash flow hedging instruments.


Tier 2 capital


Subordinated notes


A summary of the key terms and features of the subordinated notes is provided below:


Issuer The Bank

Face value $100 million

Issue date 28 April 2023

Maturity date 28 April 2033

Optional redemption 28 April 2028 and every quarterly interest payment date thereafter

Interest rate Fixed at 7.51% for the first five years, thereafter, resets to quarterly floating rate equal to the

sum of the applicable 3-month Bank Bill Rate plus 3.2% per annum.


Interest payable

The quarterly payment of interest in respect of the subordinated notes of the Bank are subject to the Bank being solvent at the

time of, and immediately following the interest payment.


Early redemption

The Bank may choose to repay all or some of the subordinated notes for their face value together with accrued interest (if any) on

28 April 2028 or any interest payment date thereafter. Early redemption of all the subordinated notes for certain tax or regulatory

events is permitted on an interest payment date. Early redemption is subject to certain conditions, including the Bank obtaining

the RBNZ prior written approval and the Bank being solvent at the time.


Ranking

In a liquidation of the Bank, the claims of the holders of the subordinated notes will rank:

- Behind the claims of all depositors and other creditors of the Bank;

- equally with the claims of other holders of any other securities and obligations that rank equally with the subordinated

notes; and

- ahead of the rights of the Bank's shareholders and holders of any other securities and obligations of the Bank that rank

behind the subordinated notes.


P. 71

28 Capital adequacy (continued) - unaudited


(c) Credit risk


On balance sheet exposures


Total Exposure Risk

Minimum

After Credit Average Risk Weighted

Pillar 1 Capital

Risk Mitigation Weight Exposure

Requirement

$000's % $000's

$000's

June 2023




Cash

- 0% - -

Sovereigns and central banks

275 0% - -

Multilateral development banks

174,274 0% - -

Multilateral development banks

89,834 20% 17,967 1,437

Banks - Short term - Tier 1

- 20% - -

Banks - Short term - Tier 2

216,044 20% 43,209 3,457

Banks - Short term - Tier 3

- 20% - -

Banks - Long term - Tier 1

- 20% - -

Banks - Long term - Tier 2

41,203 50% 20,601 1,648

Banks - Long term - Tier 3

- 50% - -

Public sector entity (AA- and above)

9,882 20% 1,976 158

Public sector entity (A- and above)

- 50% - -

Public sector entity (BBB+, BBB, BBB-)

- 100% - -

Corporates (AA- and above)

- 20% - -

Corporates (A- and above)

- 50% - -

Corporates (BBB- and above)

- 100% - -

Corporate Exposures - BFGS

41,022 20% 8,204 656

Corporate Exposures- unrated

2,082,338 100% 2,082,338 166,587

Welcome Home Loans - loan to value ratio (LVR) <= 80%

1


1,265 35% 443 35

Welcome Home Loans - loan to value ratio (LVR) <= 90%

1


- 35% - -

Welcome Home Loans - LVR 90% <= 100%

1


- 50% - -

Welcome Home Loans - LVR > 100%

1


- 100% - -

Reverse Residential mortgages <= 60% LVR

879,382 50% 439,691 35,175

Reverse Residential mortgages 60 <= 80% LVR

9,218 80% 7,374 590

Reverse Residential mortgages > 80% LVR

- 100% - -

Reverse Residential mortgages > 100% LVR

- 100% - -

Non Property Investment Mortgage Loan <=80% LVR

318,450 35% 111,458 8,917

Non Property Investment Mortgage Loan 80 <= 90% LVR

- 50% - -

Non Property Investment Mortgage Loan 90 <= 100% LVR

727 75% 545 44

Non Property Investment Mortgage Loan > 100% LVR

- 100% - -

Property Investment Mortgage Loan <= 80% LVR

1,639 40% 655 52

Property Investment Mortgage Loan 80 <= 90% LVR

- 70% - -

Property Investment Mortgage Loan 90 <= 100% LVR

- 90% - -

Property Investment Mortgage Loan > 100% LVR

- 100% - -

Past due residential mortgages

278 100% 278 22

Other past due assets - provision >= 20%

42,398 100% 42,398 3,392

Other past due assets - provision < 20%

37,562 150% 56,344 4,508

Equity holdings

- 300% - -

All other equity holdings

1,804 400% 7,215 577

Fixed Assets

13,027 100% 13,027 1,042

Leased Assets

11,510 100% 11,510 921

Other assets

1,464,284 100% 1,464,284 117,143

Not risk weighted assets

88,410 0% - -

Total on balance sheet exposures 5,524,826 4,329,517 346,361

1

The LVR classification above is calculated in line with the Bank’s Pillar 1 Capital requirement which includes relief for Welcome

Home loans that are guaranteed by the Crown.



P. 72

28 Capital adequacy (continued) - unaudited



(c) Credit risk (continued)


Off balance sheet exposures


Minimum

Credit Credit Risk Pillar 1

Total Conversion Equivalent Risk Weighted Capital

Exposure Factor Amount Weight Exposure Requirement

$000's % $000's % $000's $000's

June 2023


Direct credit substitute 3,897 100% 3,897 100% 3,897 312

Performance-related contingency 3,480 50% 1,740 100% 1,740 139

Other commitments where original maturity is

more than one year

165,874 50% 82,937 100% 82,937 6,635

Other commitments where original maturity is

more than one year

42,393 50% 21,197 35% 7,419 594

Other commitments where original maturity is

less than or equal to one year

73,237 20% 14,647 100% 14,647 1,172

Other commitments where original maturity is

less than or equal to one year

52,554 20% 10,511 50% 5,256 420

Other commitments where original maturity is

less than or equal to one year

1,238 20% 248 35% 87 7

Counterparty credit risk

1


Interest rate contracts 1,653,918 N/A 35,198 34% 11,965 957

FX forward contracts - N/A - 0% - -

Total off balance sheet exposures 1,996,591 170,375 127,948 10,236

Credit valuation adjustment - - 13,969 1,118

Total off balance sheet exposures 1,996,591 170,375 141,917 11,354

1

The credit equivalent amount was calculated using the current exposure method.




(d) Additional mortgage information – LVR range


On Balance Off Balance

Sheet Sheet Total

$000's Exposures Exposures

2

Exposures

June 2023


Does not exceed 80% 1,209,954 94,848 1,304,802

Exceeds 80% and not 90% - - -

Exceeds 90% 1,005 - 1,005

Total exposures 1,210,959 94,848 1,305,807

2

Off balance sheet exposures means unutilised limits.




At 30 June 2023, there were no Welcome Home loans whose credit risk is mitigated by the Crown included in “Exceeds 90%

residential mortgages”. Other loans in the exceeds 90% LVR range is primarily business and rural lending where residential

mortgage security is only a part of the total security. For capital adequacy calculations only the value of the first mortgages over

residential property is included in the LVR calculation, in accordance with BPR131. All new residential mortgages in respect of

non-property investments lending have a loan-to-valuation ratio of less than or equal to 80%.


P. 73

28 Capital adequacy (continued) - unaudited


(e) Reconciliation of mortgage related amounts



$000's Note June 2023

Gross finance receivables - reverse mortgages 19 888,600

Loans and advances - loans with residential mortgages 22d 322,486

On balance sheet residential mortgage exposures subject to the standardised approach 1,211,086

Less: collective provision for impairment 22c (127)

On balance sheet residential mortgage exposures after collective provision 28d 1,210,959

Off balance sheet mortgage exposures subject to the standardised approach 28d 94,848

Total residential exposures subject to the standardised approach 1,305,807


(f) Credit risk mitigation


As at 30 June 2023 the Banking Group had $1.3 million of Welcome Home Loans (2022: $1.6 million), whose credit risk was

mitigated by the Crown. Other than this the Banking Group does not have any exposures covered by eligible collateral,

guarantees and credit derivatives.


(g) Operational risk



Implied Risk Total Operational Risk

$000's Weighted Exposure Capital Requirement

June 2023



Operational risk 300,483 24,039



Operational risk is calculated based on the previous 12 quarters of the Banking Group.


(h) Market risk


Market risk is the risk that market interest rates or foreign exchange rates will change and impact on the Banking Group’s

earnings due to either mismatches between repricing dates of interest bearing assets and liabilities and/or differences between

customer pricing and wholesale rates.



Implied Risk Aggregate

$000's

Weighted Exposure Capital Charge

June 2023




Market risk end-of-period capital charge



Equity risk


1,804 144

Interest rate risk 159,466 12,757

Foreign currency risk 48 4

Market risk peak end-of-period capital charge

Equity risk 1,804 144

Interest rate risk 159,466 12,757

Foreign currency risk 223 18



The Banking Group’s aggregate market exposure is derived in accordance with BPR140. Peak end-of-day capital charge disclosure

is derived by taking the highest month end market exposure over the six months ended 30 June 2023. Interest rate risk, foreign

exchange risk and equity risk are calculated monthly using the month end position. The Banking Group has investigated the

impact of daily aggregate market risk exposure. Certain identified system limitations that cause anomalous results are being

addressed so that a satisfactory future daily peak period exposure can be obtained.


P. 74

28 Capital adequacy (continued) - unaudited


(i) Total capital requirement



Risk Weighted Exposure


Total Exposure After or Implied Risk

$000's

Credit Risk Mitigation Weighted Exposure

Total Capital Requirement

June 2023




Total credit risk

On balance sheet 5,524,826 4,329,517 346,361

Off balance sheet 1,996,591 141,917 11,354

Operational risk n/a 300,483 24,039

Market risk n/a 161,318 12,901

Total 7,521,417 4,933,235 394,655



(j) Capital ratios



% June 2023 June 2022

Capital ratios compared to minimum ratio requirements

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio 12.68% 13.49%

Minimum Common Equity Tier 1 Capital as per Conditions of Registration 4.50% 4.50%


Tier 1 capital ratio 12.68% 13.49%

Minimum Tier 1 Capital as per Conditions of Registration 6.00% 6.00%


Total capital ratio 14.71% 13.49%

Minimum Total Capital as per Conditions of Registration 8.00% 8.00%


Buffer ratio 6.68% 5.49%

Buffer trigger ratio 2.50% 2.50%



(k) Solo capital adequacy



% June 2023 June 2022

Capital ratios

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio 12.77% 14.37%

Tier 1 capital ratio 12.77% 14.37%

Total capital ratio 14.93% 14.37%



For the purposes of calculating capital adequacy on a solo basis, subsidiaries which are both wholly owned and wholly funded by

the Bank are to be consolidated with the Bank.


(l) Capital for other material risks


In addition to the material risks included in the calculation of the capital ratios, the Banking Group has identified other material

risks to be included in the capital allocation (being strategic risk, business risk, regulatory and additional credit risk). As at 30 June

2023, the Banking Group has made an internal capital allocation of $20.01 million to cover these risks (2022: $8.4 million).


P. 75

29 Securitisation, funds management and other fiduciary activities


Securitisation


As at 30 June 2023, the Banking Group had $254.74 million securitised assets (2022: $312.24 million).


There have been no material changes to the Banking Group's involvement in the securitisation activities.


Funds management and other fiduciary activities


The Banking Group, through Heartland PIE Fund Limited, controls, manages and administers the Heartland Cash and Term PIE

Fund and its products (Heartland Call PIE and Heartland Term Deposit PIE). Note 27 - Structured entities has further details. The

Heartland Cash and Term PIE Fund deals with the Bank in the normal course of business, in the Bank's capacity as Registrar of the

Fund and also invests in the Bank's deposits. The Banking Group is considered to control the Heartland Cash and Term PIE Fund,

and as such the Heartland Cash and Term PIE Fund is consolidated within the financial statements of the Banking Group.


Risk management


The Banking Group has in place policies and procedures to ensure that the fiduciary activities identified above are conducted in an

appropriate manner. It is considered that these policies and procedures will ensure that any difficulties arising from these

activities will not impact adversely on the Banking Group. The policies and procedures include comprehensive and prominent

disclosure of information regarding products, and formal and regular review of operations and policies by management and

internal auditors. Further information on the Banking Group's risk management policies and practices is included in Note 20 -

Enterprise risk management.


Provision of financial services and asset purchases


Over the accounting period, financial services provided by the Banking Group to entities which were involved in the activities

above (including trust, custodial, funds management and other fiduciary activities) were provided on arm's length terms and

conditions and at fair value.


Any assets purchased from such entities have been purchased on arm's length terms and conditions and at fair value.


P. 76

29 Securitisation, funds management and other fiduciary activities (continued)


Peak aggregate funding to entities


The Banking Group did not provide any funding to entities conducting funds management and other fiduciary activities, or

insurance product or marketing and distribution activities described in this note, during the year (2022: nil).


The Bank provided the following funding in relation to securitisation entities.


Total Trusts

June 2023 June 2022

Peak end-of-day aggregate amount of funding provided ($000's) 308,755 305,038

Peak end-of-day aggregate amount of funding provided as a percentage of the Banking Group's

Tier 1 Capital as at the end of the year (%)

49.4% 49.0%



For this purpose, peak ratio information was derived by determining the maximum end-of-day aggregate amount of funding over

the financial year and then dividing that amount by the amount of the entity's assets or the Banking Group's Tier 1 Capital (as the

case required) as at the end of the year.


HARWT

June 2023 June 2022

Peak end-of-day aggregate amount of funding provided ($000's) 308,755 305,038

Peak end-of-day aggregate amount of funding provided as a percentage of the total assets of the

individual entity as at the end of the year

1


114.8% 93.5%

1

Total assets as at the end of the year in June 2023 are lower compared to the timing of the peak end-of-day aggregate amount of funding

provided due to a repurchase.




For this purpose, peak ratio information was derived by determining the maximum end-of-day aggregate amount of funding and

then dividing that amount by the amount of the entity's assets or the Banking Group's Tier 1 Capital (as the case required) as at

the end of the year.


P. 77

30 Offsetting financial instruments


The Banking Group offsets financial assets and financial liabilities and reports the net balance in the balance sheet where there is

currently a legally enforceable right to set off and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or to realise the asset and settle the

liability simultaneously.


The Banking Group enters into contractual arrangements with counterparties to manage the credit risks associated primarily with

over-the-counter derivatives. The Banking Group has entered into credit support annexes (CSAs) which form a part of

International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) Master Agreement, in respect of certain exposures relating to derivative

transactions. As per these CSAs, the Banking Group or the counterparty needs to collateralise the market value of outstanding

derivative transactions. As at 30 June 2023, the Banking Group has received $27.61 million of cash collateral (2022: $32.34

million) against derivative assets. Cash collateral includes amounts of cash obtained to cover the net exposure between the

counterparty in the event of default or insolvency. The cash collateral received is not netted off against the balance of derivative

assets disclosed in the consolidated statement of financial position and is disclosed within trade and other payables.


The following table sets out financial assets and financial liabilities which have not been offset but are subject to enforceable

master netting agreements (or similar arrangements) and the related amounts not offset in the balance sheet. Financial

instruments refer to amounts that are subject to relevant close out netting arrangements under a relevant ISDA agreement. ISDA

and similar master netting arrangements do not meet the criteria for offsetting in the statement of financial position because

under such agreements the counterparties typically have the right to offset only following an event of default, insolvency or

bankruptcy or following other predetermined events.


Effects of offsetting on the balance sheet Related amounts not offset


Gross amounts

set off in the

balance sheet

Net amounts

reported in the

balance sheet


Cash

collateral

received





Gross Financial Net

$000's

Amount Instruments amount

June 2023


Derivative financial assets 36,982 - 36,982 (7,624) (27,609) 1,749

Total financial assets 36,982 - 36,982 (7,624) (27,609) 1,749


Derivative financial liabilities 7,624 - 7,624 (7,624) - -

Total financial liabilities 7,624 - 7,624 (7,624) - -

June 2022


Derivative financial assets 44,487 - 44,487 (6,335) (32,341) 5,811

Total financial assets 44,487 - 44,487 (6,335) (32,341) 5,811


Derivative financial liabilities 6,335 - 6,335 (6,335) - -

Total financial liabilities 6,335 - 6,335 (6,335) - -



P. 78

31 Contingent liabilities and commitments


The Banking Group in the ordinary course of business will be subject to claims and proceedings against it whereby the validity of

the claim will only be confirmed by uncertain future events. In such circumstances the contingent liabilities are possible

obligations, or present obligations if known, where the transfer of economic benefit is uncertain or cannot be reliably measured.

Contingent liabilities are not recognised, but are disclosed, unless they are remote. Where some loss is probable, provisions have

been made on a case by case basis.


Contingent liabilities and credit related commitments arising in respect of the Banking Group's operations were:



$000's June 2023 June 2022

Letters of credit, guarantee commitments and performance bonds 7,378 8,969

Total contingent liabilities 7,378 8,969


Undrawn facilities available to customers 310,423 272,735

Conditional commitments to fund at future dates 24,873 34,791

Total commitments 335,296 307,526



32 Events after reporting date


In July 2023, Heartland Bank Limited purchased AU$30 million reverse mortgage loans from Senior Warehouse Trust.


The Bank resolved to pay a cash dividend to its parent company HGH of $43 million on its ordinary shares on 28 August 2023.


There were no other events subsequent to the reporting period which would materially affect the consolidated financial

statements.

PricewaterhouseCoopers, PwC Tower, 15 Customs Street West, Private Bag 92162, Auckland 1142 New Zealand
T: +64 9 355 8000, www.pwc.co.nz

Independent auditor’s report

To the shareholder of Heartland Bank Limited

Our opinion

In our opinion, the accompanying:

භfinancial statements, excluding the information disclosed in accordance with Schedules 4, 7, 9, 13, 14,

15 and 17 of the Registered Bank Disclosure Statements (New Zealand Incorporated Registered

Banks) Order 2014 (as amended) (the “Order”), of Heartland Bank Limited (the “Bank”), including the

entities it controlled as at 30 June 2023 or from time to time during the financial year (the “Banking

Group”), present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Banking Group as at 30

June 2023, its financial performance and its cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with

New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (“NZ IFRS”) and International

Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”); and

භinformation disclosed in accordance with Schedules 4, 7, 13, 14, 15 and 17 of the Order (the

“Supplementary Information”), in all material respects:

ଫpresents fairly the matters to which it relates; and

ଫis disclosed in accordance with those schedules; and

ଫhas been prepared in accordance with any conditions of registration relating to disclosure

requirements imposed under section 74(4)(c) of the Banking (Prudential Supervision) Act 1989.

What we have audited

භThe Banking Group’s financial statements (the “Financial Statements”) required by clause 24 of the

Order, comprising:

ଫthe consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 June 2023;

ଫthe consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended;

ଫthe consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year then ended;

ଫthe consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended; and

ଫthe notes to the Financial Statements, excluding the information disclosed in accordance with

Schedules 4, 7, 9, 13, 14, 15 and 17 of the Order within notes 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 28 and 29,

which includes significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

භThe Supplementary Information within the consolidated statement of financial position and notes 20,

21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 28 and 29 of the Financial Statements for the year ended 30 June 2023 of the

Banking Group.

We have not audited the information relating to capital adequacy and regulatory liquidity requirements

disclosed in a

[TRUNCATED]

Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.